BA Credit Card Trust 424B3 Prospectus supplement

Prospectus Dated February 7, 2013

FIA Card Services, National Association

Sponsor, Servicer and Originator

BA Credit Card Funding, LLC

Transferor and Depositor

BA Credit Card Trust

Issuing Entity

The issuing entity—

·	may periodically issue notes in one or more series, classes or tranches; and

will own—

— the collateral certificate, Series 2001-D, representing an undivided interest in master trust II, whose assets include the receivables arising in a portfolio of unsecured revolving credit card accounts; and

— other property described under “Prospectus Summary—Sources of Funds to Pay the Notes” and “Sources of Funds to Pay the Notes” in this prospectus and “Transaction Parties—BA Credit Card Trust” in this prospectus and the accompanying prospectus supplement.

The notes—

·	will be secured by the issuing entity’s assets and will be paid only from proceeds of the issuing entity’s assets; and

·	may be issued as part of a designated series, class or tranche.

You should consider the discussion under “Risk Factors” beginning on page 22 of this prospectus and any risk factors in the accompanying prospectus supplement before you purchase any notes.

The primary asset of the issuing entity is the collateral certificate, Series 2001-D. The collateral certificate represents an undivided interest in BA Master Credit Card Trust II. Master trust II’s assets include receivables arising in a portfolio of unsecured consumer revolving credit card accounts. The notes are obligations of the issuing entity only and are not obligations of BA Credit Card Funding, LLC, FIA Card Services, National Association, their affiliates or any other person. Each tranche of notes will be secured by specified assets of the issuing entity as described in this prospectus and in the accompanying prospectus supplement. Noteholders will have no recourse to any other assets of the issuing entity for payment of the notes.

The notes are not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other governmental agency or instrumentality.

Neither the SEC nor any state securities commission has approved these notes or determined that this prospectus is truthful, accurate or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Important Notice about Information Presented in this
Prospectus and the Accompanying Prospectus Supplement

We provide information to you about the notes in two separate documents: (a) this prospectus, which provides general information about the BAseries notes and each other series of notes, some of which may not apply to your series, class or tranche of notes, and (b) the accompanying prospectus supplement, which will describe the specific terms of your series, class or tranche of notes, including:

·	the timing of interest and principal payments;

·	financial and other information about the issuing entity’s assets;

·	information about enhancement for your series, class or tranche; and

·	the method for selling the notes.

This prospectus may be used to offer and sell any series, class or tranche of notes only if accompanied by the prospectus supplement for that series, class or tranche.

If the terms of a particular series, class or tranche of notes vary between this prospectus and the accompanying prospectus supplement, you should rely on the information in the accompanying prospectus supplement.

You should rely only on the information provided in this prospectus and the accompanying prospectus supplement, including the information incorporated by reference. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with different information. We are not offering the notes in any state where the offer is not permitted. We do not claim the accuracy of the information in this prospectus or the accompanying prospectus supplement as of any date other than the dates stated on their respective covers.

Information regarding certain entities that are not affiliates of FIA Card Services, National Association or BA Credit Card Funding, LLC has been provided in this prospectus. See in particular “Transaction Parties—The Bank of New York Mellon” and “—Wilmington Trust Company.” The information contained in those sections of this prospectus was prepared solely by the party described in that section without any input from FIA Card Services, National Association, BA Credit Card Funding, LLC or any of their affiliates.

We include cross-references in this prospectus and in the accompanying prospectus supplement to captions in these materials where you can find further related discussions. The Table of Contents in this prospectus and in the accompanying prospectus supplement provide the pages on which these captions are located.

Parts of this prospectus use defined terms. You can find a listing of defined terms in the “Glossary of Defined Terms” beginning on page 154.

Forward-Looking Statements

This prospectus and the accompanying prospectus supplement, including information included or incorporated by reference in this prospectus and the accompanying prospectus supplement, may contain forward-looking statements. Such statements are subject to risks and uncertainties. Actual conditions, events or results may differ materially from those set forth in such forward-looking statements. Words such as “believe”, “expect”, “anticipate”, “intend”, “plan”, “estimate”, “could” or similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements but are not the only means to identify these statements. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date on which they are made. We undertake no obligation to update publicly or revise any such statements. Factors which could cause the actual financial and other results to differ materially from those projected by us in forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, the following:

·	local, regional and national business, political or economic conditions may differ from those expected;

·	the effects and changes in trade, monetary and fiscal policies and laws, including the interest rate policies of the Federal Reserve Board, may adversely affect Funding’s or FIA’s business;

·	the timely development and acceptance of new products and services may be different than anticipated;

·	technological changes instituted by Funding or FIA and by persons who may affect Funding’s or FIA’s business may be more difficult to accomplish or more expensive than anticipated or may have unforeseen consequences;

·	the ability to increase market share and control expenses may be more difficult than anticipated;

·	competitive pressures among financial services companies may increase significantly;

·	Funding’s or FIA’s reputation risk arising from negative public opinion;

·	changes in laws and regulations may adversely affect Funding, FIA or their businesses;

·	changes in accounting policies and practices, as may be adopted by regulatory agencies and the Financial Accounting Standards Board, may affect expected financial reporting or business results;

·	the costs, effects and outcomes of litigation may adversely affect Funding, FIA or their businesses; and

·	Funding or FIA may not manage the risks involved in the foregoing as well as anticipated.

_________________________

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY			1

	Securities Offered		1
	Risk Factors		1
	Issuing Entity		1
	Funding		1
	Master Trust II		1
	FIA and Affiliates		2
	Indenture Trustee		3
	Owner Trustee		3
	Series, Classes and Tranches of Notes		5
	BAseries Notes		5
	Interest Payments		6
	Interest on BAseries Notes		6
	Expected Principal Payment Date and Legal Maturity Date		6
	Stated Principal Amount, Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount and Nominal Liquidation Amount of Notes		6
	Subordination		7
	BAseries Credit Enhancement		8
	BAseries Required Subordinated Amount		9
	Limit on Repayment of All Notes		9
	Sources of Funds to Pay the Notes		9
	BAseries Class C Reserve Account		10
	Flow of Funds and Application of Finance Charge and Principal Collections		11
	Revolving Period		11
	Early Redemption of Notes		11
	Optional Redemption by the Issuing Entity		12
	Events of Default		13
	Events of Default Remedies		13
	Security for the Notes		14
	Limited Recourse to the Issuing Entity		14
	BAseries Accumulation Reserve Account		15
	Shared Excess Available Funds		15
	Registration, Clearing and Settlement		15
	ERISA Eligibility		15
	Tax Status		15
	Denominations		16

RISK FACTORS			22

TRANSACTION PARTIES			41

	BA Credit Card Trust		41
	BA Master Credit Card Trust II		42
	BA Credit Card Funding, LLC		43
	FIA and Affiliates		44
		Industry Developments	44
		Litigation	45
	The Bank of New York Mellon		45
	Wilmington Trust Company		46

��

-i-

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)

Page

USE OF PROCEEDS			47

THE NOTES			47

	General		47
	Interest		48
	Principal		49
	Stated Principal Amount, Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount and Nominal Liquidation Amount		50
		Stated Principal Amount	51
		Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount	51
		Nominal Liquidation Amount	51
	Final Payment of the Notes		53
	Subordination of Interest and Principal		54
	Required Subordinated Amount		54
	Early Redemption of Notes		60
	Issuances of New Series, Classes and Tranches of Notes		60
	Payments on Notes; Paying Agent		63
	Denominations		63
	Record Date		63
	Governing Law		64
	Form, Exchange and Registration and Transfer of Notes		64
	Book-Entry Notes		64
	The Depository Trust Company		66
	Clearstream, Luxembourg		66
	Euroclear System		67
	Distributions on Book-Entry Notes		67
	Global Clearing and Settlement Procedures		68
	Definitive Notes		68
	Replacement of Notes		69

SOURCES OF FUNDS TO PAY THE NOTES			69

	The Collateral Certificate		69
	Deposit and Application of Funds		72
	Deposit and Application of Funds for the BAseries		73
		BAseries Available Funds	73
		Application of BAseries Available Funds	74
		Targeted Deposits of BAseries Available Funds to the Interest Funding Account	75
		Allocation to Interest Funding Subaccounts	76
		Payments Received from Derivative Counterparties for Interest on Foreign Currency Notes	76
		Deposits of Withdrawals from the Class C Reserve Account to the Interest Funding Account	76
		Allocations of Reductions from Charge-Offs	76
		Limits on Reallocations of Charge-Offs to a Tranche of Class C Notes from Tranches of Class A and Class B	77

-ii-

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)

Page

		Limits on Reallocations of Charge-Offs to a Tranche of Class B Notes from Tranches of Class A Notes	77
		Allocations of Reimbursements of Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficits	77
		Application of BAseries Available Principal Amounts	78
		Reductions to the Nominal Liquidation Amount of Subordinated Classes from Reallocations of BAseries Available Principal Amounts	80
		Limit on Allocations of BAseries Available Principal Amounts and BAseries Available Funds	81
		Targeted Deposits of BAseries Available Principal Amounts to the Principal Funding Account	82
		Allocation to Principal Funding Subaccounts	84
		Limit on Deposits to the Principal Funding Subaccount of Subordinated Notes; Limit on Repayments of all Tranches	85
		Payments Received from Derivative Counterparties for Principal	85
		Payments Received from Supplemental Credit Enhancement Providers or Supplemental Liquidity Providers for Principal	86
		Deposits of Withdrawals from the Class C Reserve Account to the Principal Funding Account	86
		Withdrawals from Interest Funding Subaccounts	86
		Withdrawals from Principal Funding Account	87
		Targeted Deposits to the Class C Reserve Account	88
		Withdrawals from the Class C Reserve Account	88
		Targeted Deposits to the Accumulation Reserve Account	89
		Withdrawals from the Accumulation Reserve Account	89
		Final Payment of the Notes	90
		Pro Rata Payments Within a Tranche	90
		Shared Excess Available Funds	91
	Issuing Entity Accounts		91
	Derivative Agreements		92
	Supplemental Credit Enhancement Agreements and Supplemental Liquidity Agreements		92
	Sale of Credit Card Receivables		93
		Sale of Credit Card Receivables for BAseries Notes	93
	Limited Recourse to the Issuing Entity; Security for the Notes		95

THE INDENTURE			95

	Indenture Trustee		95
	Owner Trustee		97
	Issuing Entity Covenants		98
	Early Redemption Events		99
	Events of Default		100
	Events of Default Remedies		101
	Meetings		103

-iii-

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

Page

	Voting	103
	Amendments to the Indenture and Indenture Supplements	103
	Tax Opinions for Amendments	106
	Addresses for Notices	106
	Issuing Entity’s Annual Compliance Statement	106
	Indenture Trustee’s Annual Report	106
	List of Noteholders	107
	Reports	107

FIA’S CREDIT CARD ACTIVITIES		109

	General	109
	Origination, Account Acquisition, Credit Lines and Use of Credit Card Accounts	109
	Interchange	111

FIA’S CREDIT CARD PORTFOLIO		111

	Billing and Payments	111
	Risk Control and Fraud	112
	Delinquencies and Collection Efforts	112
	Charge-Off Policy	112
	Renegotiated Loans and Re-Aged Accounts	113

RECEIVABLES TRANSFER AGREEMENTS GENERALLY		114

THE RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AGREEMENT		114

	Sale of Receivables	114
	Representations and Warranties	114
	Repurchase Obligations	115
	Reassignment of Other Receivables	115
	Amendments	116
	Termination	116

MASTER TRUST II		116

	General	116
	Master Trust II Trustee	117
	The Receivables	119
	Investor Certificates	120
	Conveyance of Receivables	121
	Addition of Master Trust II Assets	121
	Removal of Accounts	123
	Collection and Other Servicing Procedures	124
	Master Trust II Accounts	125
	Investor Percentage	125
	Application of Collections	125
	Defaulted Receivables; Rebates and Fraudulent Charges	128
	Master Trust II Termination	128
	Pay Out Events	128
	Servicing Compensation and Payment of Expenses	130
	The Class D Certificate	131
	New Issuances	132

-iv-

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)

Page

	Representations and Warranties		133
	Certain Matters Regarding the Servicer and the Transferor		136
	Servicer Default		137
	Evidence as to Compliance		138
	Amendments to the Master Trust II Agreement		139
	Certificateholders Have Limited Control of Actions		141

CONSUMER PROTECTION LAWS			142

FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES			143

		General	143
		Description of Opinions	143
		Tax Characterization of the Issuing Entity and the Notes	144
		Consequences to Holders of the Offered Notes	145
		State and Local Tax Consequences	148

BENEFIT PLAN INVESTORS			148

		Prohibited Transactions	149
		Potential Prohibited Transactions from Investment in Notes	149
		Prohibited Transactions between the Benefit Plan and a Party in Interest	149
		Prohibited Transactions between the Issuing Entity or Master Trust II and a Party in Interest	150
		Investment by Benefit Plan Investors	150
		Tax Consequences to Benefit Plans	151

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION			151

LEGAL MATTERS			152

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION			152

GLOSSARY OF DEFINED TERMS			154

THE MASTER TRUST II PORTFOLIO			A-I-1

		General	A-I-1
		Delinquency and Principal Charge-Off Experience	A-I-1
		Revenue Experience	A-I-4
		Interchange	A-I-4
		Principal Payment Rates	A-I-5
		Renegotiated Loans and Re-Aged Accounts	A-I-5
		The Receivables	A-I-5

THE MASTER TRUST II STATIC POOL INFORMATION			A-II-1

		Delinquency Percentage: 30+ Days	A-II-1
		Gross Charge-Off Percentage	A-II-2
		Billed Finance Charge and Fee Yield Percentage	A-II-3
		Payment Rate Percentage	A-II-4

-v-

Prospectus Summary

This summary does not contain all the information you may need to make an informed investment decision. You should read this prospectus and the accompanying prospectus supplement in their entirety before you purchase any notes. The accompanying supplement to this prospectus supplements disclosure in this prospectus.

Securities Offered

The issuing entity will be offering notes. The notes will be issued pursuant to an indenture between the issuing entity and The Bank of New York Mellon, as indenture trustee. In addition, each series of notes will be issued pursuant to a supplement to the indenture between the issuing entity and the indenture trustee. The BAseries notes will be issued pursuant to the indenture as supplemented by the BAseries indenture supplement.

Risk Factors

Investment in notes involves risks. You should consider carefully the risk factors beginning on page 22 in this prospectus. In the event that an investment in any tranche of notes exhibits additional risks to investors, additional risk factors will be described in the accompanying prospectus supplement. In such an event, you should consider the risk factors in this prospectus and in the accompanying prospectus supplement.

Issuing Entity

BA Credit Card Trust, a Delaware statutory trust, is the issuing entity of the notes. The address of the issuing entity is BA Credit Card Trust, c/o Wilmington Trust Company, Rodney Square North, 1100 North Market Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19890-0001. Its telephone number is (302) 651-1000.

BA Credit Card Funding, LLC is the beneficiary of the issuing entity.

Funding

BA Credit Card Funding, LLC (referred to as Funding), a limited liability company formed under the laws of Delaware and an indirect subsidiary of FIA, is the transferor and depositor of the issuing entity. The address for Funding is Hearst Tower, 214 North Tryon Street, Suite #21-39, NC1-027-21-04, Charlotte, North Carolina 28255 and its telephone number is (980) 683-4915. In addition, Funding is the holder of the transferor interest in BA Master Credit Card Trust II, the beneficiary of the issuing entity, and the holder of the Class D certificate.

On the substitution date, Funding was substituted for FIA as the transferor of receivables to master trust II, as holder of the transferor interest in master trust II, and as beneficiary of the issuing entity. See “Transaction Parties—BA Credit Card Funding, LLC.”

Master Trust II

The issuing entity’s primary asset will be an investor certificate issued by BA Master Credit Card Trust II (referred to as master trust II), a Delaware trust. This investor certificate, referred to as the collateral certificate, is a part of Series 2001-D and represents an undivided interest in master trust II. For a description of the collateral certificate, see “Sources of Funds to Pay the Notes—The Collateral Certificate.”

Also as a part of Series 2001-D, master trust II has issued the Class D certificate, which is an investor certificate that represents an undivided interest in master trust II. The Class D certificate provides credit enhancement to the collateral certificate, and therefore provides credit enhancement to the notes as well. For a description of the Class D certificate, see “Master Trust II—The Class D Certificate.”

Master trust II’s assets primarily include receivables from certain unsecured revolving credit card accounts that meet the eligibility criteria for inclusion in master trust II. These eligibility criteria are discussed in “Master Trust II—Addition of Master Trust II Assets.”

The credit card receivables in master trust II consist primarily of principal receivables and finance charge receivables. Finance charge receivables include periodic finance charges, cash advance fees, late charges and certain other fees billed to cardholders, annual membership fees, recoveries on receivables in Defaulted Accounts, and discount option receivables. Principal receivables include amounts charged by cardholders for merchandise and services, amounts advanced to cardholders as cash advances, and all other fees billed to cardholders that are not considered finance charge receivables.

In addition, Funding is permitted to add to master trust II participations representing interests in a pool of assets primarily consisting of receivables arising under revolving credit card accounts owned by FIA. For a description of master trust II, see “Master Trust II.”

Funding may add additional receivables to master trust II at any time without limitation, provided the receivables are eligible receivables, Funding does not expect the addition to cause a Pay Out Event, and the rating agencies confirm the ratings on the outstanding investor certificates and notes. Under certain limited circumstances, Funding may be required to add additional receivables to master trust II to maintain the minimum transferor interest or to maintain a minimum required amount of principal receivables in master trust II.

Funding may also remove receivables from master trust II provided Funding does not expect the removal to cause a Pay Out Event and the rating agencies confirm the ratings on the outstanding investor certificates and notes. The amount of any such removal is limited and, except in limited circumstances, may generally occur only once in a calendar month. In addition, except in limited circumstances, the receivables removed from master trust II must be selected randomly. However, if Funding breaches certain representations or warranties relating to the eligibility of receivables added to master trust II, Funding may be required to immediately remove those receivables from master trust II.

If the composition of master trust II changes over time due to Funding’s ability to add and remove receivables, noteholders will not be notified of that change. However, monthly reports containing certain information relating to the notes and the collateral securing the notes will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. These reports will not be sent to noteholders. See “Where You Can Find More Information” for information as to how these reports may be accessed.

FIA and Affiliates

FIA Card Services, National Association (referred to as FIA) is a national banking association. The address of FIA’s principal offices is 1100 North King Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19884. Its telephone number is (800) 421-2110.

Prior to the substitution date, FIA formed master trust II and transferred credit card receivables arising in accounts originated or acquired by FIA to master trust II. Currently, FIA originates and owns credit card accounts from which receivables may be transferred to Banc of America Consumer Card Services, LLC (referred to as BACCS), a limited liability company formed under the laws of North Carolina and a direct

subsidiary of FIA. Certain of the receivables transferred to BACCS have been sold, and may continue to be sold, to Funding for addition to master trust II. FIA is also the servicer for master trust II and is therefore responsible for servicing, managing and making collections on the credit card receivables in master trust II. FIA may delegate certain of its servicing functions to an affiliate of FIA. However, notwithstanding that delegation, FIA would remain obligated to service the receivables in master trust II. See “Transaction Parties—FIA and Affiliates.”

Indenture Trustee

The Bank of New York Mellon, a New York banking corporation, is the indenture trustee under the indenture for the notes.

Under the terms of the indenture, the role of the indenture trustee is limited. See “The Indenture—Indenture Trustee.”

See “Transaction Parties—The Bank of New York Mellon.”

Owner Trustee

Wilmington Trust Company, a Delaware corporation with trust powers, is the owner trustee of the issuing entity. Under the terms of the trust agreement, the role of the owner trustee is limited. See “Transaction Parties—BA Credit Card Trust.”

See “Transaction Parties—Wilmington Trust Company.”

Series, Classes and Tranches of Notes

The notes will be issued in series. Each series is secured by a shared security interest in the collateral certificate and the collection account. It is expected that most series will consist of multiple classes. A class designation determines the relative seniority for receipt of cash flows and funding of uncovered Investor Default Amounts allocated to the related series of notes. For example, subordinated classes of notes provide credit enhancement for senior classes of notes in the same series.

Some series of notes will be multiple tranche series, meaning that they may have classes consisting of multiple tranches. Tranches of notes within a class may be issued on different dates and have different stated principal amounts, rates of interest, interest payment dates, expected principal payment dates, legal maturity dates and other material terms as described in the related prospectus supplement.

In a multiple tranche series, the expected principal payment dates and the legal maturity dates of the senior and subordinated classes of such series may be different. As such, certain subordinated tranches of notes may have expected principal payment dates and legal maturity dates earlier than some or all of the senior notes of such series. However, subordinated notes will not be repaid before their legal maturity dates, unless, after payment, the remaining subordinated notes provide the required enhancement for the senior notes. In addition, senior notes will not be issued unless, after issuance, there are enough outstanding subordinated notes to provide the required subordinated amount for the senior notes. See “The Notes—Issuances of New Series, Classes and Tranches of Notes.”

BAseries Notes

The BAseries is a multiple tranche series. Each class of notes in the BAseries may consist of multiple tranches. Notes of any tranche can be issued on any date so long as there is sufficient credit enhancement on that date, either in the form of outstanding subordinated notes or other forms of credit enhancement. See “The Notes—Issuances of New Series, Classes and Tranches of Notes.” The expected principal payment dates and legal maturity dates of tranches of senior and subordinated classes of the BAseries may be different. Therefore, subordinated notes may have expected principal payment dates and legal maturity dates earlier than some or all of the senior notes of the BAseries. Subordinated notes will generally not be paid before their legal maturity date unless, after payment, the remaining outstanding subordinated notes provide the credit enhancement required for the senior notes.

In general, the subordinated notes of the BAseries serve as credit enhancement for all of the senior notes of the BAseries, regardless of whether the subordinated notes are issued before, at the same time as, or after the senior notes of the BAseries. However, certain tranches of senior notes may not require subordination from each class of notes subordinated to it. For example, if a tranche of Class A notes requires credit enhancement solely from Class C notes, the Class B notes will not, in that case, provide credit enhancement for that tranche of Class A notes. The amount of credit exposure of any particular tranche of notes is a function of, among other things, the total amount of notes issued, the required subordinated amount, the amount of usage of the required subordinated amount and the amount on deposit in the senior tranches’ principal funding subaccounts.

This prospectus may relate to an offering of BAseries notes or the notes of any other series issued by BA Credit Card Trust. Any offering of BAseries notes or any other series of notes through this prospectus must be accompanied by a prospectus supplement.

Some series may not be multiple tranche series. For these series, there will be only one tranche per class and each class will generally be issued on the same date. The expected principal payment dates and legal maturity dates of the subordinated classes of such a series will either be the same as or later than those of the senior classes of that series.

Interest Payments

Each tranche of notes, other than discount notes, will bear interest from the date and at the rate set forth or as determined in the related prospectus supplement. Interest on the notes will be paid on the interest payment dates specified in the related prospectus supplement.

Interest on BAseries Notes

The payment of interest on a senior class of BAseries notes on any payment date is senior to the payment of interest on subordinated classes of BAseries notes on that date. Generally, no payment of interest will be made on any Class B BAseries note until the required payment of interest has been made to the Class A BAseries notes. Similarly, generally, no payment of interest will be made on any Class C BAseries note until the required payment of interest has been made to the Class A and the Class B BAseries notes. However, any funds on deposit in the Class C reserve account will be available only to holders of Class C notes to cover shortfalls of interest on any interest payment date.

Expected Principal Payment Date and Legal Maturity Date

It is expected that the issuing entity will pay the stated principal amount of each note in one payment on that note’s expected principal payment date. The expected principal payment date of a note is generally 29 months before its legal maturity date. The legal maturity date is the date on which a note is legally required to be fully paid in accordance with its terms. The expected principal payment date and legal maturity date for a note will be specified in the related prospectus supplement.

The issuing entity will be obligated to pay the stated principal amount of a note on its expected principal payment date, or upon the occurrence of an early redemption event or event of default and acceleration or other optional or mandatory redemption, only to the extent that funds are available for that purpose and only to the extent that payment is permitted by the subordination provisions of the senior notes of the same series. The remedies a noteholder may exercise following an event of default and acceleration or on the legal maturity date are described in “The Indenture—Events of Default Remedies” and “Sources of Funds to Pay the Notes—Sale of Credit Card Receivables.”

Stated Principal Amount, Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount and Nominal Liquidation Amount of Notes

Each note has a stated principal amount, an outstanding dollar principal amount and a nominal liquidation amount.

·	Stated Principal Amount. The stated principal amount of a note is the amount that is stated on the face of the note to be payable to the holder. It can be denominated in U.S. dollars or a foreign currency.

Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount. For U.S. dollar notes (other than discount notes), the outstanding dollar principal amount is the same as the initial dollar principal amount of the notes (as set forth in the applicable supplement to this prospectus), less principal payments to noteholders. For foreign currency notes, the outstanding dollar principal amount is the U.S. dollar equivalent of the initial dollar principal amount of the notes (as set forth in the related prospectus supplement), less dollar payments to derivative counterparties for principal. For discount notes, the outstanding dollar principal amount is an amount stated in, or determined by a formula described in, the related prospectus supplement.

In addition, a note may have an Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount. The Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount is the same as the outstanding dollar principal amount, less any funds on deposit in the principal funding subaccount for that note.

·	Nominal Liquidation Amount. The nominal liquidation amount of a note is a U.S. dollar amount based on the outstanding dollar principal amount of the note, but after deducting:

–

that note’s share of reallocations of Available Principal Amounts used to pay interest on senior classes of notes or a portion of the master trust II servicing fee allocated to its series;

– that note’s share of charge-offs resulting from uncovered Investor Default Amounts; and

– amounts on deposit in the principal funding subaccount for that note;

and adding back all reimbursements from Excess Available Funds allocated to that note of (i) reallocations of Available Principal Amounts used to pay interest on senior classes of notes or the master trust II servicing fee or (ii) charge-offs resulting from uncovered Investor Default Amounts. Excess Available Funds are Available Funds that remain after the payment of interest and other required payments for the notes.

The nominal liquidation amount of a note corresponds to the portion of the investor interest of the collateral certificate that is allocated to support that note.

The aggregate nominal liquidation amount of all of the notes plus the Class D Investor Interest is equal to the Investor Interest of Series 2001-D. The Investor Interest of Series 2001-D corresponds to the amount of principal receivables in master trust II that is allocated to support Series 2001-D. Anything that increases or decreases the aggregate nominal liquidation amount of the notes or the Class D Investor Interest will also increase or decrease the Investor Interest of Series 2001-D.

Upon a sale of credit card receivables held by master trust II (i) following the insolvency of Funding, (ii) following an event of default and acceleration for a note, or (iii) on a note’s legal maturity date, each as described in “Sources of Funds to Pay the Notes—Sale of Credit Card Receivables,” the nominal liquidation amount of a note will be reduced to zero.

For a detailed discussion of nominal liquidation amount, see “The Notes—Stated Principal Amount, Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount and Nominal Liquidation Amount—Nominal Liquidation Amount.”

Subordination

Payment of principal of and interest on subordinated classes of notes will be subordinated to the payment of principal of and interest on senior classes of notes except to the extent provided in this prospectus and the accompanying prospectus supplement.

Available Principal Amounts allocable to the notes of a series may be reallocated to pay interest on senior classes of notes in that series or a portion of the master trust II servicing fee allocable to that series. In addition, the nominal liquidation amount of a subordinated class of notes will generally be reduced for charge-offs resulting from uncovered Investor Default Amounts prior to any reductions in the nominal liquidation amount of the senior classes of notes of the same series. While in a multiple tranche series, charge-offs from uncovered Investor Default Amounts allocable to the series initially will be allocated to each tranche pro rata, these charge-offs will then be reallocated from tranches in the senior classes to

tranches in the subordinated classes to the extent credit enhancement in the form of subordination is still available to such senior tranches.

In addition, Available Principal Amounts are first utilized to fund targeted deposits to the principal funding subaccounts of senior classes before being applied to the principal funding subaccounts of the subordinated classes.

In a multiple tranche series, subordinated notes that reach their expected principal payment date, or that have an early redemption event, event of default or other optional or mandatory redemption, will not be paid to the extent that those notes are necessary to provide the required subordination for senior classes of notes of the same series. If a tranche of subordinated notes cannot be paid because of the subordination provisions of its respective indenture supplement, prefunding of the principal funding subaccounts for the senior notes of the same series will begin, as described in the related prospectus supplement. After that time, the subordinated notes will be paid only to the extent that:

·	the principal funding subaccounts for the senior classes of notes of that series are prefunded in an amount such that the subordinated notes that have reached their expected principal payment date are no longer necessary to provide the required subordination;

·	new tranches of subordinated notes of that series are issued so that the subordinated notes that have reached their expected principal payment date are no longer necessary to provide the required subordination;

·	enough notes of senior classes of that series are repaid so that the subordinated notes that have reached their expected principal payment date are no longer necessary to provide the required subordination; or

·	the subordinated notes reach their legal maturity date.

On the legal maturity date of a tranche of notes, Available Principal Amounts, if any, allocable to that tranche and proceeds from any sale of receivables will be paid to the noteholders of that tranche, even if payment would reduce the amount of available subordination below the required subordination for the senior classes of that series.

BAseries Credit Enhancement

Credit enhancement for the BAseries notes generally will be provided through subordination. If so indicated in the related prospectus supplement, additional credit enhancement for Class C BAseries notes will be provided by the Class C reserve account. The amount of subordination available to provide credit enhancement to any tranche of BAseries notes is limited to its available subordinated amount. If the available subordinated amount for any tranche of BAseries notes has been reduced to zero, losses that otherwise would have been reallocated to subordinated notes will be borne by that tranche of BAseries notes. The nominal liquidation amount of those notes will be reduced by the amount of losses allocated to those notes, and it is unlikely that those notes will receive their full payment of principal.

Subordinated classes of BAseries notes generally will not receive interest payments on any payment date until the senior classes of BAseries notes have received their full interest payment on such date. Available Principal Amounts allocable to the subordinated classes of BAseries notes may be applied to make interest payments on the senior classes of BAseries notes or to pay a portion of the master trust II servicing fee allocable to the BAseries. Available Principal Amounts remaining on any payment date after any reallocations for interest on the senior classes of notes or for a portion of the master trust II

servicing fee allocable to the BAseries will be first applied to make targeted deposits to the principal funding subaccounts of senior classes of BAseries notes on such date before being applied to make required deposits to the principal funding subaccounts of the subordinated classes of BAseries notes on such date.

In addition, principal payments on subordinated classes of BAseries notes are subject to the principal payment rules described below in “—BAseries Required Subordinated Amount.”

BAseries Required Subordinated Amount

In order to issue a senior class of BAseries notes, the required subordinated amount of subordinated notes must be outstanding and available on the issuance date. Generally, the required subordinated amount of a subordinated class of BAseries notes for any date is an amount equal to a stated percentage of the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the senior tranche of notes for such date. Generally, the required subordinated amount for a tranche of Class A BAseries notes is equal to a stated percentage of the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of that tranche of Class A notes. Similarly, the Class B required subordinated amount of Class C notes for each tranche of Class B BAseries notes is equal to a percentage of its Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount. However, the Class B required subordinated amount of Class C notes for any tranche of Class B BAseries notes may be adjusted to reflect its pro rata share of the portion of the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of all Class B BAseries notes which is not providing credit enhancement to the Class A BAseries notes.

The required subordinated amount for any tranche of BAseries notes will generally be determined as depicted in the chart “BAseries Required Subordinated Amounts” below.

For a more detailed description of how to calculate the required subordinated amount of any tranche of BAseries notes, see “The Notes—Required Subordinated Amount—BAseries.”

Limit on Repayment of All Notes

You may not receive full repayment of your notes if:

the nominal liquidation amount of your notes has been reduced by charge-offs due to uncovered Investor Default Amounts or as a result of reallocations of Available Principal Amounts to pay interest on senior classes of notes or a portion of the master trust II servicing fee, and those amounts have not been reimbursed from Available Funds; or

receivables are sold (i) following the insolvency of Funding, (ii) following an event of default and acceleration or (iii) on the legal maturity date, and the proceeds from the sale of receivables, plus any available amounts on deposit in the applicable subaccounts allocable to your notes are insufficient.

Sources of Funds to Pay the Notes

The issuing entity will have the following sources of funds to pay principal of and interest on the notes:

Collateral Certificate. The collateral certificate is an investor certificate issued as a part of “Series 2001-D” by master trust II to the issuing entity. It represents an undivided interest in master trust II. Master trust II owns primarily receivables arising in selected MasterCard, Visa and American Express revolving credit card accounts. FIA or Funding has transferred, and Funding may continue to transfer, credit card receivables to master trust II in accordance with

the terms of the master trust II agreement. Both collections of principal receivables and finance charge receivables will be allocated among holders of interests in master trust II—including the collateral certificate—based generally on the investment in principal receivables of each interest in master trust II. If collections of receivables allocable to the collateral certificate are less than expected, payments of principal of and interest on the notes could be delayed or remain unpaid.

At the time it was issued, the collateral certificate received an investment grade rating from at least one nationally recognized rating agency.

Derivative Agreements. Some notes may have the benefit of one or more derivative agreements, including interest rate or currency swaps, or other agreements described in “Sources of Funds to Pay the Notes—Derivative Agreements.” A description of the specific terms of each derivative agreement and each derivative counterparty will be included in the applicable prospectus supplement.

Supplemental Credit Enhancement Agreements and Supplemental Liquidity Agreements. Some notes may have the benefit of one or more additional forms of credit enhancement, referred to in this prospectus and the applicable prospectus supplement as supplemental credit enhancement agreements, such as letters of credit, cash collateral guarantees or accounts, surety bonds or insurance policies. In addition, some notes may have the benefit of one or more forms of supplemental liquidity agreements, such as a liquidity facility with various liquidity providers. Funding, FIA or an affiliate may be the provider of any supplemental credit enhancement agreement or supplemental liquidity agreement. A description of the specific terms of any supplemental credit enhancement agreement or any supplemental liquidity agreement applicable to a series, class or tranche of notes and a description of the related provider will be included in the applicable prospectus supplement. See “The Notes—General” and “Sources of Funds to Pay the Notes—Supplemental Credit Enhancement Agreements and Supplemental Liquidity Agreements” for a discussion of credit enhancement, supplemental credit enhancement agreements and supplemental liquidity agreements.

The Issuing Entity Accounts. The issuing entity will establish a collection account for the purpose of receiving collections of finance charge receivables and principal receivables and other related amounts from master trust II payable under the collateral certificate. If so specified in the prospectus supplement, the issuing entity may establish supplemental accounts for any series, class or tranche of notes.

Each month, distributions on the collateral certificate will be deposited into the collection account. Those deposits will then be allocated among each series of notes and applied as described in the accompanying prospectus supplement.

BAseries Class C Reserve Account

If indicated in the related prospectus supplement, the issuing entity will establish a Class C reserve subaccount to provide credit enhancement solely for the holders of the related tranche of Class C BAseries notes. The applicable Class C reserve subaccount will be funded as described in the related prospectus supplement.

Funds on deposit in the Class C reserve subaccount for each tranche of Class C BAseries notes will be available to holders of those notes to cover shortfalls of interest payable on interest payment dates. Funds on deposit in the Class C reserve subaccount for each tranche of Class C BAseries notes will also be

available to holders of those notes to cover certain shortfalls in principal. Only the holders of the related tranche of Class C BAseries notes will have the benefit of the related Class C reserve subaccount. See “Sources of Funds to Pay the Notes—Deposit and Application of Funds for the BAseries—Withdrawals from the Class C Reserve Account.”

Flow of Funds and Application of Finance Charge and Principal Collections

For a detailed description of the application of collections, see “Master Trust II—Application of Collections” and “Sources of Funds to Pay the Notes—Deposit and Application of Funds for the BAseries.”

Finance charge collections and other amounts allocated to the BAseries, called BAseries Available Funds, will generally be applied each month to make the payments or deposits depicted in the chart “Application of BAseries Available Funds” below. See the chart “Application of Collections of Finance Charges and Principal Payments Received by FIA as Servicer of Master Trust II” below for a depiction of how finance charge collections are allocated by master trust II. For a detailed description of the application of BAseries Available Funds, see “Sources of Funds to Pay the Notes—Deposit and Application of Funds for the BAseries.”

Principal collections and other amounts allocated to the BAseries, called BAseries Available Principal Amounts, generally will be applied each month to make the payments or deposits depicted in the chart “Application of BAseries Available Principal Amounts” below. See the chart “Application of Collections of Finance Charges and Principal Payments Received by FIA as Servicer of Master Trust II” below for a depiction of how principal collections are allocated by master trust II. For a detailed description of the application of BAseries Available Principal Amounts, see “Sources of Funds to Pay the Notes—Deposit and Application of Funds for the BAseries.”

Revolving Period

Until principal amounts are needed to be accumulated to pay any tranche of BAseries notes, principal amounts allocable to that tranche of notes will be applied to other BAseries notes which are accumulating principal or paid to Funding as holder of the transferor interest. This period is commonly referred to as the revolving period. Unless an early redemption event or event of default and acceleration for the related tranche of BAseries notes occurs, the revolving period is expected to end twelve calendar months prior to the expected principal payment date, or the revolving period may be expected to end at an earlier or later date, if so specified in the related prospectus supplement. However, if the issuing entity reasonably expects to need less than the expected accumulation period to fully accumulate the outstanding dollar principal amount of the related tranche of notes, the end of the revolving period may be delayed.

Early Redemption of Notes

The issuing entity will be required to redeem any note upon the occurrence of an early redemption event relating to that note, but only to the extent funds are available for such redemption after giving effect to all allocations and reallocations and, in the case of subordinated notes of a multiple tranche series, only to the extent that payment is permitted by the subordination provisions of the senior notes of the same series.

However, if so specified in the accompanying prospectus supplement, subject to certain exceptions, any notes that have the benefit of a derivative agreement will not be redeemed prior to such notes’ expected principal payment date.

Early redemption events include the following:

·	the occurrence of a note’s expected principal payment date;

·	each of the Pay Out Events applicable to Series 2001-D, as described under “Master Trust II—Pay Out Events”;

·	the issuing entity becoming an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended; or

·	any additional early redemption events specified in the accompanying prospectus supplement.

In addition to the early redemption events described above, if for any date the amount of Excess Available Funds for the BAseries notes averaged over the three preceding calendar months is less than the Required Excess Available Funds for the BAseries for such date, an early redemption event will occur for all tranches of BAseries notes.

Excess Available Funds for any month equals the Available Funds allocated to the BAseries that month after application for targeted deposits to the interest funding account, payment of the master trust II servicing fee allocable to the BAseries, application to cover Investor Default Amounts allocable to the BAseries and reimbursement of any deficits in the nominal liquidation amounts of notes.

Required Excess Available Funds for the BAseries is an amount equal to zero. This amount may be changed provided the issuing entity (i) receives the consent of the rating agencies and (ii) reasonably believes that the change will not have a material adverse effect on the BAseries notes.

See “The Notes—Early Redemption of Notes” and “The Indenture—Early Redemption Events.”

Upon the occurrence of an early redemption event for any series, class or tranche of notes, those notes will be entitled to receive payments of interest and principal each month, subject to the conditions outlined in “The Notes—Early Redemption of Notes” and “The Indenture—Early Redemption Events.”

It is not an event of default if the issuing entity fails to redeem a note because it does not have sufficient funds available or because payment of the note is delayed because it is necessary to provide required subordination for a senior class of notes.

Optional Redemption by the Issuing Entity

Funding, so long as it is an affiliate of the servicer, has the right, but not the obligation, to direct the issuing entity to redeem any tranche of BAseries notes in whole but not in part on any day on or after the day on which its nominal liquidation amount is reduced to less than 5% of its highest outstanding dollar principal amount. This repurchase option is referred to as a clean-up call.

The issuing entity will not redeem subordinated BAseries notes if those notes are required to provide credit enhancement for senior classes of BAseries notes. If the issuing entity is directed to redeem any tranche of BAseries notes, it will notify the registered holders at least thirty days prior to the redemption date. The redemption price of a note will equal 100% of the outstanding principal amount of that note, plus accrued but unpaid interest on the note to but excluding the date of redemption.

If the issuing entity is unable to pay the redemption price in full on the redemption date, monthly payments on the related tranche of BAseries notes will thereafter be made, subject to the principal

payment rules described above under “—Subordination,” until either the principal of and accrued interest on that tranche of notes are paid in full or the legal maturity date occurs, whichever is earlier. Any funds in the principal funding subaccount and the interest funding subaccount and, in the case of Class C BAseries notes, the Class C reserve subaccount, for the related tranche of BAseries notes will be applied to make the principal and interest payments on these notes on the redemption date.

Events of Default

The documents that govern the terms and conditions of the notes include a list of adverse events known as events of default.

Some events of default result in an automatic acceleration of the notes, and others result in the right of the holders of the affected series, class or tranche of notes to demand acceleration after an affirmative vote by holders of more than 50% of the outstanding dollar principal amount of the affected series, class or tranche of notes.

Events of default for any series, class or tranche of notes include the following:

·	for any tranche of notes, the issuing entity’s failure, for a period of 35 days, to pay interest upon such notes when such interest becomes due and payable;

·	for any tranche of notes, the issuing entity’s failure to pay the principal amount of such notes on the applicable legal maturity date;

the issuing entity’s default in the performance, or breach, of any other of its covenants or warranties in the indenture for a period of 60 days after either the indenture trustee or the holders of 25% of the aggregate outstanding dollar principal amount of the outstanding notes of the affected series, class or tranche has provided written notice requesting remedy of such breach, and, as a result of such default, the interests of the related noteholders are materially and adversely affected and continue to be materially and adversely affected during the 60-day period;

·	the occurrence of certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency, conservatorship or receivership of the issuing entity; and

·	for any series, class or tranche of notes, any additional events of default specified in the accompanying prospectus supplement.

An event of default relating to one series, class or tranche of notes will not necessarily be an event of default for any other series, class or tranche of notes.

Upon the occurrence of an event of default and acceleration for any series, class or tranche of notes, those notes will be entitled to receive payments of interest and principal each month, subject to the conditions outlined in “The Indenture—Events of Default” and “—Events of Default Remedies.”

Events of Default Remedies

After an event of default and acceleration of a series, class or tranche of notes, funds on deposit in the applicable issuing entity accounts for the affected notes will be applied to pay principal of and interest on those notes. Then, in each following month, Available Principal Amounts and Available Funds allocated to those notes will be applied to make monthly principal and interest payments on those notes until the earlier of the date those notes are paid in full or the legal maturity date of those notes. However,

subordinated notes of a multiple tranche series will receive payment of principal of those notes prior to the legal maturity date of such notes only if and to the extent that funds are available for that payment and, after giving effect to that payment, the required subordination will be maintained for senior notes in that series.

If an event of default of a series, class or tranche of notes occurs and that series, class or tranche of notes is accelerated, the indenture trustee may, and at the direction of the majority of the noteholders of the affected series, class or tranche will, direct master trust II to sell credit card receivables. However, this sale of receivables may occur only:

·	if the conditions specified in “The Indenture—Events of Default Remedies” are satisfied and, for subordinated notes of a multiple tranche series, only to the extent that payment is permitted by the subordination provisions of the senior notes of the same series; or

·	on the legal maturity date of those notes.

The holders of the accelerated notes will be paid their allocable share of the proceeds of a sale of credit card receivables. Upon the sale of the receivables, the nominal liquidation amount of those accelerated notes will be reduced to zero. See “Sources of Funds to Pay the Notes—Sale of Credit Card Receivables.”

Security for the Notes

The notes of all series are secured by a shared security interest in the collateral certificate and the collection account, but each tranche of notes is entitled to the benefits of only that portion of the assets allocated to it under the indenture and the indenture supplement.

Each tranche of notes is also secured by:

·	a security interest in any applicable supplemental account; and

·	a security interest in any derivative agreement for that tranche.

Limited Recourse to the Issuing Entity

The sole source of payment for principal of or interest on a tranche of notes is provided by:

·	the portion of collections of principal receivables and finance charge receivables received by the issuing entity under the collateral certificate and available to that tranche of notes after giving effect to all allocations and reallocations;

·	funds in the applicable issuing entity accounts for that tranche of notes; and

·	payments received under any applicable derivative agreement for that tranche of notes.

Noteholders will have no recourse to any other assets of the issuing entity or any other person or entity for the payment of principal of or interest on the notes.

If there is a sale of credit card receivables (i) following the insolvency of Funding, (ii) following an event of default and acceleration, or (iii) on the applicable legal maturity date, each as described in “Sources of Funds to Pay the Notes—Sale of Credit Card Receivables,” following such sale those noteholders have

recourse only to the proceeds of that sale, investment earnings on those proceeds and any funds previously deposited in any applicable issuing entity account for such noteholders.

BAseries Accumulation Reserve Account

The issuing entity will establish an accumulation reserve subaccount for each tranche of BAseries notes to cover shortfalls in investment earnings on amounts (other than prefunded amounts) on deposit in the principal funding subaccount for such notes.

The amount targeted to be deposited in the accumulation reserve subaccount for each tranche of BAseries notes is zero, unless more than one budgeted deposit is required to accumulate and pay the principal of the related tranche of notes on its expected principal payment date, in which case, the amount targeted to be deposited is 0.5% of the outstanding dollar principal amount of the related tranche of notes, or such other amount designated by the issuing entity. See “Sources of Funds to Pay the Notes—Deposit and Application of Funds for the BAseries—Targeted Deposits to the Accumulation Reserve Account.”

Shared Excess Available Funds

The BAseries will be included in “Group A.” In addition to the BAseries, the issuing entity may issue other series of notes that are included in Group A.

To the extent that Available Funds allocated to the BAseries are available after all required applications of such amounts as described in “Sources of Funds to Pay the Notes—Deposit and Application of Funds for the BAseries—Application of BAseries Available Funds,” these unused Available Funds, called shared excess available funds, will be applied to cover shortfalls in Available Funds for other series of notes in Group A. In addition, the BAseries may receive the benefits of shared excess available funds from other series in Group A, to the extent Available Funds for such other series of notes are not needed for such series. See “Sources of Funds to Pay the Notes—The Collateral Certificate,” “—Deposit and Application of Funds” and “—Deposit and Application of Funds for the BAseries—Shared Excess Available Funds.”

Registration, Clearing and Settlement

The notes offered by this prospectus will be registered in the name of The Depository Trust Company or its nominee, and purchasers of notes will be entitled to receive a definitive certificate only under limited circumstances. Owners of notes may elect to hold their notes through The Depository Trust Company in the United States or through Clearstream, Luxembourg or the Euroclear System in Europe. Transfers will be made in accordance with the rules and operating procedures of those clearing systems. See “The Notes—Book-Entry Notes.”

ERISA Eligibility

The indenture permits benefit plans to purchase notes of every class offered pursuant to this prospectus and a related prospectus supplement. A fiduciary of a benefit plan should consult its counsel as to whether a purchase of notes by the plan is permitted by ERISA and the Internal Revenue Code. See “Benefit Plan Investors.”

Tax Status

Subject to important considerations described under “Federal Income Tax Consequences” in this prospectus, Chapman and Cutler LLP, as special tax counsel to the issuing entity, is of the opinion that, for United States federal income tax purposes (1) the notes will be treated as indebtedness and (2) the

issuing entity will not be an association or a publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation. In addition, noteholders will agree, by acquiring notes, to treat the notes as debt for federal, state and local income and franchise tax purposes.

Denominations

The notes offered by this prospectus will be issued in denominations of $5,000 and multiples of $1,000 in excess of that amount.

Application of Collections of Finance Charges and Principal Payments
Received by FIA as Servicer of Master Trust II

As of the date of this prospectus, Series 2001-D is the only issued and outstanding series of Master Trust II and the BAseries is the only issued and outstanding series of BA Credit Card Trust.

Application of BAseries Available Funds	Application of BAseries Available Principal Amounts

Fees and Expenses Payable from BAseries Available Funds and

BAseries Available Principal Amounts

FEES AND EXPENSES PAYABLE FROM BASERIES AVAILABLE FUNDS:

• SERVICING FEE: 2.00% OF SERIES 2001-D INVESTOR INTEREST – PAID TO THE SERVICER

For any month, the servicing fee is paid immediately after Class C interest payments or deposits. For a depiction of the application of BAseries Available Funds, see the chart entitled “Application of BAseries Available Funds” above. The servicing fee compensates the servicer for its expenses in connection with servicing the receivables, including expenses associated with collecting, allocating and distributing collections on the receivables and other expenses payable by the servicer, such as fees and disbursements of the master trust II trustee, the owner trustee and the indenture trustee. See “Master Trust II—Servicing Compensation and Payment of Expenses.”

FEES AND EXPENSES PAYABLE FROM BASERIES AVAILABLE PRINCIPAL AMOUNTS:

• SERVICING FEE SHORTFALLS: ANY ACCRUED BUT UNPAID SERVICING FEES – PAID TO THE SERVICER

For any month, servicing fee shortfalls, if any, are paid immediately after any Class B interest shortfalls are paid. For a depiction of the application of BAseries Available Principal Amounts, see the chart entitled “Application of BAseries Available Principal Amounts” above.

BAseries Required Subordinated Amounts and Required Class D Investor Interest

The chart and the accompanying discussion below present only one example of how required subordinated amounts (each, RSA) and the required Class D Investor Interest would be calculated for a hypothetical amount of outstanding BAseries notes. This example is illustrative only. The stated percentages used in this example are applicable to the calculation of each RSA and the required Class D Investor Interest for these hypothetical notes only. The dollar amounts used in this example are illustrative only and are not intended to represent any allocation of classes and tranches of BAseries notes outstanding at any time (including, but not limited to, the RSA required for any unencumbered tranche of Class B notes). For a detailed description of RSA and the required Class D Investor Interest generally, see “Prospectus Summary—BAseries Required Subordinated Amount” and “The Notes—Required Subordinated Amount,” and the related prospectus supplement.

In addition, the issuing entity may change the RSA for any tranche of notes at any time, without the consent of any noteholders, so long as the issuing entity has met certain conditions described in “The Notes—Required Subordinated Amount,” and Funding may change the definition of required Class D Investor Interest without the consent of any noteholders, so long as Funding has met certain conditions described in “The Notes—Required Subordinated Amount—The Class D Certificate.”

$1,000,000,000 Class A Notes	$1,000,000,000 Class A notes

$200,000,000 Class B notes	Class A RSA of Class B notes $142,857,100 encumbered Class B notes		$57,142,900 unencumbered Class B notes

$200,000,000 Class C Notes	$133,333,310.48 Greater of Class A RSA of Class C Notes and Class B RSA of Class C notes	$66,666,689.52 unencumbered Class C notes

$211,567,248.09 Class D Certificate	$211,567,248.09 Class D Certificate

Generally, the required subordinated amount of a subordinated class of notes for any date is an amount equal to a stated percentage of the adjusted outstanding dollar principal amount of the senior tranche of notes for such date.

In the example above:

·	For the $1,000,000,000 of Class A notes, the RSA of subordinated notes is $269,841,200. Of that amount, the RSA of Class B notes is $142,857,100 (which is 14.28571% of $1,000,000,000) and the RSA of Class C notes is $126,984,100 (which is 12.69841% of $1,000,000,000).

·	Encumbered Class B notes consist of that portion of the Class B notes that provide credit enhancement to the Class A notes (which is equal to the Class A RSA of Class B notes or $142,857,100).

·	Unencumbered Class B notes consist of that portion of the Class B notes that do not provide credit enhancement to the Class A notes. This unencumbered amount is equal to the aggregate amount of Class B notes ($200,000,000) minus the encumbered Class B notes ($142,857,100).

·	For the $57,142,900 of unencumbered Class B notes, the RSA of Class C notes is $6,349,210.48 (which is 11.11111% of $57,142,900).

·	For the $200,000,000 of Class B notes, the RSA of Class C notes is $133,333,310.48, or 100% of the Class A RSA of Class C notes ($126,984,100) plus the Class B RSA of Class C notes for the unencumbered Class B notes ($6,349,210.48).

·	Encumbered Class C notes consist of that portion of the Class C notes that provide credit enhancement to the Class A or the Class B notes (which is equal to the greater of the Class A RSA of Class C notes and the Class B RSA of Class C Notes, or $133,333,310.48).

Unencumbered Class C notes consist of that portion of the Class C notes that do not provide credit enhancement to the Class A or Class B notes. This unencumbered amount is equal to the aggregate amount of Class C notes ($200,000,000) minus the encumbered Class C notes ($133,333,310.48), or $66,666,689.52.

·	The required Class D Investor Interest equals the sum of:

–

(i) The adjusted outstanding dollar principal amount of the Class A notes, divided by 0.6825 ($1,465,201,465.20), minus (ii) the adjusted outstanding dollar principal amount of the Class A notes ($1,000,000,000), minus (iii) the aggregate Class A required subordinated amount of Class B notes ($142,857,100), minus (iv) the aggregate Class A required subordinated amount of Class C notes ($126,984,100), for a total of $195,360,265.20;

–

(i) (A) the adjusted outstanding dollar principal amount of the Class B notes minus the aggregate Class A required subordinated amount of Class B notes, divided by (B) 0.795 ($71,877,861.64), minus (ii) the adjusted outstanding dollar principal amount of the Class B notes minus the aggregate Class A required subordinated amount of Class B notes ($57,142,900), minus (iii) (A) the adjusted outstanding dollar principal amount of the Class B notes minus the aggregate Class A required subordinated amount of Class B notes, times (B) 0.1111111 ($6,349,210.48), for a total of $8,385,751.16; and

–

(i) (A) the adjusted outstanding dollar principal amount of the Class C notes minus the aggregate Class B required subordinated amount of Class C notes, divided by (B) 0.895 ($74,487,921.25), minus (ii) the adjusted outstanding dollar principal amount of the Class C notes minus the aggregate Class B required subordinated amount of Class C notes ($66,666,689.52), for a total of $7,821,231.73.

This example assumes there are no outstanding Class A(2001-Emerald) notes. When Class A(2001-Emerald) notes are outstanding, the calculation of the required Class D Investor Interest changes. See “The Notes—Required Subordinated Amount—The Class D Certificate.”

Risk Factors

The risk factors disclosed in this section of the prospectus and in the accompanying prospectus supplement describe the principal risk factors of an investment in the notes.

Some interests could have priority over the master trust II trustee’s interest in the receivables or the indenture trustee’s interest in the collateral certificate, which could cause delayed or reduced payments to you.

Representations and warranties are made that the master trust II trustee has a perfected interest in the receivables and that the indenture trustee has a perfected interest in the collateral certificate. If any of these representations and warranties were found not to be true, however, payments to you could be delayed or reduced.

The transaction documents permit liens for municipal or other local taxes to have priority over the master trust II trustee’s perfected interest in the receivables. If any of these tax liens were to arise, or if other interests in the receivables or the collateral certificate were found to have priority over those of the master trust II trustee or the indenture trustee, you could suffer a loss on your investment.

If a conservator, a receiver, or a bankruptcy trustee were appointed for FIA, BACCS, Funding, master trust II, or the issuing entity, and if the administrative expenses of the conservator, the receiver, or the bankruptcy trustee were found to relate to the receivables, the collateral certificate, or the transaction documents, those expenses could be paid from collections on the receivables before the master trust II trustee or the indenture trustee receives any payments, which could result in losses on your investment. See “Risk Factors—The conservatorship, receivership, bankruptcy, or insolvency of FIA, BACCS, Funding, master trust II, the issuing entity, or any of their affiliates could result in accelerated, delayed, or reduced payments to you” in this prospectus.

The master trust II trustee and the indenture trustee may not have a perfected interest in collections commingled by the servicer with its own funds or in interchange commingled by FIA with its own funds, which could cause delayed or reduced payments to you.

The servicer is obligated to deposit collections into the master trust II collection account no later than the second business day after the date of processing for those collections. If conditions specified in the transaction documents are met, however, the servicer is permitted to hold all collections received during a monthly period and to make only a single deposit of those collections on the following transfer date. In addition, FIA always is permitted to make only a single transfer of all interchange received during a monthly period on the following transfer date. See “Master Trust II—Application of Collections” and “FIA’s Credit Card Activities—Interchange.”

All collections that the servicer is permitted to hold are commingled with its other funds and used for its own benefit. Similarly, all interchange that FIA receives prior to the related transfer date is commingled with its other funds and used for its own benefit. The master trust II trustee and the indenture trustee may not have a perfected interest in these amounts, and thus payments to you could be delayed or reduced if the servicer or FIA were to enter conservatorship or receivership, were to become insolvent, or were to fail to perform its obligations under the transaction documents.

The conservatorship, receivership, bankruptcy, or insolvency of FIA, BACCS, Funding, master trust II, the issuing entity, or any of their affiliates could result in accelerated, delayed, or reduced payments to you.

FIA is a national banking association, and its deposits are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC). If certain events were to occur involving FIA’s financial condition or the propriety of its actions, the FDIC could be appointed as conservator or receiver for FIA and, in that capacity, could exercise broad powers over FIA and its assets, obligations, and operations.

Prior to October 20, 2006, FIA transferred receivables directly to the master trust II trustee and the collateral certificate directly to the issuing entity. Since October 20, 2006, receivables have been transferred by FIA to BACCS, by BACCS to Funding, and by Funding to the master trust II trustee.

Each transfer of receivables or the collateral certificate by FIA is treated by FIA as a sale for legal purposes. The FDIC or other interested parties, however, could take the position that any of these transfers constitutes only the grant of a security interest under applicable law, that FIA continues to own the receivables or the collateral certificate, and that the FDIC as conservator or receiver for FIA should control and administer the receivables or the collateral certificate.

Under the current version of the FDIC’s regulation on securitization transactions, the FDIC has surrendered its rights to reclaim, recover, or recharacterize a depository institution’s transfer of financial assets (such as the receivables and the collateral certificate) with respect to obligations of a revolving trust or a master trust if:

·	one or more obligations were issued by the trust as of September 27, 2010;

·	the transfer satisfied specified conditions for sale accounting treatment under generally accepted accounting principles in effect for reporting periods before November 15, 2009;

·	the transfer involved a securitization of the financial assets;

·	the depository institution received adequate consideration for the transfer; and

·	the financial assets were not transferred fraudulently, in contemplation of the depository institution’s insolvency, or with the intent to hinder, delay, or defraud the depository institution or its creditors.

Each transfer of receivables or the collateral certificate by FIA has been intended to satisfy all of these conditions.

If any of these conditions were found not to have been met, the FDIC’s rights to reclaim, recover, or recharacterize FIA’s transfers of receivables or the collateral certificate would not be restricted. Under such circumstances, the FDIC may also have the right to recover payments made on the notes. The FDIC may not be subject to an express time limit in deciding whether to exercise any of these rights, and a delay by the FDIC in making a decision could result in losses on your investment. If the FDIC were successful in exercising any of these rights, moreover, you may not be entitled under applicable law to the full amount of your damages. A statutory injunction would prevent the master trust II trustee, the indenture trustee, and the noteholders

from collecting payments or exercising any of their other rights, remedies, and interests for up to 90 days.

Even if the referenced conditions in the FDIC’s regulation were satisfied and the FDIC did not reclaim, recover, or recharacterize FIA’s transfers of receivables or the collateral certificate, distributions to you could be adversely affected if FIA entered conservatorship or receivership.

In addition to the statutory injunction, the FDIC may be able to obtain a judicial stay of any action to collect payments under or otherwise enforce the transaction documents, the collateral certificate, or the notes. Further, the FDIC may require that its claims process be followed before payments on the receivables or the collateral certificate are released. The delay caused by any of these actions could result in losses to you.

The FDIC, moreover, may have the power to choose whether or not the terms of the transaction documents will continue to apply. Thus, regardless of what the transaction documents provide, the FDIC could:

·	authorize FIA to assign or to stop performing its obligations under the transaction documents, including its obligations to service the receivables, to make payments or deposits, to repurchase receivables, or to provide administrative services for Funding or the issuing entity;

·	prevent the appointment of a successor servicer or the appointment of a successor provider of administrative services for Funding or the issuing entity;

·	alter the terms on which FIA continues to service the receivables, to provide administrative services for Funding or the issuing entity, or to perform its other obligations under the transaction documents, including the amount or the priority of the fees paid to FIA;

·	prevent or limit the commencement of an early redemption of the notes, or instead do the opposite and require the early redemption to commence;

·	prevent or limit the early liquidation of the receivables or the collateral certificate and the termination of master trust II or the issuing entity, or instead do the opposite and require those to occur; or

·	prevent or limit continued transfers of receivables or continued distributions on the collateral certificate, or instead do the opposite and require those to continue.

If any of these events were to occur, payments to you could be accelerated, delayed, or reduced. In addition, these events could result in other parties to the transaction documents being excused from performing their obligations, which could cause further losses on your investment. Distributions to you also could be adversely affected if the FDIC were to argue that any term of the transaction documents violates applicable regulatory requirements.

BACCS is a direct subsidiary of FIA and Funding is an indirect subsidiary of FIA. Certain banking laws and regulations may apply not only to FIA but to its subsidiaries as well. If BACCS or Funding were found to have violated any of these laws or regulations, you could suffer a loss on your investment.

In the receivership of an unrelated national bank, the FDIC successfully argued to the United States Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit that certain of its rights and powers extended to a statutory trust formed and owned by that national bank in connection with a securitization of credit card receivables. If FIA were to enter conservatorship or receivership, the FDIC could argue that its rights and powers extend to BACCS, Funding, master trust II, or the issuing entity. If the FDIC were to take this position and seek to repudiate or otherwise affect the rights of the master trust II trustee, the indenture trustee, or the noteholders under any transaction document, losses to you could result.

In addition, no assurance can be given that the FDIC would not attempt to exercise control over the receivables, the collateral certificate, or the other assets of BACCS, Funding, master trust II, or the issuing entity on an interim or a permanent basis. If this were to occur, payments to you could be delayed or reduced.

If BACCS or any affiliate affected by these transactions were to become the debtor in a bankruptcy case, moreover, the bankruptcy court could exercise control over the receivables or the collateral certificate on an interim or a permanent basis. Although steps have been taken to minimize this risk, BACCS or an affiliate as debtor-in-possession or another interested party could argue that:

·	BACCS did not sell receivables to Funding but instead borrowed money from Funding and granted a security interest in the receivables;

·	Funding, master trust II, or the issuing entity, and its assets (including the receivables or the collateral certificate), should be substantively consolidated with the bankruptcy estate of BACCS or an affiliate; or

·	the receivables or the collateral certificate are necessary for BACCS or an affiliate to reorganize.

If these or similar arguments were made, whether successfully or not, distributions to you could be adversely affected.

Further, if BACCS or an affected affiliate were to enter bankruptcy, any action to collect payments under or otherwise enforce the transaction documents, the collateral certificate, or the notes could be prohibited, unless the permission of the bankruptcy court was obtained, resulting in delayed or reduced payments to you. Noteholders also may be required to return distributions already received if BACCS or an affected affiliate were to become the debtor in a bankruptcy case.

A court overseeing the bankruptcy case of BACCS or an affected affiliate may have the power to choose whether or not the terms of the transaction documents will continue to apply. Thus, regardless of what the transaction documents provide, the court could:

·	authorize BACCS or an affiliate to assign or to stop performing its obligations under the transaction documents, including its obligations to make payments or deposits or to repurchase receivables;

·	alter the terms on which BACCS or an affiliate continues to perform its obligations under the transaction documents, including the amount or the priority of the fees paid to BACCS or an affiliate;

·	prevent or limit the commencement of an early redemption of the notes, or instead do the opposite and require the early redemption to commence;

·	prevent or limit the early liquidation of the receivables or the collateral certificate and the termination of master trust II or the issuing entity, or instead do the opposite and require those to occur; or

·	prevent or limit continued transfers of receivables or continued distributions on the collateral certificate, or instead do the opposite and require those to continue.

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the Financial Reform Act) grants additional authorities and responsibilities to existing regulatory agencies to identify and address emerging systemic risks posed by the activities of financial services firms, including a new system for the orderly liquidation of certain systemically significant financial entities. In such a liquidation, the FDIC would be appointed as receiver and would have powers similar to those it has as receiver for a bank under the insolvency provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act. Because the legislation remains subject to clarification through FDIC regulations and has yet to be applied by the FDIC in any receivership, it is unclear exactly what impact these provisions will have on any particular company, including Funding, master trust II, and the issuing entity.

Funding, master trust II, and the issuing entity have been established so as to minimize the risk that any of them would become insolvent or enter bankruptcy. Still, each of them may be eligible to file for bankruptcy or to be placed into receivership under the orderly liquidation authority provisions of the Financial Reform Act, and no assurance can be given that the risk of insolvency, bankruptcy or receivership has been eliminated. If Funding, master trust II, or the issuing entity were to become insolvent or were to enter bankruptcy or receivership, you could suffer a loss on your investment. Risks also exist that, if Funding, master trust II, or the issuing entity were to enter bankruptcy or receivership, any of the others and its assets (including the receivables or the collateral certificate) would be treated as part of the bankruptcy or receivership estate.

Regardless of any decision made by the FDIC or any ruling made by a court, moreover, the mere fact that FIA, BACCS, Funding, master trust II, the issuing entity, or any of their affiliates has become insolvent or has entered conservatorship, receivership, or bankruptcy could have an adverse effect on the value of the receivables and the collateral certificate and on the liquidity and the value of the notes.

There also may be other possible effects of a conservatorship, receivership, bankruptcy, or insolvency of FIA, BACCS, Funding, master trust II, the issuing entity, or any of their affiliates that could result in losses on your investment.

The conservatorship, receivership, bankruptcy, or insolvency of other parties to the transactions could result in accelerated, delayed, or reduced payments to you.

Other parties to the transactions, such as subservicers, may have material roles. In addition, funds to make payments on the notes may be supplied by derivative counterparties or by

enhancement or liquidity providers. If any of these parties were to enter conservatorship, receivership, or bankruptcy or were to become insolvent, there could be losses on your investment.

Regulatory action could result in losses or delays in payment.

FIA is regulated and supervised by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the OCC) and the FDIC. Beginning in July 2011, FIA and other credit card issuers became subject to regulation and oversight by a new agency established under the Financial Reform Act, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (the CFPB). See “Financial regulatory reforms could have a significant impact on the issuing entity, master trust II, Funding, FIA or BACCS.” These regulatory authorities, as well as others, have broad powers of enforcement over FIA and its affiliates.

If any of these regulatory authorities were to conclude that an obligation under the transaction documents constituted an unsafe or unsound practice or violated any law, regulation, written condition, or agreement applicable to FIA or its affiliates, that regulatory authority may have the power to order FIA or the related affiliate to rescind the transaction document, to refuse to perform the obligation, to amend the terms of the obligation, or to take any other action considered appropriate by that authority. In addition, FIA or the related affiliate may not be liable to you for contractual or other damages for complying with such regulatory order, and you may not be able to make a claim against the regulatory authority. Therefore, if such a regulatory order were issued, payments to you could be accelerated, delayed, or reduced.

In one case, the OCC issued a cease and desist order against a national banking association that was found to have been servicing credit card receivables on terms that were inconsistent with safe and sound banking practices. That order required the financial institution to cease performing its duties as servicer within approximately 120 days, to immediately withhold and segregate funds from collections for payment of its servicing fee (despite the priority of payments in the securitization documents and the perfected security interest of the related trust in those funds), and to increase its servicing fee percentage above that specified in the securitization documents. FIA has no reason to believe that its servicing arrangements are contrary to safe and sound banking practices or otherwise violate any law, regulation, written condition, or agreement applicable to FIA or its affiliates. If a regulatory authority were to conclude otherwise, however, you could suffer a loss on your investment.

Changes to consumer protection laws may impede origination or collection efforts, change cardholder use patterns, or alter timing and amount of collections, any of which may result in an acceleration of, or reduction in, payments on your notes.

Receivables that do not comply with consumer protection laws may not be valid or enforceable under their terms against the obligors of those receivables.

Federal and state consumer protection laws regulate the creation and enforcement of consumer loans. For instance, the federal Truth in Lending Act was amended by the Credit CARD Act of 2009 to require additional disclosure and impose certain substantive account administration and pricing requirements, including:

·	preventing certain increases in interest rates and fees during the first year after a credit card account is opened;

preventing increases at any time on interest rates on existing credit card balances, unless (i) minimum payment on the related account is 60 days or more delinquent, (ii) the rate increase is due to the expiration of a promotional rate (and any promotional rate must be effective for a least six months), (iii) the cardholder successfully completes or fails to comply with a negotiated workout plan or (iv) the increase is due to an increase in the index rate for a variable-rate credit card;

·	requiring that any promotional rates for credit cards be effective for at least six months;

·	requiring 45 days notice for any change of an interest rate, fees, or any other significant changes to a credit card account;

·	prohibiting “double-cycle” billing;

·	preventing credit card companies from charging “over-the-limit” fees unless a cardholder opts into receiving over-the-limit protection on the credit card, limits the number of such over-the-limit fees that can be charged for the same transaction, and limits such fees with respect to credit holds;

·	limiting the amount of any penalty fees or charges, including late fees, returned payment fees, and returned check fees, for credit card accounts to amounts that are “reasonable and proportional to the [related] omission or violation”;

·	requiring credit card companies to reevaluate annual percentage rate increases made on credit card accounts on or after January 1, 2009, and potentially reduce rates based on the review;

·	requiring credit card companies to mail billing statements 21 calendar days before the due date for cardholder payments;

·	requiring that cardholder payments in excess of the minimum be applied to balances with the highest interest rates first;

·	requiring same-day crediting of payments received in the mail by 5:00 p.m.;

·	allowing credit card companies to charge cardholders for payments by telephone or electronic means only if the cardholder requests an expedited payment through a customer service representative of the credit card company in connection with that payment;

preventing the issuance of credit cards to anyone under age 21 without (i) a cosigner that is 21 or older with demonstrated independent means of repaying, and who assumes joint liability for, the obligations on the credit card account or (ii) submission of financial information indicating that the cardholder himself has independent means of repaying the obligations on the credit card account; and

·	for accountholders under the age of 21 that rely on a parent, guardian or other cosigner who is jointly liable on the account, requiring that any increases in the related credit line must be approved by the cosigner.

Most provisions of the Credit CARD Act of 2009 became effective in February 2010, with certain provisions – including the notice requirement for interest rate and fee increases described in the fourth bullet point above – having already become effective in August 2009. The remaining provisions of the Credit CARD Act of 2009, including the items described in the seventh and eighth bullet points above, became effective in August 2010. As a result of this legislation, it may be more difficult for FIA to originate additional accounts or for the servicer to collect payments on the receivables, and the finance charges and other fees that FIA as owner of the accounts can charge on credit card account balances are expected to be reduced. Furthermore, cardholders may choose to use credit cards less as a result of this legislation. Each of these results, independently or collectively, may reduce the effective yield on the credit card accounts in the Master Trust II Portfolio, which could result in an early redemption event and accelerated or reduced payments on your notes. See “Consumer Protection Laws” in this prospectus.

Congress, the states and regulatory agencies, including but not limited to the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve and the CFPB, also could further regulate the credit card and consumer credit industry in ways that make it more difficult for FIA to originate additional accounts or for the servicer to collect payments on the receivables, that reduce the finance charges and other fees that FIA as owner of the accounts can charge on credit card account balances, or that cause cardholders to decrease their use of credit cards. See “Financial regulatory reforms could have a significant impact on the issuing entity, master trust II, Funding, FIA or BACCS.”

If a cardholder sought protection under federal or state bankruptcy or debtor relief laws, a court could reduce or discharge completely the cardholder’s obligations to repay amounts due on its account and, as a result, the related receivables would be written off as uncollectible. The noteholders could suffer a loss if no funds are available from credit enhancement or other sources. See “Master Trust II—Defaulted Receivables; Rebates and Fraudulent Charges” in this prospectus.

Financial regulatory reforms could have a significant impact on the issuing entity, master trust II, Funding, FIA or BACCS

The Financial Reform Act, which was signed into law on July 21, 2010, enacts sweeping financial regulatory reform, including providing for the creation of new federal regulatory agencies and the grant of additional authorities and responsibilities to existing regulatory agencies, to identify and address emerging systemic risks posed by the activities of financial services firms. The Financial Reform Act also provides for, among other things, enhanced regulation of derivatives and asset-backed securities, restrictions on executive compensation and enhanced oversight of credit rating agencies. Additionally, the Financial Reform Act limits the ability of federal laws to preempt state and local consumer laws.

The Financial Reform Act established the CFPB to regulate the offering of consumer financial products or services under federal consumer financial laws. In addition, the CFPB was granted general authority to prevent covered persons or service providers from committing or engaging in unfair, deceptive or abusive acts or practices under federal law in connection with any transaction with a consumer for a consumer financial product or service, or the offering of a consumer financial product or service. Pursuant to the Financial Reform Act, on July 21, 2011, certain federal consumer financial protection statutes and related regulatory authority were transferred to the CFPB. Consequently, certain federal consumer financial laws including, but not limited to, the Truth in Lending, Equal Credit Opportunity, Fair Credit Reporting, and Electronic Fund Transfer Acts, will be enforced by the CFPB, subject to certain statutory limitations.

On March 29, 2011, federal regulators jointly issued a proposed rule regarding credit risk retention that would, among other things, require retention by sponsors of at least five percent of the credit risk of the assets underlying certain asset-backed securities products and would limit the ability to transfer or hedge that credit risk. It remains unclear what requirements will be included in the final rule and what the ultimate impact of the final rule will be.

On October 11, 2011, the Federal Reserve, the OCC, the FDIC and the SEC, four of the five regulatory agencies charged with promulgating regulations implementing limitations on proprietary trading as well as the sponsorship of or investment in hedge funds and private equity funds (the Volcker Rule) established by the Financial Reform Act, released proposed regulations. On January 11, 2012, the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC), the fifth agency, released its proposed regulations under the Volcker Rule. The statutory provisions of the Volcker Rule became effective on July 21, 2012, although the final regulations have yet to be adopted, and it gives certain financial institutions two years from the effective date, with opportunities for additional extensions, to bring activities and investments into compliance. The date by which final regulations will be issued remains uncertain, as is the Volcker Rule’s potential impact on the asset-backed securities market and credit card lending generally and the issuing entity, master trust II, Funding, FIA or BACCS and their respective businesses and assets specifically.

Many of the provisions under the Financial Reform Act have begun to be phased in or will be phased in over the next several months or years and will be subject both to further rulemaking and the discretion of applicable regulatory bodies; the impact of the Financial Reform Act will depend significantly upon the content and implementation of the rules and regulations issued on its mandate. It is not yet clear how the Financial Reform Act and its associated rules and regulations will impact the asset-backed securities market and credit card lending generally and the issuing entity, master trust II, Funding, FIA or BACCS and their respective businesses and assets specifically. No assurance can be given that the new standards will not have an adverse impact on the issuing entity, master trust II, Funding, FIA or BACCS, including on the level of receivables held in master trust II, the servicing of those receivables, or the amount of notes issued in the future.

On August 31, 2011, the Securities and Exchange Commission issued an advance notice of proposed rulemaking relating to the exemptions from the status as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940 relied upon by master trust II and the issuing entity. At this time, we cannot predict what form the related final rules will take, whether the exemptions that master trust II and the issuing entity rely on will continue to be available or whether new and prohibitive conditions to reliance on the exemptions will be included in such final rules.

Competition in the credit card and consumer lending industry may result in a decline in ability to generate new receivables. This may result in the payment of principal earlier or later than the expected principal payment date, or in reduced principal payments.

The credit card industry is highly competitive. As new credit card companies enter the market and companies try to expand their market share, effective advertising, target marketing and pricing strategies grow in importance. Additionally, the acceptance and use of other consumer loan products, such as mortgage and home equity products, for consumer spending has increased significantly in recent years. FIA’s ability to compete in this environment will affect its ability to generate new receivables and affect payment patterns on the receivables. If the rate at which FIA generates new receivables declines significantly, FIA might be unable to transfer additional receivables to BACCS for transfer to Funding and inclusion in master trust II, and a Pay Out Event could occur, resulting in payment of principal sooner than expected or in reduced amounts.

If the rate at which FIA generates new receivables decreases significantly at a time when noteholders are scheduled to receive principal payments, noteholders might receive principal payments more slowly than planned or in reduced amounts.

Payment patterns of cardholders may not be consistent over time and variations in these payment patterns may result in reduced payment of principal, or receipt of payment of principal earlier or later than expected.

Collections of principal receivables available to pay your notes on any principal payment date or to make deposits into an issuing entity account will depend on many factors, including:

·	the rate of repayment of credit card balances by cardholders, which may be slower or faster than expected which may cause payment on the notes to be earlier or later than expected;

·	the extent of credit card usage by cardholders, and the creation of additional receivables in the accounts designated to master trust II; and

·	the rate of default by cardholders.

Changes in payment patterns and credit card usage result from a variety of economic, competitive, political, social and legal factors. Economic factors include the rate of inflation, unemployment levels and relative interest rates. The availability of incentive or other award programs may also affect cardholders’ actions. Competitive factors include not only attractive terms and conditions offered by other credit card lenders, but also the attractiveness of other consumer lending products, such as mortgages and home equity loans. Social factors include consumer confidence levels and the public’s attitude about incurring debt and the consequences of personal bankruptcy. In addition, acts of terrorism and natural disasters in the United States and the political and military response to any such events may have an adverse effect on general economic conditions, consumer confidence and general market liquidity.

We cannot predict how any of these or other factors will affect repayment patterns or credit card use and, consequently, the timing and amount of payments on your notes. Any reductions in the amount, or delays in the timing, of interest or principal payments will reduce the amount available for distribution on the notes.

Allocations of defaulted principal receivables and reallocation of Available Principal Amounts could result in a reduction in payment on your notes.

FIA, as servicer, will write off the principal receivables arising in credit card accounts in the Master Trust II Portfolio if the principal receivables become uncollectible as determined under FIA’s policies and procedures. Your notes will be allocated a portion of these defaulted principal receivables. In addition, Available Principal Amounts may be reallocated to pay interest on senior classes of notes or to pay a portion of the master trust II servicing fee. You may not receive full repayment of your notes and full payment of interest due if (i) the nominal liquidation amount of your notes has been reduced by charge-offs resulting from uncovered Investor Default Amounts or as the result of reallocations of Available Principal Amounts to pay interest and a portion of the master trust II servicing fee, and (ii) those amounts have not been reimbursed from Available Funds. For a discussion of nominal liquidation amount, see “The Notes—Stated Principal Amount, Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount and Nominal Liquidation Amount—Nominal Liquidation Amount.”

Only some of the assets of the issuing entity are available for payments on any tranche of notes.

The sole sources of payment of principal of and interest on your tranche of notes are provided by:

·	the portion of the Available Principal Amounts and Available Funds allocated to the BAseries and available to your tranche of notes after giving effect to any reallocations and payments and deposits for senior notes;

·	funds in the applicable issuing entity accounts for your tranche of notes; and

·	payments received under any applicable derivative agreement, supplemental credit enhancement agreement or supplemental liquidity agreement for your tranche of notes.

As a result, you must rely only on the particular allocated assets as security for your tranche of notes for repayment of the principal of and interest on your notes. You will not have recourse to any other assets of the issuing entity or any other person for payment of your notes. See “Sources of Funds to Pay the Notes.”

In addition, if there is a sale of credit card receivables due to the insolvency of Funding, due to an event of default and acceleration or on the applicable legal maturity date, as described in “Sources of Funds to Pay the Notes—Sale of Credit Card Receivables,” your tranche of notes has recourse only to the proceeds of that sale, any amounts then on deposit in the issuing entity accounts allocated to and held for the benefit of your tranche of notes, and any amounts payable under any applicable derivative agreement.

Class B notes and Class C notes are subordinated and bear losses before Class A notes.

Class B notes of the BAseries are subordinated in right of payment of principal and interest to Class A notes, and Class C notes of the BAseries are subordinated in right of payment of principal and interest to Class A notes and Class B notes.

In the BAseries, Available Funds are first used to pay interest due to Class A noteholders, next to pay interest due to Class B noteholders, and then to pay interest due to Class C noteholders. If Available Funds are not sufficient to pay interest on all classes of notes, the notes may not receive full payment of interest if, in the case of Class A and Class B notes, reallocated Available Principal Amounts, and in the case of Class C notes, amounts on deposit in the applicable Class C reserve subaccount, are insufficient to cover the shortfall.

In the BAseries, Available Principal Amounts may be reallocated to pay interest on senior classes of notes of the BAseries and to pay a portion of the master trust II servicing fee allocable to the BAseries to the extent that Available Funds are insufficient to make such payments. In addition, charge-offs due to defaulted principal receivables in master trust II allocable to the BAseries generally are reallocated from the senior classes to the subordinated classes of the BAseries. If these reallocations of Available Principal Amounts and charge-offs are not reimbursed from Available Funds, the full stated principal amount of the subordinated classes of notes will not be repaid. See “The Notes—Stated Principal Amount, Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount and Nominal Liquidation Amount—Nominal Liquidation Amount” and “Sources of Funds to Pay the Notes—Deposit and Application of Funds for the BAseries—Application of BAseries Available Principal Amounts.”

In addition, after application to pay interest on senior classes of notes or to pay a portion of the master trust II servicing fee allocable to the BAseries, Available Principal Amounts are first used to pay principal due to Class A noteholders, next to pay principal due to Class B noteholders, and then to pay principal due to Class C noteholders.

If there is a sale of the credit card receivables owned by master trust II due to an insolvency of Funding or due to an event of default and acceleration relating to the BAseries, the net proceeds of the sale allocable to principal payments for the collateral certificate will generally be used first to pay amounts due to Class A noteholders, next to pay amounts due to Class B noteholders, and then, to pay amounts due to Class C noteholders. This could cause a loss to Class A, Class B or Class C noteholders if the amount available to them is not enough to pay the Class A, Class B or Class C notes in full.

Payment of Class B notes and Class C notes may be delayed or reduced due to the subordination provisions.

For the BAseries, subordinated notes, except as noted in the following paragraph, will be paid principal only to the extent that sufficient funds are available and such notes are not needed to provide the required subordination for senior classes of notes of the BAseries. In addition, Available Principal Amounts allocated to the BAseries will be applied first to pay shortfalls in interest on senior classes of notes, then to pay a portion of the shortfall in the master trust II servicing fee allocable to the BAseries, and then to make targeted deposits to the principal funding subaccounts of senior classes of notes before being applied to make required deposits to the principal funding subaccounts of the subordinated notes.

If subordinated notes reach their expected principal payment date, or an early redemption event, event of default and acceleration, or other optional or mandatory redemption occurs relating to those subordinated notes prior to the legal maturity date, and cannot be paid because of the subordination provisions of the BAseries indenture supplement, prefunding of the principal funding subaccounts for the senior notes of the BAseries will begin, as described in “Sources of Funds to Pay the Notes—Deposit and Application of Funds for the BAseries—Targeted Deposits of BAseries Available Principal Amounts to the Principal Funding Account,” and no Available Principal Amounts will be deposited into the principal funding subaccount of, or used to make principal payments on, the subordinated notes. After that time, the subordinated notes will be paid only if, and to the extent that:

·	enough senior notes are repaid so that the subordinated notes are no longer necessary to provide the required subordination;

·	new subordinated notes are issued so that the subordinated notes which are payable are no longer necessary to provide the required subordination;

·	the principal funding subaccounts for the senior notes are prefunded so that the subordinated notes are no longer necessary to provide the required subordination; or

·	the subordinated notes reach their legal maturity date.

This may result in a delay to, or reduction to or loss of, principal payments to holders of subordinated notes. See “Sources of Funds to Pay the Notes—Deposit and Application of Funds for the BAseries—Targeted Deposits of BAseries Available Principal Amounts to the Principal Funding Account—Prefunding of the Principal Funding Account for Senior Classes.”

Class A and Class B notes of the BAseries can lose their subordination under some circumstances resulting in delayed or reduced payments to you.

Subordinated notes of the BAseries may have expected principal payment dates and legal maturity dates earlier than some or all of the notes of the senior classes.

If notes of a subordinated class reach their expected principal payment date at a time when they are needed to provide the required subordination for the senior classes of the BAseries and the issuing entity is unable to issue additional notes of that subordinated class or obtain acceptable alternative forms of credit enhancement, prefunding of the senior classes will begin and such subordinated notes will not be paid on their expected principal payment date. The principal funding subaccounts for the senior classes will be prefunded with Available Principal Amounts allocable to the BAseries and available for that purpose in an amount necessary to permit the payment of those subordinated notes while maintaining the required subordination for the senior classes. See “Sources of Funds to Pay the Notes—Deposit and Application of Funds for the BAseries—Targeted Deposits of BAseries Available Principal Amounts to the Principal Funding Account.”

There will generally be a 29-month period between the expected principal payment date and the legal maturity date of the subordinated notes to prefund the principal funding subaccounts of the senior classes, if necessary. Notes of a subordinated class which have reached their expected principal payment date will not be paid until the remaining subordinated notes provide the required subordination for the senior notes, which payment may be delayed further as other subordinated notes reach their expected principal payment date. The subordinated notes will be paid on their legal maturity date, to the extent that any funds are available for that purpose from proceeds of the sale of receivables or otherwise, whether or not the senior classes of notes have been fully prefunded.

If the rate of repayment of principal receivables in master trust II were to decline during this prefunding period, then the principal funding subaccounts for the senior classes of notes may not be fully prefunded before the legal maturity date of the subordinated notes. In that event and only to the extent not fully prefunded, the senior classes would not have the required subordination beginning on the legal maturity date of those subordinated notes unless additional subordinated notes of that class were issued or enough senior notes have matured so that the remaining outstanding subordinated notes provide the necessary subordination.

The table under “Annex I: The Master Trust II Portfolio—Principal Payment Rates” in this prospectus sets forth the highest and lowest cardholder monthly principal payment rates for the Master Trust II Portfolio during the periods shown in such table. Principal payment rates may change due to a variety of factors including economic, social and legal factors, changes in the terms of credit card accounts by FIA, or the addition of credit card accounts to the Master Trust II Portfolio with different characteristics. There can be no assurance that the rate of principal repayment will remain in this range in the future.

Yield and payments on the receivables could decrease, resulting in the receipt of principal payments earlier than the expected principal payment date.

There is no assurance that the stated principal amount of your notes will be paid on its expected principal payment date.

A significant decrease in the amount of credit card receivables in master trust II for any reason could result in an early redemption event and in early payment of your notes, as well as decreased protection to you against defaults on the credit card receivables. In addition, the effective yield on the credit card receivables in master trust II could decrease due to, among other things, a change in periodic finance charges on the credit card accounts, an increase in the level of delinquencies or increased convenience use of the card whereby cardholders pay their credit card balance in full each month and incur no finance charges. This could reduce the amount of Available Funds. If the amount of Excess Available Funds for any three consecutive calendar months is less than the Required Excess Available Funds for those three months, an early redemption event will occur and could result in an early payment of your notes. See “The Notes—Early Redemption of Notes.”

See “—Competition in the credit card and consumer lending industry may result in a decline in ability to generate new receivables. This may result in the payment of principal earlier or later than the expected principal payment date, or in reduced amounts” and “—Class A and Class B notes of the BAseries can lose their subordination under some circumstances resulting in delayed or reduced payments to you” above for a discussion of other circumstances under which you may receive principal payments earlier or later than the expected principal payment date.

The note interest rate and the receivables interest rate may reset at different times or fluctuate differently, resulting in a delay or reduction in payments on your notes.

Some credit card accounts may have finance charges set at a variable rate based on a designated index (for example, the prime rate). A series, class or tranche of notes may bear interest either at a fixed rate or at a floating rate based on a different index. If the rate charged on the credit card accounts declines, collections of finance charge receivables allocated to Series 2001-D may be reduced without a corresponding reduction in the amounts payable as interest on the notes and other amounts paid from collections of finance charge receivables. This could result in delayed or reduced principal and interest payments to you.

Issuance of additional notes or master trust II investor certificates may affect your voting rights and the timing and amount of payments to you.

The issuing entity expects to issue notes from time to time, and master trust II may issue new investor certificates from time to time. The issuing entity may also “reopen” or later issue additional notes in your tranche of BAseries notes. New notes and master trust II investor certificates may be issued without notice to existing noteholders, and without your or their consent, and may have different terms from outstanding notes and investor certificates. For a description of the conditions that must be met before master trust II can issue new investor certificates or the issuing entity can issue new notes, see “Master Trust II—New Issuances” and “The Notes—Issuances of New Series, Classes and Tranches of Notes.”

The issuance of new notes or master trust II investor certificates could adversely affect the timing and amount of payments on outstanding notes. For example, if notes in your series issued after your notes have a higher interest rate than your notes, this could result in a reduction in the Available Funds used to pay interest on your notes. Also, when new notes or investor certificates are issued, the voting rights of your notes will be diluted. See “—You may have limited or no ability to control actions under the indenture and the master trust II agreement. This may result in, among other things, accelerated payment of principal when it is in your interest to receive payment of principal on the expected principal payment date, or it may result in payment of

principal not being accelerated when it is in your interest to receive early payment of principal” below.

Addition of credit card accounts to master trust II and attrition of credit card accounts and receivables from master trust II may decrease the credit quality of the assets securing the repayment of your notes. If this occurs, your receipt of payments of principal and interest may be reduced, delayed or accelerated.

The assets of master trust II, and therefore the assets allocable to Series 2001-D, change every day. These changes may be the result of cardholder actions and preferences, marketing initiatives by FIA and other card issuers or other factors, including but not limited to, reductions in card usage, changes in payment patterns for revolving balances, closing of accounts in the Master Trust II Portfolio, and transfers or conversions of accounts in the Master Trust II Portfolio to new card accounts and other products. Funding may choose, or may be required, to add credit card receivables to master trust II. The credit card accounts from which these receivables arise may have different terms and conditions from the credit card accounts already designated for master trust II. For example, the new credit card accounts may have higher or lower fees or interest rates, or different payment terms. In addition, FIA may transfer the receivables in credit card accounts purchased by FIA to BACCS for transfer to Funding and for inclusion in master trust II if certain conditions are satisfied. Those accounts purchased by FIA will have been originated using the account originator’s underwriting criteria, not those of FIA. That account originator’s underwriting criteria may be different than those of FIA.

We cannot guarantee that new credit card accounts will be of the same credit quality as the credit card accounts currently or historically designated for master trust II. If the credit quality of the assets in master trust II were to deteriorate, the issuing entity’s ability to make payments on the notes could be adversely affected and your receipt of payments of principal and interest may be reduced, delayed or accelerated. See “Master Trust II—Addition of Master Trust II Assets” in this prospectus.

You will not be notified of, nor will you have any right to consent to, the addition of any receivables in additional accounts to master trust II.

FIA may not be able to generate new receivables or designate new credit card accounts to master trust II when required by the master trust II agreement. This could result in an acceleration of or reduction in payments on your notes.

The issuing entity’s ability to make payments on the notes will be impaired if sufficient new credit card receivables are not generated by FIA. Due to regulatory restrictions or for other reasons, FIA may be prevented from generating sufficient new receivables or designating new credit card accounts which are to be added to master trust II. We do not guarantee that new credit card accounts or receivables will be created, that any credit card account or receivable created will be eligible for inclusion in master trust II, that they will be added to master trust II, or that credit card receivables will be repaid at a particular time or with a particular pattern.

The master trust II agreement provides that Funding must transfer additional credit card receivables to master trust II if the total amount of principal receivables in master trust II falls below specified percentages of the total investor interests of investor certificates in master trust II. There is no guarantee that Funding will have enough receivables to add to master trust II. If Funding does not make an addition of receivables within five Business Days after the date it is required to do so, a Pay Out Event relating to Series 2001-D will occur. This would constitute an

early redemption event and could result in an early payment of or reduction in payments on your notes. See “Master Trust II—Addition of Master Trust II Assets,” “—Pay Out Events” and “The Indenture—Early Redemption Events.”

FIA may change the terms of the credit card accounts in a way that reduces or slows collections. These changes may result in reduced, accelerated or delayed payments to you.

The receivables are transferred to master trust II, but FIA continues to own the related credit card accounts. As owner of the credit card accounts, FIA retains the right to change various credit card account terms (including finance charges and other fees it charges and the required minimum monthly payment). An early redemption event could occur if FIA reduced the finance charges and other fees it charges and a corresponding decrease in the collection of finance charges and fees resulted. In addition, changes in the credit card account terms may alter payment patterns. If payment rates decrease significantly at a time when you are scheduled to receive principal, you might receive principal more slowly than planned.

FIA will not reduce the interest rate it charges on the receivables or other fees if that action would cause a Pay Out Event or cause an early redemption event relating to the notes unless FIA is required by law or determines it is necessary to make such change to maintain its credit card business, based on its good faith assessment of its business competition.

FIA will not change the terms of the credit card accounts or its servicing practices (including changes to the required minimum monthly payment and the calculation of the amount or the timing of finance charges, other fees and charge-offs) unless FIA reasonably believes a Pay Out Event would not occur for any master trust II series of investor certificates and an early redemption event would not occur for any tranche of notes and takes the same action on other substantially similar credit card accounts, to the extent permitted by those credit card accounts.

For a discussion of early redemption events, see the accompanying prospectus supplement.

FIA has no restrictions on its ability to change the terms of the credit card accounts except as described above or in the accompanying prospectus supplement. Changes in relevant law, changes in the marketplace or prudent business practices could cause FIA to change credit card account terms. See “FIA’s Credit Card Activities—Origination, Account Acquisition, Credit Lines and Use of Credit Card Accounts” for a description of how credit card account terms can be changed.

If representations and warranties relating to the receivables are breached, payments on your notes may be reduced.

Funding, as transferor of the receivables, makes representations and warranties relating to the validity and enforceability of the receivables arising under the credit card accounts in the Master Trust II Portfolio, and as to the perfection and priority of the master trust II trustee’s interests in the receivables. Funding will make similar representations and warranties to the extent that receivables are included as assets of the issuing entity. Prior to the Substitution Date, FIA made similar representations and warranties regarding the receivables that were transferred by FIA to master trust II. However, the master trust II trustee will not make any examination of the receivables or the related assets for the purpose of determining the presence of defects, compliance with the representations and warranties or for any other purpose.

If a representation or warranty relating to the receivables in the Master Trust II Portfolio is violated, the related obligors may have defenses to payment or offset rights, or creditors of Funding or FIA may claim rights to the master trust II assets. If a representation or warranty is violated, Funding or, with respect to receivables transferred to master trust II prior to the Substitution Date, FIA, may have an opportunity to cure the violation. If it is unable to cure the violation, subject to certain conditions described under “Master Trust II—Representations and Warranties” in this prospectus, Funding or, with respect to receivables transferred to master trust II prior to the Substitution Date, FIA, must accept reassignment of each receivable affected by the violation. These reassignments are the only remedy for breaches of representations and warranties, even if your damages exceed your share of the reassignment price. See “Master Trust II—Representations and Warranties” in this prospectus.

There is no public market for the notes. As a result you may be unable to sell your notes or the price of the notes may suffer.

The underwriters of the notes may assist in resales of the notes but they are not required to do so. A secondary market for any notes may not develop. If a secondary market does develop, it might not continue or it might not be sufficiently liquid to allow you to resell any of your notes.

In addition, some notes have a more limited trading market and experience more price volatility. There may be a limited number of buyers when you decide to sell those notes. This may affect the price you receive for the notes or your ability to sell the notes.

Moreover, recent and continuing events in financial markets, including increased illiquidity, de-valuation of various assets in secondary markets and the lowering of ratings on certain asset-backed securities, may reduce the market price or adversely affect the liquidity of your notes.

You should not purchase notes unless you understand and know you can bear these investment risks.

You may not be able to reinvest any early redemption proceeds in a comparable security.

If your notes are redeemed at a time when prevailing interest rates are relatively low, you may not be able to reinvest the redemption proceeds in a comparable security with an effective interest rate equivalent to that of your notes.

If the ratings of the notes are lowered or withdrawn, their market value could decrease.

The initial rating of a note addresses the likelihood of the payment of interest on that note when due and the ultimate payment of principal of that note by its legal maturity date. The ratings do not address the likelihood of payment of principal of that note on its expected principal payment date. In addition, the ratings do not address the possibility of early payment or acceleration of a note, which could be caused by an early redemption event or an event of default. See “The Indenture—Early Redemption Events” and “—Events of Default.”

The ratings of a series, class or tranche of notes are not a recommendation to buy, hold or sell that series, class or tranche of notes. The ratings of the notes may be lowered or withdrawn entirely at any time by the applicable rating agency without notice from FIA, Funding or the issuing entity to noteholders of the change in rating. In addition, a rating agency could choose to provide an unsolicited rating on a series, class or tranche of notes, without notice to or from FIA, Funding or the issuing entity and that unsolicited rating could be lower than the ratings provided by the other rating agencies. If a series, class or tranche of notes has had its ratings lowered or withdrawn, or if a series, class or tranche of notes has received an unsolicited rating that is lower than the other ratings of such series, class or tranche of notes, the market value of that series, class or tranche of notes could decrease.

You may have limited or no ability to control actions under the indenture and the master trust II agreement. This may result in, among other things, accelerated payment of principal when it is in your interest to receive payment of principal on the expected principal payment date, or it may result in payment of principal not being accelerated when it is in your interest to receive early payment of principal.

Under the indenture, some actions require the consent of noteholders holding all or a specified percentage of the aggregate outstanding dollar principal amount of notes of a series, class or tranche. These actions include consenting to amendments relating to Series 2001-D. In the case of votes by series or votes by holders of all of the notes, the outstanding dollar principal amount of the senior-most classes of notes will generally be substantially greater than the outstanding dollar principal amount of the subordinated classes of notes. Consequently, the noteholders of the senior-most class of notes will generally have the ability to determine whether and what actions should be taken. The subordinated noteholders will generally need the concurrence of the senior-most noteholders to cause actions to be taken.

The collateral certificate is an investor certificate under the master trust II agreement, and noteholders have indirect consent rights under the master trust II agreement. See “The Indenture—Voting.” Under the master trust II agreement, some actions require the vote of a specified percentage of the aggregate principal amount of all of the investor certificates. These actions include consenting to amendments to the master trust II agreement. While the outstanding principal amount of the collateral certificate is currently larger than the outstanding principal amount of the other series of investor certificates issued by master trust II, noteholders may need the concurrence of the holders of the other investor certificates to cause actions to be taken. Additionally, other series of investor certificates may be issued by master trust II in the future without the consent of any noteholders. See “Transaction Parties—BA Master Credit Card Trust II.” If new series of investor certificates are issued, the holders of the new investor certificates may have the ability to determine generally whether and how actions are taken regarding master trust II. As a result, the noteholders, in exercising their voting powers under the collateral certificate, may need the concurrence of the holders of the other investor certificates to

cause actions to be taken. In addition, for the purposes of any vote to liquidate the assets in master trust II, the noteholders will be deemed to have voted against any such liquidation.

If an event of default occurs, your remedy options may be limited and you may not receive full payment of principal and accrued interest.

Your remedies may be limited if an event of default affecting your series, class or tranche of notes occurs. After the occurrence of an event of default affecting your series, class or tranche of notes and an acceleration of your notes, any funds in an issuing entity account for that series, class or tranche of notes will be applied to pay principal of and interest on that series, class or tranche of notes. Then, in each following month, Available Principal Amounts and Available Funds will be deposited into the applicable issuing entity account, and applied to make monthly principal and interest payments on that series, class or tranche of notes until the legal maturity date of that series, class or tranche of notes.

However, if your notes are subordinated notes of a multiple tranche series, you generally will receive payment of principal of those notes only if and to the extent that, after giving effect to that payment, the required subordination will be maintained for the senior classes of notes in that series.

Following an event of default and acceleration, holders of the affected notes will have the ability to direct a sale of credit card receivables held by master trust II only under the limited circumstances as described in “The Indenture—Events of Default,” “—Events of Default Remedies” and “Sources of Funds to Pay the Notes—Sale of Credit Card Receivables.”

However, following an event of default and acceleration relating to subordinated notes of a multiple tranche series, if the indenture trustee or a majority of the noteholders of the affected class or tranche directs master trust II to sell credit card receivables, the sale will occur only if, after giving effect to that payment, the required subordination will be maintained for the senior notes in that series by the remaining notes or if such sale occurs on the legal maturity date. However, if principal of or interest on a tranche of notes has not been paid in full on its legal maturity date, the sale will automatically take place on that date regardless of the subordination requirements of any senior classes of notes.

Even if a sale of receivables is permitted, we can give no assurance that the proceeds of the sale will be enough to pay unpaid principal of and interest on the accelerated notes.

Transaction Parties

BA Credit Card Trust

The notes will be issued by BA Credit Card Trust (referred to as the issuing entity). The issuing entity’s principal offices are located at Rodney Square North, 1100 N. Market Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19890-0001, in care of Wilmington Trust Company, as owner trustee. Its telephone number is (302) 651-1000.

The issuing entity’s activities will be limited to:

·	acquiring and holding the collateral certificate, other certificates of beneficial interest in master trust II, and the other assets of the issuing entity and the proceeds from these assets, and granting a security interest in these assets;

·	issuing notes;

·	making payments on the notes; and

·	engaging in other activities that are necessary or incidental to accomplish these limited purposes, and which are not contrary to maintaining the status of the issuing entity as a “qualifying special purpose entity” under applicable accounting literature.

The assets of the issuing entity will consist primarily of:

·	the collateral certificate;

·	derivative agreements that the issuing entity will enter into from time to time to manage interest rate or currency risk relating to certain series, classes or tranches of notes;

·	supplemental credit enhancement agreements or supplemental liquidity agreements that the issuing entity will enter into from time to time for certain series, classes or tranches of notes; and

·	funds on deposit in the issuing entity accounts.

See “Sources of Funds to Pay the Notes” in this prospectus for greater detail regarding the assets of the issuing entity.

The issuing entity was initially capitalized by a $1 contribution from the beneficiary. It is not expected that the issuing entity will have any other significant assets or means of capitalization. The fiscal year for the issuing entity will end on June 30 of each year.

UCC financing statements have been filed to perfect the ownership or security interests of the issuing entity and the indenture trustee described herein. See “Risk Factors” for a discussion of risks associated with the issuing entity and the assets of the issuing entity, and see “The Indenture—Issuing Entity Covenants” and “Master Trust II—Representations and Warranties” for a discussion of covenants regarding the perfection of security interests.

The issuing entity will operate pursuant to a trust agreement between Funding and Wilmington Trust Company, a Delaware corporation with trust powers, which is the owner trustee. The issuing entity does not have any officers or directors. Currently, its sole beneficiary is Funding. The powers and duties

of the owner trustee are ministerial only. Accordingly, the beneficiary will direct the owner trustee in the management of the issuing entity and its assets.

Funding and the owner trustee may amend the trust agreement without the consent of the noteholders or the indenture trustee so long as the amendment is not reasonably expected to (i) adversely affect in any material respect the interests of the noteholders, or (ii) significantly change the purpose and powers of the issuing entity, as set forth in the trust agreement. Accordingly, neither the indenture trustee nor any holder of any note will be entitled to vote on any such amendment.

In addition, if holders of not less than (a) in the case of a significant change in the purpose and powers of the issuing entity which is not reasonably expected to have a material adverse effect on the noteholders, a majority of the aggregate outstanding dollar principal amount of the notes affected by an amendment consent, and (b) in all other cases, 66⅔% of the aggregate outstanding dollar principal amount of the notes affected by an amendment consent, the trust agreement may be amended for the purpose of (i) adding, changing or eliminating any provisions of the trust agreement or of modifying the rights of those noteholders or (ii) significantly changing the purposes and powers of the issuing entity. However, the trust agreement may not be amended without the consent of the holders of all of the notes then outstanding if the proposed amendment would (i) increase or reduce in any manner the amount of, or accelerating or delaying the timing of, collections of payments in respect of the collateral certificate or distributions that are required to be made for the benefit of the noteholders, or (ii) reduce the aforesaid percentage of the outstanding dollar principal amount of the notes, the holders of which are required to consent to any such amendment.

See “The Indenture—Tax Opinions for Amendments” for additional conditions to amending the trust agreement.

BA Master Credit Card Trust II

BA Master Credit Card Trust II (referred to as master trust II) issued the collateral certificate and the Class D certificate, each as a part of Series 2001-D. The collateral certificate is the issuing entity’s primary source of funds for the payment of principal of and interest on the notes. The collateral certificate and the Class D certificate are investor certificates that represent an undivided interest in master trust II. Master trust II’s assets primarily include receivables from selected MasterCard, Visa and American Express unsecured revolving credit card accounts that meet the eligibility criteria for inclusion in master trust II. These eligibility criteria are discussed in this prospectus under “Master Trust II—Addition of Master Trust II Assets.”

The credit card receivables in master trust II consist primarily of principal receivables and finance charge receivables. Finance charge receivables include periodic finance charges, cash advance fees, late charges and certain other fees billed to cardholders, annual membership fees, recoveries on receivables in Defaulted Accounts, and discount option receivables. Principal receivables include amounts charged by cardholders for merchandise and services and amounts advanced to cardholders as cash advances and all other fees billed to cardholders that are not considered finance charge receivables.

The percentage of the interchange attributed to cardholder charges for goods and services in the accounts designated to master trust II will be transferred to master trust II. Interchange arising under the related accounts will be treated as collections of finance charge receivables and used to pay a portion of the servicing fee paid to the servicer. See “FIA’s Credit Card Activities—Interchange” for a discussion of interchange.

Member banks participating in the Visa, MasterCard and American Express associations receive certain fees called interchange from Visa, MasterCard and American Express as partial compensation for taking credit risk, absorbing fraud losses and funding receivables for a limited period prior to initial billing. Under the Visa, MasterCard and American Express systems, a portion of this interchange in connection with cardholder charges for goods and services is passed from banks which clear the transactions for merchants to credit card issuing banks. Interchange fees are set annually by Visa, MasterCard and American Express and are based on the number of credit card transactions and the amount charged per transaction.

For detailed financial information on the receivables and the accounts, see Annex I accompanying this prospectus. For static pool information regarding the performance of the receivables in master trust II, see Annex II accompanying this prospectus.

The collateral certificate and the Class D certificate comprise the Series 2001-D certificates issued by master trust II. Other series of certificates may be issued by master trust II in the future without prior notice to or the consent of any noteholders or certificateholders. See the accompanying prospectus supplement for information on the other outstanding series issued by master trust II.

BA Credit Card Funding, LLC

BA Credit Card Funding, LLC (referred to as Funding) is a limited liability company formed under the laws of Delaware and a subsidiary of Banc of America Consumer Card Services, LLC (referred to as BACCS), and BACCS is a direct subsidiary of FIA. Funding is the transferor and depositor to master trust II. Funding is also the holder of the Transferor Interest in master trust II and the beneficiary of the issuing entity. On the Substitution Date, Funding was substituted for FIA as the transferor of receivables to master trust II, as holder of the Transferor Interest in master trust II, and as beneficiary of the issuing entity pursuant to the trust agreement. As the transferor under master trust II, Funding purchases from BACCS receivables arising in certain credit card accounts owned by FIA. Funding may then, subject to certain conditions, add those receivables to master trust II.

Funding was created for the limited purpose of (i) purchasing from BACCS receivables arising in certain credit card accounts originated or acquired by FIA, and (ii) transferring those receivables to master trust II. Funding has and will continue to purchase and transfer receivables for addition to master trust II. Since its formation, Funding has been engaged in these activities as (i) the purchaser of receivables from BACCS, (ii) the transferor of receivables to master trust II pursuant to the master trust II agreement, (iii) the beneficiary of the issuing entity pursuant to the trust agreement, and (iv) the beneficiary and transferor that executes underwriting, subscription and purchase agreements in connection with each issuance of notes.

A description of Funding’s obligations as transferor of the receivables to master trust II can be found in “Master Trust II—Conveyance of Receivables,” “—Addition of Master Trust II Assets,” “—Removal of Accounts” and “—Representations and Warranties.” Funding’s obligations under the trust agreement are to record the transfer of the collateral certificate to the issuing entity and to take all actions necessary to perfect and maintain the perfection of the issuing entity’s interest in the collateral certificate, including the filing of UCC financing statements for that transfer.

FIA and Affiliates

FIA Card Services, National Association (referred to as FIA) is a national banking association. FIA is an indirect subsidiary of Bank of America Corporation. FIA conducts nationwide consumer lending programs, principally comprised of activities related to credit cards.

FIA formed master trust II on August 4, 1994. Prior to the substitution of Funding as transferor of receivables to master trust II, which coincided with the merger of Bank of America, National Association (USA) with and into FIA, FIA transferred receivables to master trust II. In addition, prior to this substitution and merger, FIA was the holder of the Transferor Interest in master trust II, the transferor of the collateral certificate to the issuing entity pursuant to the trust agreement, and the sole beneficiary of the issuing entity. At the time of this substitution and merger, FIA’s economic interest in the Transferor Interest in master trust II was initially transferred to Funding through Banc of America Consumer Card Services, LLC (referred to as BACCS). In addition, from and after this substitution and merger, FIA has transferred, and will continue to transfer, to BACCS the receivables arising in certain of the U.S. consumer credit card accounts originated or acquired by FIA. BACCS has sold and may continue to sell receivables to Funding for addition to master trust II. The receivables transferred to master trust II have been and will continue to be generated from transactions made by cardholders of selected MasterCard, Visa and American Express credit card accounts from the portfolio of MasterCard, Visa and American Express accounts originated or acquired by FIA (such portfolio of accounts is referred to as the Bank Portfolio).

BACCS is a limited liability company formed under the laws of North Carolina and is a direct subsidiary of FIA.

FIA is responsible for servicing, managing and making collections on the credit card receivables in master trust II. See “Master Trust II—Collection and Other Servicing Procedures.” FIA currently services the Bank Portfolio in the manner described in “FIA’s Credit Card Activities.” FIA has the ability under the master trust II agreement to delegate certain of its servicing functions to one or more affiliates. However, despite any such delegation, FIA would remain the servicer of master trust II and would remain obligated to service the Receivables in master trust II. See “FIA’s Credit Card Portfolio” for a description of FIA’s general policies and procedures for its credit card portfolio.

One or more other affiliates of FIA may provide complimentary technology, network and operational support to FIA.

Industry Developments

FIA issues credit cards on MasterCard’s and Visa’s networks. MasterCard and Visa are subject to settlement obligations relating to certain litigations and continue to be subject to significant ongoing litigations, including class actions, and increased competition. These settlements and litigations are based on, among other things, claimed violations of United States federal antitrust laws, claims that currency conversion fees were wrongly applied on purchases of goods and services in foreign countries, and claims alleging that the interchange charged by MasterCard and Visa is impermissible. The costs associated with these settlements, litigations and other matters could cause MasterCard and Visa to invest less in their networks and marketing efforts and could adversely affect the interchange paid to their member banks, including FIA.

Litigation

A group of merchants have filed a series of putative class actions and individual actions with regard to interchange fees associated with Visa and MasterCard payment card transactions. These actions, which have been consolidated in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of New York under the caption In Re Payment Card Interchange Fee and Merchant Discount Anti-Trust Litigation (Interchange), name Visa, MasterCard and several banks and bank holding companies, including Bank of America Corporation, as defendants. Plaintiffs allege that defendants conspired to fix the level of default interchange rates, which represent the fee an issuing bank charges an acquiring bank on every transaction. Plaintiffs also challenge as unreasonable restraints of trade under Section 1 of the Sherman Act certain rules of Visa and MasterCard related to merchant acceptance of payment cards at the point of sale.

On July 13, 2012, defendants, including Bank of America Corporation, and class plaintiffs in the Interchange matter filed a memorandum of understanding with the court regarding a global settlement of the Interchange litigation. The memorandum of understanding provides that defendants and class plaintiffs have agreed to enter a definitive settlement agreement that will provide, among other things, that all defendants will pay a total of $6.05 billion to class plaintiffs and that each network will make certain changes to network rules regarding merchant point of sale practices. Visa and MasterCard also have agreed to distribute to class members an amount equal to 10 bps of credit interchange rates for U.S. merchant class members for a period of eight months, beginning within 60 days after completion of the court-ordered period during which individual class members may opt out of the settlement. Such amounts otherwise would have been paid to Visa or MasterCard issuers, including Bank of America Corporation. In exchange, class plaintiffs have agreed to a broad release for defendants. The class action settlement agreement to be executed by the parties will be subject to court approval. In addition to settlement with the class plaintiffs, defendants in the individual actions also reached a settlement with plaintiffs in the individual actions. The settlement of the individual actions provides that all defendants will pay a total amount of $525 million.

Subject to the loss-sharing agreements Bank of America Corporation and certain affiliates previously entered into with Visa, MasterCard and other financial institutions, Bank of America Corporation will contribute a total of $738 million to the settlement of the class and individual actions. Of that amount, $539 million will be paid from the proceeds that Visa previously placed into an escrow fund pursuant to Visa’s Retrospective Responsibility Plan (the RRP) to cover Bank of America Corporation's share of Visa-related claims. Bank of America Corporation has agreed to pay $199 million in cash for the MasterCard-related claims. The costs of the Interchange settlement have been fully accrued by Bank of America Corporation.

The Bank of New York Mellon

The Bank of New York Mellon, a New York banking corporation, is the indenture trustee under the indenture for the notes and the trustee under the master trust II agreement for the master trust II investor certificates. Its principal corporate trust office is located at 101 Barclay Street, Floor 4 West, Attention: Corporate Trust Administration—Asset Backed Securities, New York, New York 10286, United States of America. See “The Indenture—Indenture Trustee” for a description of the limited powers and duties of the indenture trustee and “Master Trust II—Master Trust II Trustee” for a description of the limited powers and duties of the master trust II trustee.

The Bank of New York Mellon has and currently is serving as indenture trustee and trustee for numerous securitization transactions and programs involving pools of credit card receivables.

There are no legal proceedings against The Bank of New York Mellon or to which any of its respective properties are subject, that are material to the noteholders. There are no governmental proceedings pending or known to be contemplated by governmental authorities against The Bank of New York Mellon or to which any of its respective properties are subject, that are material to the noteholders.

The Bank of New York Mellon has provided the above information for purposes of complying with Regulation AB. Other than the above three paragraphs, The Bank of New York Mellon has not participated in the preparation of, and is not responsible for, any other information contained in this prospectus or the accompanying prospectus supplement.

FIA, the servicer, Funding, the issuing entity, and their respective affiliates may from time to time enter into normal banking and trustee relationships with The Bank of New York Mellon and its affiliates.

Wilmington Trust Company

Wilmington Trust Company is the owner trustee of the issuing entity. Under the terms of the trust agreement, the powers and duties of the owner trustee are ministerial only. See “—BA Credit Card Trust” above.

Wilmington Trust Company is a Delaware corporation with trust powers incorporated in 1903. Wilmington Trust Company’s principal place of business is located at 1100 North Market Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19890. Since 1998, Wilmington Trust Company has served as owner trustee in numerous asset-backed securities transactions involving credit card receivables.

Wilmington Trust Corporation, the parent of Wilmington Trust Company, announced on November 1, 2010 that it entered into a merger agreement with M&T Bank Corporation (M&T), a New York corporation, and MTB One, Inc., a Delaware corporation and wholly-owned subsidiary of M&T, pursuant to which MTB One, Inc. was merged with and into Wilmington Trust Corporation, with Wilmington Trust Corporation surviving the merger as a wholly-owned subsidiary of M&T. On March 22, 2011, the shareholders of Wilmington Trust Corporation approved the merger. On April 26, 2011, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System announced its approval of the merger. M&T received approval from the New York State Banking Department, the Delaware Banking Commissioner and the Office of Thrift Supervision. The transaction closed at 12:01 a.m. on May 16, 2011.

Wilmington Trust Company is subject to various legal proceedings that arise from time to time in the ordinary course of business. Wilmington Trust Company does not believe that the ultimate resolution of any of these proceedings will have a materially adverse effect on its services as owner trustee.

Wilmington Trust Company has provided the above information for purposes of complying with Regulation AB. Other than the above three paragraphs, Wilmington Trust Company has not participated in the preparation of, and is not responsible for, any other information contained in this prospectus or the accompanying prospectus supplement.

FIA, the servicer, Funding, the issuing entity, and their respective affiliates may from time to time enter into normal banking and trustee relationships with Wilmington Trust Company and its affiliates.

Use of Proceeds

The net proceeds from the sale of each series, class and tranche of notes offered hereby will be paid to Funding. Funding will use such proceeds for its general corporate purposes.

The Notes

The notes will be issued pursuant to the indenture and a related indenture supplement. The following discussion and the discussions under “The Indenture” in this prospectus and certain sections in the related prospectus supplement summarize the material terms of the notes, the indenture and the indenture supplements. These summaries do not purport to be complete and are qualified in their entirety by reference to the provisions of the notes, the indenture and the indenture supplements. The indenture does not limit the aggregate stated principal amount of notes that may be issued.

The notes will be issued in series. Each series of notes will represent a contractual debt obligation of the issuing entity which shall be in addition to the debt obligations of the issuing entity represented by any other series of notes. Each series will be issued pursuant to the indenture and an indenture supplement, copies of the forms of which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. Each prospectus supplement will describe the provisions specific to the related series, class or tranche of notes.

The following summaries describe certain provisions common to each series of notes.

General

Each series of notes is expected to consist of multiple classes of notes. Some series, if so specified in the accompanying prospectus supplement, may be multiple tranche series, meaning they have classes consisting of multiple tranches. Whenever a “class” of notes is referred to in this prospectus or any prospectus supplement, it also includes all tranches of that class, unless the context otherwise requires.

The issuing entity may issue different tranches of notes of a multiple tranche series at the same time or at different times, but no senior tranche of notes of a series may be issued unless a sufficient amount of subordinated notes (or other form of credit enhancement) of that series will be issued on that date or has previously been issued and is outstanding and available as subordination (or other credit enhancement) for such senior tranche of notes. See “—Required Subordinated Amount.”

If so specified in the related prospectus supplement, the notes of a series may be included in a group of series for purposes of sharing Available Principal Amounts and Available Funds.

The issuing entity may offer notes denominated in U.S. dollars or any foreign currency. We will describe the specific terms of any note denominated in a foreign currency in the related prospectus supplement.

If so specified in the related prospectus supplement, the noteholders of a particular series, class or tranche may have the benefit of a derivative agreement, as described in this prospectus under “Sources of Funds to Pay the Notes—Derivative Agreements.” The specific terms of each derivative agreement and a description of each counterparty will be included in the related prospectus supplement. In addition, if so specified in the related prospectus supplement, the noteholders of a particular series, class or tranche may have the benefit of a supplemental credit enhancement agreement or supplemental liquidity agreement, as described in this prospectus under “Sources of Funds to Pay the Notes—Supplemental Credit

Enhancement Agreements and Supplemental Liquidity Agreements.” The specific terms of each such agreement and a description of any provider of enhancement or liquidity will be included in the related prospectus supplement.

The issuing entity will pay principal of and interest on a series, class or tranche of notes solely from the portion of Available Funds and Available Principal Amounts which are allocable to that series, class or tranche of notes after giving effect to all allocations and reallocations, amounts in any issuing entity accounts relating to that series, class or tranche of notes, and amounts received under any derivative agreement relating to that series, class or tranche of notes. If those sources are not sufficient to pay the notes, those noteholders will have no recourse to any other assets of the issuing entity or any other person or entity for the payment of principal of or interest on those notes.

Holders of notes of any outstanding series, class or tranche will not have the right to prior review of, or consent to, any subsequent issuance of notes.

The BAseries

The BAseries notes will be issued pursuant to the indenture and an indenture supplement. The BAseries will be included in Excess Available Funds Group A for the purpose of sharing excess available funds.

The BAseries notes will be issued in classes. Each class of notes will have multiple tranches which may be issued at different times and have different terms. No senior class of the BAseries may be issued unless a sufficient amount of subordinated notes or other acceptable credit enhancement has previously been issued and is outstanding. See “—Required Subordinated Amount—BAseries” and “—Issuances of New Series, Classes and Tranches of Notes—New Issuances of BAseries Notes” below.

The issuing entity will pay principal of and interest on a tranche of BAseries notes solely from the portion of BAseries Available Funds and BAseries Available Principal Amounts and from other amounts which are available under the indenture and the BAseries indenture supplement after giving effect to all allocations and reallocations. If those sources are not sufficient to pay that tranche of BAseries notes, the noteholders of that tranche of BAseries notes will have no recourse to any other assets of the issuing entity or any other person or entity for the payment of principal of or interest on those notes.

Interest

Interest will accrue on the notes, except on discount notes, from the relevant issuance date at the applicable note rate, which may be a fixed, floating or other type of rate as specified in the accompanying prospectus supplement. Interest will be distributed or deposited for noteholders on the dates described in the related prospectus supplement. Interest payments or deposits will be funded from Available Funds allocated to the notes during the preceding month or months, from any applicable credit enhancement, if necessary, and from certain other amounts specified in the accompanying prospectus supplement.

For each issuance of fixed rate notes, we will designate in the related prospectus supplement the fixed rate of interest at which interest will accrue on those notes. For each issuance of floating rate notes, we will designate in the related prospectus supplement the interest rate index or other formula on which the interest is based. A discount note will be issued at a price lower than the stated principal amount payable on the expected principal payment date of that note. Until the expected principal payment date for a discount note, accreted principal will be capitalized as part of the principal of the note and reinvested in Series 2001-D, so long as an early redemption event or an event of default and acceleration

has not occurred. If applicable, the related prospectus supplement will specify the interest rate to be borne by a discount note after an event of default or after its expected principal payment date.

Each payment of interest on a note will include all interest accrued from the preceding interest payment date—or, for the first interest period, from the issuance date—through the day preceding the current interest payment date, or any other period as may be specified in the related prospectus supplement. We refer to each period during which interest accrues as an “interest period.” Interest on a note will be due and payable on each interest payment date.

If interest on a note is not paid within 35 days after such interest is due, an event of default will occur relating to that tranche of notes. See “The Indenture—Events of Default.”

BAseries

In connection with the BAseries, interest payments on Class B notes and Class C notes of the BAseries are subordinated to interest payments on Class A notes of the BAseries. Subordination of Class B notes and Class C notes of the BAseries provides credit enhancement for Class A notes of the BAseries.

Interest payments on Class C notes of the BAseries are subordinated to interest payments on Class A notes and Class B notes of the BAseries. Subordination of Class C notes of the BAseries provides credit enhancement for Class A notes and Class B notes of the BAseries.

Principal

The timing of payment of principal of a note will be specified in the related prospectus supplement.

Principal of a note may be paid later than its expected principal payment date if sufficient funds are not allocated from master trust II to Series 2001-D or are not allocable to the series, class or tranche of the note to be paid. It is not an event of default if the principal of a note is not paid on its expected principal payment date. However, if the principal amount of a note is not paid in full by its legal maturity date, an event of default will occur relating to that tranche of notes. See “The Indenture—Events of Default.”

Principal of a note may be paid earlier than its expected principal payment date if an early redemption event or an event of default and acceleration occurs. See “The Indenture—Early Redemption Events” and “—Events of Default.”

See “Risk Factors” in this prospectus and any risk factors in the accompanying prospectus supplement for a discussion of factors that may affect the timing of principal payments on the notes.

BAseries

In connection with the BAseries, principal payments on Class B notes and Class C notes of the BAseries are subordinated to payments on Class A notes of the BAseries. Subordination of Class B notes and Class C notes of the BAseries provides credit enhancement for Class A notes of the BAseries.

Principal payments on Class C notes of the BAseries are subordinated to payments on Class A notes and Class B notes of the BAseries. Subordination of Class C notes of the BAseries provides credit enhancement for Class A notes and Class B notes of the BAseries.

In addition, in the case of a discount BAseries note, the accreted principal of that note corresponding to capitalized interest will be senior or subordinated to the same extent that principal is senior or subordinated.

BAseries Available Principal Amounts may be reallocated to pay interest on senior classes of notes or to pay a portion of the master trust II servicing fee allocable to the BAseries, subject to certain limitations. In addition, charge-offs due to uncovered Investor Default Amounts allocable to the BAseries generally are reallocated from the senior classes to the subordinated classes of the BAseries. See “—Stated Principal Amount, Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount and Nominal Liquidation Amount—Nominal Liquidation Amount” and “Master Trust II—Defaulted Receivables; Rebates and Fraudulent Charges.”

In the BAseries, payment of principal may be made on a subordinated class of notes before payment in full of each senior class of notes only under the following circumstances:

If after giving effect to the proposed principal payment there is still a sufficient amount of subordinated notes to support the outstanding senior notes. See “Sources of Funds to Pay the Notes—Deposit and Application of Funds for the BAseries—Targeted Deposits of BAseries Available Principal Amounts to the Principal Funding Account” and “—Allocation to Principal Funding Subaccounts.” For example, if a tranche of Class A notes has been repaid, this generally means that, unless other Class A notes are issued, at least some Class B notes and Class C notes may be repaid when such Class B notes and Class C notes are expected or required to be repaid even if other tranches of Class A notes are outstanding.

If the principal funding subaccounts for the senior classes of notes have been sufficiently prefunded as described in “Sources of Funds to Pay the Notes—Deposit and Application of Funds for the BAseries—Targeted Deposits of BAseries Available Principal Amounts to the Principal Funding Account—Prefunding of the Principal Funding Account for Senior Classes.”

·	If new tranches of subordinated notes are issued so that the subordinated notes that have reached their expected principal payment date are no longer necessary to provide the required subordination.

·	If the subordinated tranche of notes reaches its legal maturity date and there is a sale of credit card receivables as described in “Sources of Funds to Pay the Notes—Sale of Credit Card Receivables.”

BAseries Available Principal Amounts remaining after any reallocations for interest on the senior notes or for a portion of the master trust II servicing fee allocable to the BAseries will be applied to make targeted deposits to the principal funding subaccounts of senior notes before being applied to make targeted deposits to the principal funding subaccounts of the subordinated notes if such remaining amounts are not sufficient to make all required targeted deposits.

Stated Principal Amount, Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount and Nominal Liquidation Amount

Each note has a stated principal amount, an outstanding dollar principal amount and a nominal liquidation amount.

Stated Principal Amount

The stated principal amount of a note is the amount that is stated on the face of the notes to be payable to the holder. It can be denominated in U.S. dollars or in a foreign currency.

Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount

For U.S. dollar notes (other than discount notes), the outstanding dollar principal amount is the initial dollar principal amount (as set forth in the applicable supplement to this prospectus) of the notes, less principal payments to the noteholders. For foreign currency notes, the outstanding dollar principal amount is the U.S. dollar equivalent of the initial dollar principal amount (as set forth in the applicable supplement to this prospectus) of the notes, less dollar payments to derivative counterparties or, in the event the derivative agreement is non-performing, less dollar payments converted to make payments to noteholders, each relating to principal. For discount notes, the outstanding dollar principal amount is an amount stated in, or determined by a formula described in, the related prospectus supplement. The outstanding dollar principal amount of a discount note will increase over time as principal accretes. The outstanding dollar principal amount of any note will decrease as a result of each payment of principal of the note.

In addition, a note may have an Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount. The Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of a note is the outstanding dollar principal amount, less any funds on deposit in the principal funding subaccount for that note. The Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of any note will decrease as a result of each deposit into the principal funding subaccount for such note.

Nominal Liquidation Amount

The nominal liquidation amount of a note is a U.S. dollar amount based on the initial outstanding dollar principal amount of that note, but with some reductions—including reductions from reallocations of Available Principal Amounts, allocations of charge-offs for uncovered Investor Default Amounts and deposits in a principal funding subaccount for such note—and increases described below. The aggregate nominal liquidation amount of all of the notes plus the Class D Investor Interest will always be equal to the Investor Interest of Series 2001-D, and the nominal liquidation amount of any particular note corresponds to the portion of the Investor Interest of Series 2001-D that would be allocated to that note if master trust II were liquidated.

The nominal liquidation amount of a note may be reduced as follows:

If Available Funds allocable to a series of notes are insufficient to fund the portion of Investor Default Amounts allocable to such series of notes (which will be allocated to each series of notes pro rata based on the Weighted Average Available Funds Allocation Amount of all notes in such series) such Investor Default Amounts will result in a reduction of the nominal liquidation amount of such series. Within each series, subordinated classes of notes will bear the risk of reduction in their nominal liquidation amount due to charge-offs resulting from uncovered Investor Default Amounts before senior classes of notes.

In a multiple tranche series, while these reductions will be initially allocated pro rata to each tranche of notes, they will then be reallocated to the subordinated classes of notes in that series in succession, beginning with

the most subordinated classes. However, these reallocations will be made from senior notes to subordinated notes only to the extent that such senior notes have not used all of their required subordinated amount. For any tranche, the required subordinated amount will be specified in the related prospectus supplement. For multiple tranche series, these reductions will generally be allocated within each class pro rata to each outstanding tranche of the related class based on the Weighted Average Available Funds Allocation Amount of such tranche. Reductions that cannot be reallocated to a subordinated tranche will reduce the nominal liquidation amount of the tranche to which the reductions were initially allocated.

If Available Principal Amounts are reallocated from subordinated notes of a series to pay interest on senior notes, any shortfall in the payment of the master trust II servicing fee or any other shortfall of Available Funds which Available Principal Amounts are reallocated to cover, the nominal liquidation amount of those subordinated notes will be reduced by the amount of the reallocations. The amount of the reallocation of Available Principal Amounts will be applied to reduce the nominal liquidation amount of the subordinated classes of notes in that series in succession, to the extent of such senior tranches’ required subordinated amount of the related subordinated notes, beginning with the most subordinated classes. No Available Principal Amounts will be reallocated to pay interest on a senior class of notes or any portion of the master trust II servicing fee if such reallocation would result in the reduction of the nominal liquidation amount of such senior class of notes. For a multiple tranche series, these reductions will generally be allocated within each class pro rata to each outstanding tranche of the related class based on the Weighted Average Available Funds Allocation Amount of such tranche.

·	The nominal liquidation amount of a note will be reduced by the amount on deposit in its respective principal funding subaccount.

·	The nominal liquidation amount of a note will be reduced by the amount of all payments of principal of that note.

Upon a sale of credit card receivables after the insolvency of Funding, an event of default and acceleration or on the legal maturity date of a note, the nominal liquidation amount of such note will be automatically reduced to zero. See “Sources of Funds to Pay the Notes—Sale of Credit Card Receivables.”

The nominal liquidation amount of a note can be increased in two ways.

·	For discount notes, the nominal liquidation amount will increase over time as principal accretes, to the extent that Available Funds are allocated for that purpose.

If Available Funds are available, they will be applied to reimburse earlier reductions in the nominal liquidation amount from charge-offs for uncovered Investor Default Amounts, or from reallocations of Available Principal Amounts from subordinated classes to pay shortfalls of Available Funds. Within each series, the increases will be allocated first to the senior-most class with a deficiency in its nominal liquidation amount and then, in succession, to the subordinated classes with a deficiency in the nominal liquidation amount. In a multiple tranche series, the increases will be further allocated to each tranche of a class pro rata based on the deficiency in the nominal liquidation amount in each tranche.

In most circumstances, the nominal liquidation amount of a note, together with any accumulated Available Principal Amounts held in a principal funding subaccount, will be equal to the outstanding dollar principal amount of that note. However, if there are reductions in the nominal liquidation amount as a result of reallocations of Available Principal Amounts from that note to pay interest on senior classes or the master trust II servicing fee, or as a result of charge-offs for uncovered Investor Default Amounts, there will be a deficit in the nominal liquidation amount of that note. Unless that deficiency is reimbursed through the reinvestment of Available Funds in the collateral certificate, the stated principal amount of that note will not be paid in full.

A subordinated note’s nominal liquidation amount represents the maximum amount of Available Principal Amounts that may be reallocated from such note to pay interest on senior notes or the master trust II servicing fee of the same series and the maximum amount of charge-offs for uncovered Investor Default Amounts that may be allocated to such note. The nominal liquidation amount is also used to calculate the amount of Available Principal Amounts that can be allocated for payment of principal of a class or tranche of notes, or paid to the counterparty to a derivative agreement, if applicable. This means that if the nominal liquidation amount of a class or tranche of notes has been reduced by charge-offs for uncovered Investor Default Amounts or by reallocations of Available Principal Amounts to pay interest on senior notes or the master trust II servicing fee, the holders of notes with the reduced nominal liquidation amount will receive less than the full stated principal amount of their notes, either because the amount of dollars allocated to pay them is less than the outstanding dollar principal amount of the notes, or because the amount of dollars allocated to pay the counterparty to a derivative agreement is less than the amount necessary to obtain enough of the applicable foreign currency for payment of their notes in full.

The nominal liquidation amount of a note may not be reduced below zero, and may not be increased above the outstanding dollar principal amount of that note, less any amounts on deposit in the applicable principal funding subaccount.

If a note held by Funding, the issuing entity or any of their affiliates is canceled, the nominal liquidation amount of that note is automatically reduced to zero, with a corresponding automatic reduction in the Investor Interest of Series 2001-D.

The cumulative amount of reductions of the nominal liquidation amount of any class or tranche of notes due to the reallocation of Available Principal Amounts to pay Available Funds shortfalls will be limited as described in the related prospectus supplement.

Allocations of charge-offs for uncovered Investor Default Amounts and reallocations of Available Principal Amounts to cover Available Funds shortfalls reduce the nominal liquidation amount of outstanding notes only and do not affect notes that are issued after that time.

Final Payment of the Notes

Noteholders will not receive payment of principal in excess of the highest outstanding dollar principal amount of that series, class or tranche, or in the case of foreign currency notes, any amount received by the issuing entity under a derivative agreement for principal.

Following the insolvency of Funding, following an event of default and acceleration, or on the legal maturity date of a series, class or tranche of notes, credit card receivables in an aggregate amount not to exceed the nominal liquidation amount, plus any past due, accrued and additional interest, of the related series, class or tranche will be sold by master trust II. The proceeds of such sale will be applied to

the extent available to pay the outstanding principal amount of, plus any accrued, past due and additional interest on, those notes on the date of the sale.

A series, class or tranche of notes will be considered to be paid in full, the holders of those notes will have no further right or claim, and the issuing entity will have no further obligation or liability for principal or interest, on the earliest to occur of:

·	the date of the payment in full of the stated principal amount of and all accrued, past due and additional interest on those notes;

·	the date on which the outstanding dollar principal amount of the notes is reduced to zero and all accrued, past due and additional interest on those notes is paid in full;

·	the legal maturity date of those notes, after giving effect to all deposits, allocations, reallocations, sale of credit card receivables and payments to be made on that date; or

·	the date on which a sale of receivables has taken place for such tranche, as described in “Sources of Funds to Pay the Notes—Sale of Credit Card Receivables.”

Subordination of Interest and Principal

Interest and principal payments on subordinated classes of notes of a series may be subordinated as described in the related prospectus supplement.

Available Principal Amounts may be reallocated to pay interest on senior classes of notes of, or a portion of the master trust II servicing fee allocated to, that series. In addition, subordinated classes of notes bear the risk of reduction in their nominal liquidation amount due to charge-offs for uncovered Investor Default Amounts before senior classes of notes. In a multiple tranche series, charge-offs for uncovered Investor Default Amounts are generally allocated first to each class of a series and then reallocated to the subordinated classes of such series, reducing the nominal liquidation amount of such subordinated classes to the extent credit enhancement in the form of subordination is still available for the senior classes. See “—Stated Principal Amount, Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount and Nominal Liquidation Amount—Nominal Liquidation Amount” above.

Required Subordinated Amount

The required subordinated amount of a senior class or tranche of notes is the amount of a subordinated class that is required to be outstanding and available to provide subordination for that senior class or tranche on the date when the senior class or tranche of notes is issued. Such amount will be specified in the applicable prospectus supplement. No notes of a series may be issued unless the required subordinated amount for that class or tranche of notes is available at the time of its issuance, as described in the related prospectus supplement. The required subordinated amount is also used, in conjunction with usage, to determine whether a subordinated class or tranche of a multiple tranche series may be repaid before its legal maturity date while senior notes of that series are outstanding.

In addition, whenever any notes are issued, the required Class D Investor Interest will automatically increase, subject to any changes in the required Class D Investor Interest that can be made as described in the following paragraph. The Class D certificate provides credit enhancement to the collateral certificate, and therefore the notes, as described in “Master Trust II—The Class D Certificate.”

The issuing entity may change the required subordinated amount for any tranche of notes or the required Class D Investor Interest at any time, without the consent of any noteholders, so long as the issuing entity has (i) received confirmation from the rating agencies that have rated any outstanding notes of the related series that the change in the required subordinated amount or the required Class D Investor Interest will not result in the reduction, qualification or withdrawal of the ratings of any outstanding notes in that series, and (ii) delivered to the indenture trustee and the rating agencies a master trust II tax opinion and issuing entity tax opinion, as described under “The Indenture—Tax Opinions for Amendments.”

BAseries

In order to issue notes of a senior class of the BAseries, the required subordinated amount of subordinated notes for those senior notes must be outstanding and available on the issuance date.

The required subordinated amount of a tranche of a senior class of notes of the BAseries is the aggregate nominal liquidation amount of a subordinated class that is required to be outstanding and available on the date when a tranche of a senior class of notes is issued. Generally, the required subordinated amount of subordinated notes for each tranche of Class A BAseries notes is equal to a stated percentage of the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of that tranche of Class A notes. The required subordinated amount of Class B notes for each tranche of Class A BAseries notes is equal to 14.28571% of the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of that tranche of Class A notes, and the required subordinated amount of Class C notes is equal to 12.69841% of the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of that tranche of Class A notes.

The required subordinated amount of Class C notes for each tranche of Class B BAseries notes will vary depending on its pro rata share of the Class A required subordinated amount of Class C notes for all Class A BAseries notes that require any credit enhancement from Class B BAseries notes, and its pro rata share of the portion of the adjusted outstanding dollar principal amount of all Class B BAseries notes that is not providing credit enhancement to the Class A notes. For each tranche of Class B BAseries notes, the required subordinated amount of Class C notes, at any time, is generally equal to the adjusted outstanding dollar principal amount of that tranche of Class B notes multiplied by the sum of:

(i)

a fraction, the numerator of which is the Class A required subordinated amount of Class C notes for all Class A BAseries notes that require any credit enhancement from Class B BAseries notes, and the denominator of which is the aggregate adjusted outstanding dollar principal amount of all Class B BAseries notes; plus

(ii)

11.11111% (referred to as the unencumbered percentage) multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate adjusted outstanding dollar principal amount of all Class B BAseries notes minus the required subordinated amount of Class B notes for all Class A BAseries notes, and the denominator of which is the aggregate adjusted outstanding dollar principal amount of all Class B BAseries notes.

Therefore, for any tranche of Class B notes, the required subordinated amount of Class C notes can increase if the share of those Class B notes that corresponds to the Class C notes providing credit enhancement to Class A notes increases, or if the share of those Class B notes that is providing credit enhancement to Class A notes increases. Similarly, for any tranche of Class B notes, the required subordinated amount of Class C notes can decrease (but will never be less than unencumbered percentage of its adjusted outstanding dollar principal amount) if the share of those Class B notes that corresponds to the Class C notes providing credit enhancement to Class A notes decreases, or if the share of those Class B notes that is providing credit enhancement to Class A notes decreases.

Reductions in the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of a tranche of senior notes of the BAseries will generally result in a reduction in the required subordinated amount for that tranche. Additionally, a reduction in the required subordinated amount of Class C notes for a tranche of Class B BAseries notes may occur due to:

·	a decrease in the aggregate Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of Class A BAseries notes,

·	a decrease in the Class A required subordinated amount of Class B or Class C notes for outstanding tranches of Class A BAseries notes, or

·	the issuance of additional Class B BAseries notes.

However, if an early redemption event or event of default and acceleration for any tranche of Class B BAseries notes occurs, or if on any day its usage of the required subordinated amount of Class C notes exceeds zero, the required subordinated amount of Class C notes for that tranche of Class B notes will not decrease after that early redemption event or event of default and acceleration or after the date on which its usage of the required subordinated amount of Class C notes exceeds zero.

The issuing entity may change the required subordinated amount for any tranche of notes of the BAseries, or the method of computing the required subordinated amount, at any time without the consent of any noteholders so long as the issuing entity has:

·	received confirmation from each rating agency that has rated any outstanding notes that the change will not result in the reduction, qualification or withdrawal of its then-current rating of any outstanding notes in the BAseries;

delivered an opinion of counsel that for federal income tax purposes (1) the change will not adversely affect the tax characterization as debt of any outstanding series or class of investor certificates issued by master trust II that were characterized as debt at the time of their issuance, (2) following the change, master trust II will not be treated as an association, or a publicly traded partnership, taxable as a corporation, and (3) such change will not cause or constitute an event in which gain or loss would be recognized by any holder of an investor certificate issued by master trust II; and

delivered an opinion of counsel that for federal income tax purposes (1) the change will not adversely affect the tax characterization as debt of any outstanding series, class or tranche of notes of the issuing entity that were characterized as debt at the time of their issuance, (2) following the change, the issuing entity will not be treated as an association, or publicly traded partnership, taxable as a corporation, and (3) such change will not cause or constitute an event in which gain or loss would be recognized by any holder of such notes.

In addition, the percentages used in, or the method of calculating, the required subordinated amount of subordinated notes of any tranche of BAseries notes (including other tranches in the same class) may be different than the percentages used in, or the method of calculating, the required subordinated amounts for any tranche of a senior class of BAseries notes. In addition, if the rating agencies consent and without the consent of any noteholders, the issuing entity may utilize forms of credit enhancement other than subordinated notes in order to provide senior classes of notes with the required credit enhancement.

In order to issue Class A notes, the issuing entity must calculate the available amount of Class B notes and Class C notes. The issuing entity will first calculate the amount of Class B notes available for such new tranche of Class A notes. This is done by computing the following:

·	the aggregate nominal liquidation amount of all tranches of outstanding Class B notes on that date, after giving effect to any issuances, deposits, allocations, reallocations or payments for Class B notes to be made on that date; minus

·	the aggregate amount of the Class A required subordinated amount of Class B notes for all other Class A notes which are outstanding on that date, after giving effect to any issuances, deposits, allocations, reallocations or payments for Class A notes to be made on that date.

The calculation in the prior paragraph will also be made in the same manner for calculating the amount of Class C notes available for Class A notes.

Additionally, in order to issue Class A notes, the issuing entity must calculate the amount of Class C notes available for Class B notes. This is done by computing the following:

·	the aggregate nominal liquidation amount of all tranches of outstanding Class C notes on that date, after giving effect to any issuances, deposits, allocations, reallocations or payments for Class C notes to be made on that date; minus

the aggregate amount of the Class A required subordinated amount of Class C notes for all tranches of Class A notes for which the Class A required subordinated amount of Class B notes is equal to zero which are outstanding on that date, after giving effect to any issuances, deposits, allocations, reallocations or payments for Class A notes to be made on that date.

In order to issue Class B notes, the issuing entity must calculate the available amount of Class C notes. This is done by computing the following:

·	the aggregate nominal liquidation amount of all tranches of Class C notes which are outstanding on that date, after giving effect to any issuances, deposits, allocations, reallocations or payments for Class C notes to be made on that date; minus

·	the sum of:

–

the aggregate amount of the Class B required subordinated amount of Class C notes for all other tranches of Class B notes which are outstanding on that date, after giving effect to any issuances, deposits, allocations, reallocations or payments for any BAseries notes to be made on that date; plus

–

No payment of principal will be made on any Class B BAseries note unless, following the payment, the remaining available subordinated amount of Class B BAseries notes is at least equal to the required subordinated amount of Class B notes for the outstanding Class A BAseries notes less any usage of the required subordinated amount of Class B notes for the outstanding Class A BAseries notes.

Similarly, no payment of principal will be made on any Class C BAseries note unless, following the payment, the remaining available subordinated amount of Class C BAseries notes is at least equal to the required subordinated amount of Class C notes for the outstanding Class A and Class B BAseries notes less any usage of the required subordinated amount of Class C notes for the outstanding Class A and Class B BAseries notes.

However, there are some exceptions to this rule. In the BAseries, payment of principal may be made on a subordinated class of notes before payment in full of each senior class of notes only under the following circumstances:

If after giving effect to the proposed principal payment there is still a sufficient amount of subordinated notes to support the outstanding senior notes. See “Sources of Funds to Pay the Notes—Deposit and Application of Funds for the BAseries—Targeted Deposits of BAseries Available Principal Amounts to the Principal Funding Account” and “—Allocation to Principal Funding Subaccounts.” For example, if a tranche of Class A notes has been repaid, this generally means that, unless other Class A notes are issued, at least some Class B notes and Class C notes may be repaid when they are expected to be repaid even if other tranches of Class A notes are outstanding.

·	If new tranches of subordinated notes are issued so that the subordinated notes that have reached their expected principal payment date are no longer necessary to provide the required subordination.

·	If the subordinated tranche of notes reaches its legal maturity date and there is a sale of credit card receivables as described in “Sources of Funds to Pay the Notes—Sale of Credit Card Receivables.”

The Class D Certificate

The Class D certificate provides credit enhancement to the collateral certificate, and therefore the notes, by absorbing Default Amounts allocable to Series 2001-D prior to the allocation of any of those losses to the notes, and through reallocations of collections of principal receivables to cover deficiencies on payments of interest on the notes and the master trust II servicing fee, as more specifically described in “Master Trust II—The Class D Certificate.” Whenever additional notes are issued, the required Class D Investor Interest will increase, subject to any changes in the required Class D Investor Interest that can be made as described in the following paragraph. Similarly, whenever the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of a series, class or tranche of notes decreases, due to accumulation of principal or payment of principal amounts to noteholders, the required Class D Investor Interest will decrease. As of any date, the required Class D Investor Interest means an amount equal to the sum of:

(i) the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the Class A notes (other than the Class A(2001-Emerald) notes), divided by 0.6825, minus (ii) the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the Class A notes (other than the Class A(2001-Emerald) notes), minus (iii) the aggregate Class A required subordinated amount of Class B notes, minus (iv)

the aggregate Class A required subordinated amount of Class C notes minus the Class A required subordinated amount of Class C notes for the Class A(2001-Emerald) notes; plus

(i) the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the Class A(2001-Emerald) notes, divided by 0.85, minus (ii) the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the Class A(2001-Emerald) notes, minus (iii) the Class A required subordinated amount of Class C notes for the Class A(2001-Emerald) notes; plus

(i) (A) the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the Class B notes minus the aggregate Class A required subordinated amount of Class B notes, divided by (B) 0.795, minus (ii) the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the Class B notes minus the aggregate Class A required subordinated amount of Class B notes, minus (iii) (A) the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the Class B notes minus the aggregate Class A required subordinated amount of Class B notes, times (B) 0.1111111; plus

(i) (A) the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the Class C notes minus the sum of (x) the aggregate Class B required subordinated amount of Class C notes plus (y) the Class A required subordinated amount of Class C notes for the Class A(2001-Emerald) notes, divided by (B) 0.895, minus (ii) the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the Class C notes minus the sum of (A) the aggregate Class B required subordinated amount of Class C notes plus (B) the Class A required subordinated amount of Class C notes for the Class A(2001-Emerald) notes.

Following the date on which a Series 2001-D Pay Out Event Commences, the required Class D Investor Interest will be fixed at the amount determined as of such date until the date on which the aggregate nominal liquidation amounts of all notes are paid in full.

Funding may change the definition of the required Class D Investor Interest at any time without the consent of any noteholders so long as it has:

·	received confirmation from each rating agency that has rated any outstanding notes that the change will not result in the reduction, qualification or withdrawal of its then-current rating of any outstanding notes;

In addition, if the rating agencies consent and without the consent of any noteholders, master trust II may utilize forms of credit enhancement other than the Class D certificate.

The Class D certificate will receive no payments of interest and will receive no payment of principal until all principal payments on the notes on the related payment date are made in full. Additionally, payments of principal on the Class D certificate will not exceed the greater of (i) the amount of Available Principal Amounts remaining after all principal payments with respect to the notes and (ii) the amount, if any, by which the Class D Investor Interest exceeds the required Class D Investor Interest. See “Master Trust II—The Class D Certificate” for a further description of the Class D certificate.

Early Redemption of Notes

Each series, class and tranche of notes will be subject to mandatory redemption on its expected principal payment date, which will generally be 29 months before its legal maturity date. In addition, if any other early redemption event occurs, the issuing entity will be required to redeem each series, class or tranche of the affected notes before the expected principal payment date of that series, class or tranche of notes; however, for any such affected notes with the benefit of a derivative agreement, subject to certain exceptions, such redemption will not occur earlier than such notes’ expected principal payment date if so specified in the accompanying prospectus supplement. The issuing entity will give notice to holders of the affected notes before an early redemption date. See “The Indenture—Early Redemption Events” for a description of the early redemption events and their consequences to noteholders.

Whenever the issuing entity redeems a series, class or tranche of notes, it will do so only to the extent of Available Funds and Available Principal Amounts allocated to that series, class or tranche of notes, and only to the extent that the notes to be redeemed are not required to provide required subordination for senior notes. A noteholder will have no claim against the issuing entity if the issuing entity fails to make a required redemption of notes before the legal maturity date because no funds are available for that purpose or because the notes to be redeemed are required to provide subordination for senior notes. The failure to redeem before the legal maturity date under these circumstances will not be an event of default.

If so specified in the accompanying prospectus supplement, the transferor, so long as it is an affiliate of the servicer, may direct the issuing entity to redeem the notes of any series, class or tranche before its expected principal payment date. The accompanying prospectus supplement will indicate at what times and under what conditions the issuing entity may exercise that right of redemption and if the redemption may be made in whole or in part, as well as other terms of the redemption. The issuing entity will give notice to holders of the affected notes before any optional redemption date.

Issuances of New Series, Classes and Tranches of Notes

The issuing entity may issue new notes of any series, class or tranche only if the conditions of issuance are met (or waived as described below). These conditions include:

·	first, on or before the third Business Day before a new issuance of notes, the issuing entity gives the indenture trustee and the rating agencies written notice of the issuance;

·	second, on or prior to the date that the new issuance is to occur, the issuing entity delivers to the indenture trustee and each rating agency a certificate to the effect that:

—the issuing entity reasonably believes that the new issuance will not at the time of its occurrence or at a future date (i) cause an early redemption event or event of default, (ii) adversely affect the amount of funds available to be distributed to noteholders of any

series, class or tranche of notes or the timing of such distributions, or (iii) adversely affect the security interest of the indenture trustee in the collateral securing the outstanding notes;

—all instruments furnished to the indenture trustee conform to the requirements of the indenture and constitute sufficient authority under the indenture for the indenture trustee to authenticate and deliver the notes;

—the form and terms of the notes have been established in conformity with the provisions of the indenture;

—all laws and requirements relating to the execution and delivery by the issuing entity of the notes have been complied with, the issuing entity has the power and authority to issue the notes, and the notes have been duly authorized and delivered by the issuing entity, and, assuming due authentication and delivery by the indenture trustee, constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the issuing entity enforceable in accordance with their terms (subject to certain limitations and conditions), and are entitled to the benefits of the indenture equally and ratably with all other notes, if any, of such series, class or tranche outstanding subject to the terms of the indenture, each indenture supplement and each terms document; and

—the issuing entity shall have satisfied such other matters as the indenture trustee may reasonably request;

third, the issuing entity delivers to the indenture trustee and the rating agencies an opinion of counsel that for federal income tax purposes (i) the new issuance will not adversely affect the tax characterization as debt of any outstanding series or class of investor certificates issued by master trust II that were characterized as debt at the time of their issuance, (ii) following the new issuance, master trust II will not be treated as an association, or a publicly traded partnership, taxable as a corporation, and (iii) the new issuance will not cause or constitute an event in which gain or loss would be recognized by any holder of an investor certificate issued by master trust II;

fourth, the issuing entity delivers to the indenture trustee and the rating agencies an opinion of counsel that for federal income tax purposes (i) the new issuance will not adversely affect the tax characterization as debt of any outstanding series, class or tranche of notes that were characterized as debt at the time of their issuance, (ii) following the new issuance, the issuing entity will not be treated as an association, or publicly traded partnership, taxable as a corporation, (iii) such issuance will not cause or constitute an event in which gain or loss would be recognized by any holder of such outstanding notes, and (iv) except as provided in the related indenture supplement, following the new issuance of a series, class or tranche of notes, the newly issued series, class or tranche of notes will be properly characterized as debt;

·	fifth, the issuing entity delivers to the indenture trustee an indenture supplement and terms document relating to the applicable series, class or tranche of notes;

·	sixth, no Pay Out Event with respect to Series 2001-D has occurred or is continuing as of the date of the new issuance;

·	seventh, in the case of foreign currency notes, the issuing entity appoints one or more paying agents in the appropriate countries;

·	eighth, each rating agency that has rated any outstanding notes has provided confirmation that the new issuance of notes will not cause a reduction, qualification or withdrawal of the ratings of any outstanding notes rated by that rating agency;

·	ninth, the provisions governing required subordinated amounts are satisfied; and

·	tenth, any other conditions in the accompanying prospectus supplement are satisfied.

If the issuing entity obtains confirmation from each rating agency that has rated any outstanding notes that the issuance of a new series, class or tranche of notes will not cause a reduction, qualification or withdrawal of the ratings of any outstanding notes rated by that rating agency, then any of the conditions described above (other than the third, fourth and fifth conditions) may be waived.

The issuing entity and the indenture trustee are not required to provide prior notice to, permit any prior review by, or obtain the consent of any noteholder of any series, class or tranche to issue any additional notes of any series, class or tranche.

There are no restrictions on the timing or amount of any additional issuance of notes of an outstanding tranche of a multiple tranche series, so long as the conditions described above are met or waived. As of the date of any additional issuance of an outstanding tranche of notes, the stated principal amount, outstanding dollar principal amount and nominal liquidation amount of that tranche will be increased to reflect the principal amount of the additional notes. If the additional notes are a tranche of notes that has the benefit of a derivative agreement, the issuing entity will enter into a derivative agreement for the benefit of the additional notes. The targeted deposits, if any, to the principal funding subaccount will be increased proportionately to reflect the principal amount of the additional notes.

The issuing entity may from time to time, without notice to, or the consent of, the registered holders of a series, class or tranche of notes, create and issue additional notes equal in rank to the series, class or tranche of notes offered by the accompanying prospectus supplement in all respects—or in all respects except for the payment of interest accruing prior to the issue date of the further series, class or tranche of notes or the first payment of interest following the issue date of the further series, class or tranche of notes. These further series, classes or tranches of notes may be consolidated and form a single series, class or tranche with the previously issued notes and will have the same terms as to status, redemption or otherwise as the previously issued series, class or tranche of notes.

FIA or an affiliate may retain notes of a series, class or tranche upon initial issuance or upon a reopening of a series, class or tranche of notes and may sell them on a subsequent date. In addition, FIA or an affiliate may acquire notes of a series, class or tranche at any time following the initial issuance or reopening of a series, class or tranche of notes.

When issued, the additional notes of a tranche will be identical in all material respects to the other outstanding notes of that tranche and equally and ratably entitled to the benefits of the indenture and the related indenture supplement applicable to such notes as the other outstanding notes of that tranche without preference, priority or distinction.

New Issuances of BAseries Notes

The issuing entity may issue new classes and tranches of BAseries notes (including additional notes of an outstanding tranche or class), so long as:

·	the conditions to issuance listed above are satisfied;

·	any increase in the targeted deposit amount of any Class C reserve subaccount caused by such issuance will have been funded on or prior to such issuance date; and

·	in the case of Class A or Class B BAseries notes, the required subordinated amount is available at the time of its issuance.

See “—Required Subordinated Amount” above and “Sources of Funds to Pay the Notes—Deposit and Application of Funds for the BAseries—Targeted Deposits to the Class C Reserve Account.”

The issuing entity and the indenture trustee are not required to provide prior notice to or obtain the consent of any noteholder of any series, class or tranche to issue any additional BAseries notes.

Payments on Notes; Paying Agent

The notes offered by this prospectus and the accompanying prospectus supplement will be delivered in book-entry form and payments of principal of and interest on the notes will be made in U.S. dollars as described under “—Book-Entry Notes” below unless the stated principal amount of the notes is denominated in a foreign currency.

The issuing entity, the indenture trustee and any agent of the issuing entity or the indenture trustee will treat the registered holder of any note as the absolute owner of that note, whether or not the note is overdue and notwithstanding any notice to the contrary, for the purpose of making payment and for all other purposes.

The issuing entity will make payments on a note to the registered holder of the note at the close of business on the record date established for the related payment date.

The issuing entity will designate the corporate trust office of The Bank of New York Mellon in New York City as its paying agent for the notes of each series. The issuing entity will identify any other entities appointed to serve as paying agents on notes of a series, class or tranche in a supplement to this prospectus. The issuing entity may at any time designate additional paying agents or rescind the designation of any paying agent or approve a change in the office through which any paying agent acts. However, the issuing entity will be required to maintain an office, agency or paying agent in each place of payment for a series, class or tranche of notes.

After notice by publication, all funds paid to a paying agent for the payment of the principal of or interest on any note of any series which remains unclaimed at the end of two years after the principal or interest becomes due and payable will be paid to the issuing entity. After funds are paid to the issuing entity, the holder of that note may look only to the issuing entity for payment of that principal or interest.

Denominations

The notes offered by this prospectus will be issued in denominations of $5,000 and multiples of $1,000 in excess of that amount.

Record Date

The record date for payment of the notes will be the last day of the month before the related payment date.

Governing Law

The laws of the State of Delaware will govern the notes and the indenture.

Form, Exchange and Registration and Transfer of Notes

The notes offered by this prospectus will be issued in registered form. The notes will be represented by one or more global notes registered in the name of The Depository Trust Company, as depository, or its nominee. We refer to each beneficial interest in a global note as a “book-entry note.” For a description of the special provisions that apply to book-entry notes, see “—Book-Entry Notes” below.

A holder of notes may exchange those notes for other notes of the same class or tranche of any authorized denominations and of the same aggregate stated principal amount, expected principal payment date and legal maturity date, and of like terms.

Any holder of a note may present that note for registration of transfer, with the form of transfer properly executed, at the office of the note registrar or at the office of any transfer agent that the issuing entity designates. Unless otherwise provided in the note to be transferred or exchanged, holders of notes will not be charged any service charge for the exchange or transfer of their notes. Holders of notes that are to be transferred or exchanged will be liable for the payment of any taxes and other governmental charges described in the indenture before the transfer or exchange will be completed. The note registrar or transfer agent, as the case may be, will effect a transfer or exchange when it is satisfied with the documents of title and identity of the person making the request.

The issuing entity will appoint The Bank of New York Mellon as the registrar for the notes. The issuing entity also may at any time designate additional transfer agents for any series, class or tranche of notes. The issuing entity may at any time rescind the designation of any transfer agent or approve a change in the location through which any transfer agent acts. However, the issuing entity will be required to maintain a transfer agent in each place of payment for a series, class or tranche of notes.

Book-Entry Notes

The notes offered by this prospectus will be delivered in book-entry form. This means that, except under the limited circumstances described below under “—Definitive Notes,” purchasers of notes will not be entitled to have the notes registered in their names and will not be entitled to receive physical delivery of the notes in definitive paper form. Instead, upon issuance, all the notes of a class will be represented by one or more fully registered permanent global notes, without interest coupons.

Each global note will be deposited with a securities depository named The Depository Trust Company and will be registered in the name of its nominee, Cede & Co. No global note representing book-entry notes may be transferred except as a whole by DTC to a nominee of DTC, or by a nominee of DTC to another nominee of DTC. Thus, DTC or its nominee will be the only registered holder of the notes and will be considered the sole representative of the beneficial owners of notes for purposes of the indenture.

The registration of the global notes in the name of Cede & Co. will not affect beneficial ownership and is performed merely to facilitate subsequent transfers. The book-entry system, which is also the system through which most publicly traded common stock is held, is used because it eliminates the need for physical movement of securities. The laws of some jurisdictions, however, may require

some purchasers to take physical delivery of their notes in definitive form. These laws may impair the ability to own or transfer book-entry notes.

Purchasers of notes in the United States may hold interests in the global notes through DTC, either directly, if they are participants in that system—such as a bank, brokerage house or other institution that maintains securities accounts for customers with DTC or its nominee—or otherwise indirectly through a participant in DTC. Purchasers of notes in Europe may hold interests in the global notes through Clearstream, Luxembourg, or through Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear system.

Because DTC will be the only registered owner of the global notes, Clearstream, Luxembourg and Euroclear will hold positions through their respective U.S. depositories, which in turn will hold positions on the books of DTC.

As long as the notes are in book-entry form, they will be evidenced solely by entries on the books of DTC, its participants and any indirect participants. DTC will maintain records showing:

·	the ownership interests of its participants, including the U.S. depositories; and

·	all transfers of ownership interests between its participants.

The participants and indirect participants, in turn, will maintain records showing:

·	the ownership interests of their customers, including indirect participants, that hold the notes through those participants; and

·	all transfers between these persons.

Thus, each beneficial owner of a book-entry note will hold its note indirectly through a hierarchy of intermediaries, with DTC at the “top” and the beneficial owner’s own securities intermediary at the “bottom.”

The issuing entity, the indenture trustee and their agents will not be liable for the accuracy of, and are not responsible for maintaining, supervising or reviewing DTC’s records or any participant’s records relating to book-entry notes. The issuing entity, the indenture trustee and their agents also will not be responsible or liable for payments made on account of the book-entry notes.

Until Definitive Notes are issued to the beneficial owners as described below under “—Definitive Notes,” all references to “holders” of notes means DTC. The issuing entity, the indenture trustee and any paying agent, transfer agent or securities registrar may treat DTC as the absolute owner of the notes for all purposes.

For beneficial owners of book-entry notes, the issuing entity will make all distributions of principal and interest on their notes to DTC and will send all required reports and notices solely to DTC as long as DTC is the registered holder of the notes. DTC and the participants are generally required by law to receive and transmit all distributions, notices and directions from the indenture trustee to the beneficial owners through the chain of intermediaries.

Similarly, the indenture trustee will accept notices and directions solely from DTC. Therefore, in order to exercise any rights of a holder of notes under the indenture, each person owning a beneficial interest in the notes must rely on the procedures of DTC and, in some cases, Clearstream, Luxembourg or

Euroclear. If the beneficial owner is not a participant in that system, then it must rely on the procedures of the participant through which that person owns its interest. DTC has advised the issuing entity that it will take actions under the indenture only at the direction of its participants, which in turn will act only at the direction of the beneficial owners. Some of these actions, however, may conflict with actions it takes at the direction of other participants and beneficial owners.

Notices and other communications by DTC to participants, by participants to indirect participants, and by participants and indirect participants to beneficial owners will be governed by arrangements among them.

Book-entry notes may be more difficult to pledge by beneficial owners because of the lack of a physical note. Beneficial owners may also experience delays in receiving distributions on their notes since distributions will initially be made to DTC and must be transferred through the chain of intermediaries to the beneficial owner’s account.

The Depository Trust Company

DTC is a limited-purpose trust company organized under the New York Banking Law and is a “banking institution” within the meaning of the New York Banking Law. DTC is also a member of the Federal Reserve System, a “clearing corporation” within the meaning of the New York Uniform Commercial Code, and a “clearing agency” registered under Section 17A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. DTC was created to hold securities deposited by its participants and to facilitate the clearing and settlement of securities transactions among its participants through electronic book-entry changes in accounts of the participants, thus eliminating the need for physical movement of securities. DTC is indirectly owned by a number of its participants and by the New York Stock Exchange, Inc., the American Stock Exchange, Inc., and the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. The rules applicable to DTC and its participants are on file with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Clearstream, Luxembourg

Clearstream, Luxembourg is registered as a bank in Luxembourg and is regulated by the Banque Centrale du Luxembourg, the Luxembourg Central Bank, which supervises Luxembourg banks. Clearstream, Luxembourg holds securities for its customers and facilitates the clearing and settlement of securities transactions by electronic book-entry transfers between their accounts. Clearstream, Luxembourg provides various services, including safekeeping, administration, clearing and settlement of internationally traded securities and securities lending and borrowing. Clearstream, Luxembourg also deals with domestic securities markets in over 30 countries through established depository and custodial relationships. Clearstream, Luxembourg has established an electronic bridge with Euroclear in Brussels to facilitate settlement of trades between Clearstream, Luxembourg and Euroclear. Clearstream, Luxembourg currently accepts over 110,000 securities issues on its books.

Clearstream, Luxembourg’s customers are worldwide financial institutions including underwriters, securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies and clearing corporations. Clearstream, Luxembourg’s U.S. customers are limited to securities brokers and dealers and banks. Currently, Clearstream, Luxembourg has approximately 2,000 customers located in over 80 countries, including all major European countries, Canada, and the United States. Indirect access to Clearstream, Luxembourg is available to other institutions that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with an account holder of Clearstream, Luxembourg.

Euroclear System

Euroclear was created in 1968 to hold securities for participants of Euroclear and to clear and settle transactions between Euroclear participants through simultaneous electronic book-entry delivery against payment. This system eliminates the need for physical movement of securities and any risk from lack of simultaneous transfers of securities and cash. Euroclear includes various other services, including securities lending and borrowing and interfaces with domestic markets in several countries. The Euroclear operator is Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V. The Euroclear operator conducts all operations. All Euroclear securities clearance accounts and Euroclear cash accounts are accounts with the Euroclear operator. The Euroclear operator establishes policy for Euroclear on behalf of Euroclear participants. Euroclear participants include banks, including central banks, securities brokers and dealers and other professional financial intermediaries and may include the underwriters. Indirect access to Euroclear is also available to other firms that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a Euroclear participant, either directly or indirectly.

Securities clearance accounts and cash accounts with the Euroclear operator are governed by the Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear and the related Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System, and applicable Belgian law. These Terms and Conditions govern transfers of securities and cash within Euroclear, withdrawals of securities and cash from Euroclear, and receipts of payments for securities in Euroclear. All securities in Euroclear are held on a fungible basis without attribution of specific securities to specific securities clearance accounts. The Euroclear operator acts under the Terms and Conditions only on behalf of Euroclear participants, and has no record of or relationship with persons holding through Euroclear participants.

This information about DTC, Clearstream, Luxembourg and Euroclear has been provided by each of them for informational purposes only and is not intended to serve as a representation, warranty or contract modification of any kind.

Distributions on Book-Entry Notes

The issuing entity will make distributions of principal of and interest on book-entry notes to DTC. These payments will be made in immediately available funds by the issuing entity’s paying agent, The Bank of New York Mellon, at the office of the paying agent in New York City that the issuing entity designates for that purpose.

In the case of principal payments, the global notes must be presented to the paying agent in time for the paying agent to make those payments in immediately available funds in accordance with its normal payment procedures.

Upon receipt of any payment of principal of or interest on a global note, DTC will immediately credit the accounts of its participants on its book-entry registration and transfer system. DTC will credit those accounts with payments in amounts proportionate to the participants’ respective beneficial interests in the stated principal amount of the global note as shown on the records of DTC. Payments by participants to beneficial owners of book-entry notes will be governed by standing instructions and customary practices, as is now the case with securities held for the accounts of customers in bearer form or registered in “street name,” and will be the responsibility of those participants.

Distributions on book-entry notes held beneficially through Clearstream, Luxembourg will be credited to cash accounts of Clearstream, Luxembourg participants in accordance with its rules and procedures, to the extent received by its U.S. depository.

Distributions on book-entry notes held beneficially through Euroclear will be credited to the cash accounts of Euroclear participants in accordance with the Terms and Conditions, to the extent received by its U.S. depository.

In the event Definitive Notes are issued, distributions of principal and interest on Definitive Notes will be made directly to the holders of the Definitive Notes in whose names the Definitive Notes were registered at the close of business on the related record date.

Global Clearing and Settlement Procedures

Initial settlement for the notes will be made in immediately available funds. Secondary market trading between DTC participants will occur in the ordinary way in accordance with DTC’s rules and will be settled in immediately available funds using DTC’s Same-Day Funds Settlement System. Secondary market trading between Clearstream, Luxembourg participants and/or Euroclear participants will occur in the ordinary way in accordance with the applicable rules and operating procedures of Clearstream, Luxembourg and Euroclear and will be settled using the procedures applicable to conventional eurobonds in immediately available funds.

Cross-market transfers between persons holding directly or indirectly through DTC, on the one hand, and directly or indirectly through Clearstream, Luxembourg or Euroclear participants, on the other, will be effected in DTC in accordance with DTC’s rules on behalf of the relevant European international clearing system by the U.S. depositories. However, cross-market transactions of this type will require delivery of instructions to the relevant European international clearing system by the counterparty in that system in accordance with its rules and procedures and within its established deadlines, European time. The relevant European international clearing system will, if the transaction meets its settlement requirements, deliver instructions to its U.S. depository to take action to effect final settlement on its behalf by delivering or receiving notes in DTC, and making or receiving payment in accordance with normal procedures for same-day funds settlement applicable to DTC. Clearstream, Luxembourg participants and Euroclear participants may not deliver instructions directly to DTC.

Because of time-zone differences, credits to notes received in Clearstream, Luxembourg or Euroclear as a result of a transaction with a DTC participant will be made during subsequent securities settlement processing and will be credited the business day following a DTC settlement date. The credits to or any transactions in the notes settled during processing will be reported to the relevant Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg participants on that business day. Cash received in Clearstream, Luxembourg or Euroclear as a result of sales of notes by or through a Clearstream, Luxembourg participant or a Euroclear participant to a DTC participant will be received with value on the DTC settlement date, but will be available in the relevant Clearstream, Luxembourg or Euroclear cash account only as of the business day following settlement in DTC.

Although DTC, Clearstream, Luxembourg and Euroclear have agreed to these procedures in order to facilitate transfers of notes among participants of DTC, Clearstream, Luxembourg and Euroclear, they are under no obligation to perform or continue to perform these procedures and these procedures may be discontinued at any time.

Definitive Notes

Beneficial owners of book-entry notes may exchange those notes for Definitive Notes registered in their name only if:

·	DTC is unwilling or unable to continue as depository for the global notes or ceases to be a registered “clearing agency” and the issuing entity is unable to find a qualified replacement for DTC;

·	the issuing entity, in its sole discretion, elects to terminate the book-entry system through DTC; or

any event of default has occurred relating to those book-entry notes and beneficial owners evidencing not less than 50% of the unpaid outstanding dollar principal amount of the notes of that class advise the indenture trustee and DTC that the continuation of a book-entry system is no longer in the best interests of those beneficial owners.

If any of these three events occurs, DTC is required to notify the beneficial owners through the chain of intermediaries that the Definitive Notes are available. The appropriate global note will then be exchangeable in whole for Definitive Notes in registered form of like tenor and of an equal aggregate stated principal amount, in specified denominations. Definitive Notes will be registered in the name or names of the person or persons specified by DTC in a written instruction to the registrar of the notes. DTC may base its written instruction upon directions it receives from its participants. Thereafter, the holders of the Definitive Notes will be recognized as the “holders” of the notes under the indenture.

Replacement of Notes

The issuing entity will replace at the expense of the holder any mutilated note upon surrender of that note to the indenture trustee. The issuing entity will replace at the expense of the holder any notes that are destroyed, lost or stolen upon delivery to the indenture trustee of evidence of the destruction, loss or theft of those notes satisfactory to the issuing entity and the indenture trustee. In the case of a destroyed, lost or stolen note, the issuing entity and the indenture trustee may require the holder of the note to provide an indemnity satisfactory to the indenture trustee and the issuing entity before a replacement note will be issued, and the issuing entity may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge, and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the indenture trustee) in connection with the issuance of a replacement note.

Sources of Funds to Pay the Notes

The Collateral Certificate

The primary source of funds for the payment of principal of and interest on the notes will be the collateral certificate issued by master trust II to the issuing entity. The following discussion and certain discussions in the related prospectus supplement summarize the material terms of the collateral certificate. These summaries do not purport to be complete and are qualified in their entirety by reference to the provisions of the master trust II agreement and the collateral certificate. For a description of master trust II and its assets, see “Master Trust II.” The collateral certificate and the Class D certificate are the only master trust II investor certificates issued pursuant to Series 2001-D.

The collateral certificate represents an undivided interest in master trust II. The assets of master trust II consist primarily of credit card receivables arising in selected MasterCard, Visa and American Express revolving credit card accounts owned by FIA. The amount of credit card receivables in master trust II will fluctuate from day to day as new receivables are generated or added to or removed from master trust II and as other receivables are collected, charged off as uncollectible, or otherwise adjusted.

The collateral certificate has no specified interest rate. The issuing entity, as holder of the collateral certificate, is entitled to receive its allocable share of uncovered Investor Default Amounts and of collections of finance charge receivables and principal receivables payable by master trust II.

Finance charge receivables are all periodic finance charges, cash advance fees and late charges on amounts charged for merchandise and services and some other fees designated by FIA, annual membership fees, recoveries on receivables in Defaulted Accounts, and discount option receivables. Principal receivables are all amounts charged by cardholders for merchandise and services, amounts advanced to cardholders as cash advances and all other fees billed to cardholders that are not considered finance charge receivables. Interchange, which represents fees received by FIA from MasterCard, Visa and American Express as partial compensation for taking credit risk, absorbing fraud losses and funding receivables for a limited period before initial billing, is treated as collections of finance charge receivables. Interchange varies from approximately 1% to 2% of the transaction amount, but these amounts may be changed by MasterCard, Visa or American Express.

Each month, master trust II will allocate collections of finance charge receivables and principal receivables and defaults to the investor certificates outstanding under master trust II, including Series 2001-D.

Allocations of defaults and collections of finance charge receivables are made pro rata among each series of investor certificates issued by master trust II, including Series 2001-D, based on its respective Investor Interest, and Funding, as transferor, based on the Transferor Interest. In general, the Investor Interest of each series of investor certificates (including Series 2001-D) issued by master trust II will equal the stated dollar amount of the investor certificates (including Series 2001-D) issued to investors in that series, less unreimbursed charge-offs for uncovered defaults on principal receivables in master trust II allocated to those investors, reallocations of collections of principal receivables to cover certain shortfalls in collections of finance charge receivables and principal payments deposited to a master trust II principal funding account or made to those investors.

Series 2001-D has a fluctuating Investor Interest, representing the investment of that series in principal receivables. The Investor Interest of Series 2001-D equals the total nominal liquidation amount of the outstanding notes secured by the collateral certificate plus the Class D Investor Interest. For a discussion of Investor Interest, see the definition of “Investor Interest” in the glossary. The Transferor Interest, which is owned by Funding, represents the interest in the principal receivables in master trust II not represented by any master trust II series of investor certificates. For example, if the total principal receivables in master trust II at the end of the month is 500, the Investor Interest of Series 2001-D is 100, the Investor Interests of the other investor certificates are 200 and the Transferor Interest is 200, Series 2001-D is entitled, in general, to 1/5—or 100/500—of the defaults and collections of finance charge receivables for the applicable month.

Collections of principal receivables are allocated similarly to the allocation of collections of finance charge receivables when no principal amounts are needed for deposit into a principal funding account or needed to pay principal to investors. However, collections of principal receivables are allocated differently when principal amounts need to be deposited into master trust II principal funding accounts or paid to master trust II investors. When the principal amount of a series of certificates other than Series 2001-D begins to accumulate or amortize, collections of principal receivables continue to be allocated to that series as if the Investor Interest of that series had not been reduced by principal collections deposited to a master trust II principal funding account or paid to master trust II investors. During this time, allocations of collections of principal receivables to the investors in a series of certificates issued by master trust II, other than Series 2001-D, is based on the Investor Interest of the

series “fixed” at the time immediately before the first deposit of principal collections into a principal funding account or the time immediately before the first payment of principal collections to investors.

As a part of Series 2001-D, the collateral certificate is allocated collections of principal receivables at all times based on the Series 2001-D Investor Interest calculation which is an aggregate of the nominal liquidation amounts for each individual class or tranche of notes plus the Class D Investor Interest. For classes and tranches of notes which do not require principal amounts to be deposited into a principal funding account or paid to noteholders, the nominal liquidation amount calculation will be “floating,” i.e., calculated as of the end of the prior month. For classes or tranches of notes which require principal amounts to be deposited into a principal funding account or paid to noteholders, the nominal liquidation amount will be “fixed” immediately before the issuing entity begins to allocate Available Principal Amounts to the principal funding subaccount for that class or tranche, i.e., calculated as of the end of the month prior to any reductions for deposits or payments of principal. Principal amounts allocated in respect of the Class D certificate will be based on the Class D Investor Interest as of the end of the prior month, plus any increases in the required Class D Investor Interest due to additional issuances of notes, and will be used to pay principal or interest amounts in respect of the notes, as described further below under “Master Trust II—The Class D Certificate.”

For a detailed description of the percentage used in allocating finance charge collections and defaults to Series 2001-D, see the definition of “Floating Investor Percentage” in the glossary. For a detailed description of the percentage used in allocating principal collections to Series 2001-D, see the definition of “Principal Investor Percentage” in the glossary.

If collections of principal receivables allocated to Series 2001-D are needed for reallocation to cover certain shortfalls in Available Funds, to pay the notes, or to make a deposit into the issuing entity accounts within a month, they will be deposited into the issuing entity’s collection account. Otherwise, collections of principal receivables allocated to Series 2001-D will be reallocated to other series of master trust II investor certificates which have principal collection shortfalls—which does not reduce the Investor Interest of Series 2001-D—or reinvested in master trust II to maintain the Investor Interest of Series 2001-D. If Series 2001-D has a shortfall in collections of principal receivables and other series of investor certificates issued by master trust II have excess collections of principal receivables, a portion of the excess collections of principal receivables allocated to other series of investor certificates issued by master trust II will be reallocated to Series 2001-D and any other master trust II investor certificate which may have a shortfall in collections of principal receivables. Series 2001-D’s share of the excess collections of principal receivables from the other series will be paid to the issuing entity and treated as Available Principal Amounts.

Series 2001-D will also be allocated a portion of the net investment earnings, if any, on amounts in the master trust II finance charge account and the master trust II principal account, as more specifically described below in “—Deposit and Application of Funds.” Such net investment earnings will be treated as Available Funds.

Upon a sale of credit card receivables, or interests therein, following an insolvency of Funding, following an event of default and acceleration, or on the applicable legal maturity date for a series, class or tranche of notes, as described in the accompanying prospectus supplement, the portion of the nominal liquidation amount, and thereby the portion of the Investor Interest, related to that series, class or tranche will be reduced to zero and that series, class or tranche will no longer receive any allocations of collections of finance charge receivables or principal receivables from master trust II and any allocations of Available Funds or Available Principal Amounts from the issuing entity.

Following a Pay Out Event with respect to Series 2001-D, which is an early redemption event for the notes, all collections of principal receivables for any month allocated to the Investor Interest of Series 2001-D will be used to cover principal payments on the notes.

For a detailed description of the application of collections and allocation of defaults by master trust II, see “Master Trust II—Application of Collections” and “—Defaulted Receivables; Rebates and Fraudulent Charges” in this prospectus.

Deposit and Application of Funds

Collections of finance charge receivables allocated and paid to the issuing entity, as holder of the collateral certificate, as described in “—The Collateral Certificate” above and “Master Trust II—Application of Collections” in this prospectus, will be treated as Available Funds. Those Available Funds will be allocated pro rata to each series of notes in an amount equal to the sum of:

·	the sum of the Daily Available Funds Amounts for each day during such month for that series of notes,

that series’s pro rata portion of the net investment earnings, if any, in the master trust II finance charge account that are allocated to Series 2001-D with respect to the related Transfer Date, based on the ratio of the aggregate amount on deposit in the master trust II finance charge account for that series of notes to the aggregate amount on deposit in the master trust II finance charge account for all series of notes, and

that series’s pro rata portion of the net investment earnings, if any, in the master trust II principal account that are allocated to Series 2001-D with respect to the related Transfer Date, based on the ratio of the aggregate amount on deposit in the master trust II principal account for that series of notes to the aggregate amount on deposit in the master trust II principal account for all series of notes.

Collections of principal receivables allocated and paid to the issuing entity, as holder of the collateral certificate, as described in “—The Collateral Certificate” above and “Master Trust II—Application of Collections” in this prospectus, will be treated as Available Principal Amounts. Such Available Principal Amounts, after any reallocations of Available Principal Amounts, will be allocated to each series of notes with a monthly principal payment for such month in an amount equal to:

·	such series’s monthly principal payment; or

in the event that Available Principal Amounts for any month are less than the aggregate monthly principal payments for all series of notes, Available Principal Amounts will be allocated to each series of notes with a monthly principal payment for such month to the extent needed by each such series to cover its monthly principal payment in an amount equal to the lesser of (a) the sum of the Daily Principal Amounts for each day during such month for such series of notes and (b) the monthly principal payment for such series of notes for such month.

If Available Principal Amounts for any month are less than the aggregate monthly principal payments for all series of notes, and any series of notes has excess Available Principal Amounts remaining after its application of its allocation described above, then any such excess will be applied to each series of notes to the extent such series still needs to cover a monthly principal payment pro rata based on the ratio of the Weighted Average Principal Allocation Amount for the related series of notes

for such month to the Weighted Average Principal Allocation Amount for all series of notes with an unpaid monthly principal payment for such month.

In the case of a series of notes having more than one class or tranche, Available Principal Amounts and Available Funds allocated to that series will be further allocated and applied to each class or tranche in the manner and order of priority described in the accompanying prospectus supplement.

Deposit and Application of Funds for the BAseries

The indenture specifies how Available Funds (primarily consisting of collections of finance charge receivables allocated and paid to the collateral certificateholder) and Available Principal Amounts (primarily consisting of collections of principal receivables allocated and paid to the collateral certificateholder) will be allocated among the multiple series of notes secured by the collateral certificate. The BAseries indenture supplement specifies how BAseries Available Funds (which are the BAseries’s share of Available Funds plus other amounts treated as BAseries Available Funds) and BAseries Available Principal Amounts (which are the BAseries’s share of Available Principal Amounts plus other amounts treated as BAseries Available Principal Amounts) will be deposited into the issuing entity accounts established for the BAseries to provide for the payment of interest on and principal of BAseries notes as payments become due. In addition, the BAseries indenture supplement specifies how Investor Default Amounts and the master trust II servicing fee will be allocated to the collateral certificate and the BAseries. The following sections summarize those provisions.

BAseries Available Funds

BAseries Available Funds will consist of the following amounts:

·	The BAseries’s share of collections of finance charge receivables allocated and paid to the collateral certificateholder and investment earnings on funds held in the collection account. See “—Deposit and Application of Funds” above.

Withdrawals from the accumulation reserve subaccount. If the number of months targeted to accumulate budgeted deposits of BAseries Available Principal Amounts for the payment of principal on a tranche of notes is greater than one month, then the issuing entity will begin to fund an accumulation reserve subaccount for such tranche. See “—Targeted Deposits of BAseries Available Principal Amounts to the Principal Funding Account” below. The amount targeted to be deposited in the accumulation reserve account for each month, beginning with the third month prior to the first Transfer Date on which BAseries Available Principal Amounts are to be accumulated for such tranche, will be an amount equal to 0.5% of the outstanding dollar principal amount of such tranche of notes.

On each Transfer Date, the issuing entity will calculate the targeted amount of principal funding subaccount earnings for each tranche of notes, which will be equal to the amount that the funds (other than prefunded amounts) on deposit in each principal funding subaccount would earn at the interest rate payable by the issuing entity—taking into account payments due under applicable derivative agreements—on the related tranche of notes. As a general rule, if the amount actually earned on such funds on deposit is less than the targeted amount of earnings, then the amount of such shortfall will be withdrawn from the applicable accumulation reserve subaccount and treated as BAseries Available Funds for such month.

·	Additional finance charge collections allocable to the BAseries. The issuing entity will notify the servicer from time to time of the aggregate prefunded amount on deposit in the

principal funding account. Whenever there are any prefunded amounts on deposit in any principal funding subaccount, master trust II will designate an amount of the Transferor Interest equal to such prefunded amounts. On each Transfer Date, the issuing entity will calculate the targeted amount of principal funding subaccount prefunded amount earnings for each tranche of notes, which will be equal to the amount that the prefunded amounts on deposit in each principal funding subaccount would earn at the interest rate payable by the issuing entity—taking into account payments due under applicable derivative agreements—on the related tranche of notes. As a general rule, if the amount actually earned on such funds on deposit is less than the targeted amount of earnings, collections of finance charge receivables allocable to such designated portion of the Transferor Interest up to the amount of the shortfall will be treated as BAseries Available Funds. See “Master Trust II—Application of Collections” in this prospectus.

·	Investment earnings on amounts on deposit in the principal funding account, interest funding account, and accumulation reserve account for the BAseries.

·	Any shared excess available funds allocable to the BAseries. See “—Shared Excess Available Funds” below.

·	Amounts received from derivative counterparties. Payments received under derivative agreements for interest on notes of the BAseries payable in U.S. dollars will be treated as BAseries Available Funds.

Application of BAseries Available Funds

On each Transfer Date, the indenture trustee will apply BAseries Available Funds as follows:

·	first, to make the targeted deposits to the interest funding account to fund the payment of interest on the notes and certain payments due to derivative counterparties;

·	second, to pay the BAseries’s share of the master trust II servicing fee, plus any previously due and unpaid master trust II servicing fee allocable to the BAseries, to the servicer;

·	third, to be treated as BAseries Available Principal Amounts in an amount equal to the amount of Investor Default Amounts allocated to the BAseries for the preceding month;

·	fourth, to be treated as BAseries Available Principal Amounts in an amount equal to the Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficits, if any, of BAseries notes;

·	fifth, to make the targeted deposit to the accumulation reserve account, if any;

·	sixth, to make the targeted deposit to the Class C reserve account, if any;

·	seventh, to make any other payment or deposit required by any class or tranche of BAseries notes;

eighth, to be treated as Available Principal Amounts used to reimburse any reductions in the Class D Investor Interest due to Class D Investor Charge-Offs or reallocations of collections of principal receivables allocable to the Class D certificate to pay interest on the notes or a portion of the master trust II servicing fee allocated to Series 2001-D;

·	ninth, to be treated as shared excess available funds; and

·	tenth, to the issuing entity.

See the chart titled “Application of BAseries Available Funds” after the “Prospectus Summary” for a depiction of the application of BAseries Available Funds.

Targeted Deposits of BAseries Available Funds to the Interest Funding Account

The aggregate deposit targeted to be made each month to the interest funding account will be equal to the sum of the interest funding account deposits targeted to be made for each tranche of notes set forth below. The deposit targeted for any month will also include any shortfall in the targeted deposit from any prior month which has not been previously deposited.

Interest Payments. The deposit targeted for any tranche of outstanding interest-bearing notes on each Transfer Date will be equal to the amount of interest accrued on the outstanding dollar principal amount of that tranche during the period from and including the first Monthly Interest Accrual Date in the prior month to but excluding the first Monthly Interest Accrual Date for the current month.

Amounts Owed to Derivative Counterparties. If a tranche of notes has a Performing or non-Performing derivative agreement for interest that provides for payments to the applicable derivative counterparty, in addition to any applicable stated interest as determined under the item above, the deposit targeted for that tranche of notes on each Transfer Date for any payment to the derivative counterparty will be specified in the BAseries indenture supplement.

Discount Notes. The deposit targeted for a tranche of discount notes on each Transfer Date is the amount of accretion of principal of that tranche of notes from and including the prior Monthly Principal Accrual Date—or in the case of the first Monthly Principal Accrual Date, from and including the date of issuance of that tranche—to but excluding the first Monthly Principal Accrual Date for the next month.

·	Specified Deposits. If any tranche of notes provides for deposits in addition to or different from the deposits described above to be made to the interest funding subaccount for that tranche, the deposits targeted for that tranche each month are the specified amounts.

Additional Interest. The deposit targeted for any tranche of notes that has previously due and unpaid interest for any month will include the interest accrued on that overdue interest during the period from and including the first Monthly Interest Accrual Date in the prior month to but excluding the first Monthly Interest Accrual Date for the current month.

Each deposit to the interest funding account for each month will be made on the Transfer Date in such month. A tranche of notes may be entitled to more than one of the preceding deposits.

A class or tranche of notes for which credit card receivables have been sold by master trust II as described below in “—Sale of Credit Card Receivables” will not be entitled to receive any of the preceding deposits to be made from BAseries Available Funds after the sale has occurred.

Allocation to Interest Funding Subaccounts

The aggregate amount to be deposited in the interest funding account will be allocated, and a portion deposited in the interest funding subaccount established for each tranche of notes, as follows:

BAseries Available Funds are at least equal to targeted amounts. If BAseries Available Funds are at least equal to the sum of the deposits targeted by each tranche of notes as described above, then that targeted amount will be deposited in the interest funding subaccount established for each tranche.

·	BAseries Available Funds are less than targeted amounts. If BAseries Available Funds are less than the sum of the deposits targeted by each tranche of notes as described above, then BAseries Available Funds will be allocated to each tranche of notes as follows:

—first, to cover the deposits for the Class A notes (including any applicable derivative counterparty payments),

—second, to cover the deposits for the Class B notes (including any applicable derivative counterparty payments), and

—third, to cover the deposits for the Class C notes (including any applicable derivative counterparty payments).

In each case, BAseries Available Funds allocated to a class will be allocated to each tranche of notes within such class pro rata based on the ratio of:

—the aggregate amount of the deposits targeted for that tranche of notes, to

—the aggregate amount of the deposits targeted for all tranches of notes in such class.

Payments Received from Derivative Counterparties for Interest on Foreign Currency Notes

Payments received under derivative agreements for interest on foreign currency notes in the BAseries will be applied as specified in the BAseries indenture supplement.

Deposits of Withdrawals from the Class C Reserve Account to the Interest Funding Account

Withdrawals made from any Class C reserve subaccount will be deposited into the applicable interest funding subaccount to the extent described below under “—Withdrawals from the Class C Reserve Account.”

Allocations of Reductions from Charge-Offs

On each Transfer Date when there is a charge-off for uncovered Investor Default Amounts allocable to the BAseries for the prior month, that reduction will be allocated (and reallocated) on that date to each tranche of notes as set forth below:

Initially, the amount of such charge-off will be allocated to each tranche of outstanding notes pro rata based on the ratio of the Weighted Average Available Funds Allocation Amount for such tranche for the prior month to the Weighted Average Available Funds Allocation Amount for the BAseries for the prior month.

Immediately afterwards, the amount of charge-offs allocated to the Class A notes and Class B notes will be reallocated to the Class C notes as set forth below, and the amount of charge-offs allocated to the Class A notes and not reallocated to the Class C notes because of the limits set forth below will be reallocated to the Class B notes as set forth below. In addition, charge-offs initially allocated to Class A notes which are reallocated to Class B notes because of Class C usage limitations can be reallocated to Class C notes if permitted as described below. Any amount of charge-offs which cannot be reallocated to a subordinated class as a result of the limits set forth below will reduce the nominal liquidation amount of the tranche of notes to which it was initially allocated.

Limits on Reallocations of Charge-Offs to a Tranche of Class C Notes from Tranches of Class A and Class B

No reallocations of charge-offs from a tranche of Class A notes to Class C notes may cause that tranche’s Class A Usage of Class C Required Subordinated Amount to exceed that tranche’s Class A required subordinated amount of Class C notes.

No reallocations of charge-offs from a tranche of Class B notes to Class C notes may cause that tranche’s Class B Usage of Class C Required Subordinated Amount to exceed that tranche’s Class B required subordinated amount of Class C notes.

The amount of charge-offs permitted to be reallocated to tranches of Class C notes will be applied to each tranche of Class C notes pro rata based on the ratio of the Weighted Average Available Funds Allocation Amount of such tranche of Class C notes for the prior month to the Weighted Average Available Funds Allocation Amount of all Class C notes in the BAseries for the prior month.

No such reallocation of charge-offs will reduce the nominal liquidation amount of any tranche of Class C notes below zero.

Limits on Reallocations of Charge-Offs to a Tranche of Class B Notes from Tranches of Class A Notes

No reallocations of charge-offs from a tranche of Class A notes to Class B notes may cause that tranche’s Class A Usage of Class B Required Subordinated Amount to exceed that tranche’s Class A required subordinated amount of Class B notes.

The amount of charge-offs permitted to be reallocated to tranches of Class B notes will be applied to each tranche of Class B notes pro rata based on the ratio of the Weighted Average Available Funds Allocation Amount for that tranche of Class B notes for the prior month to the Weighted Average Available Funds Allocation Amount for all Class B notes in the BAseries for the prior month.

No such reallocation of charge-offs will reduce the nominal liquidation amount of any tranche of Class B notes below zero.

For each tranche of notes, the nominal liquidation amount of that tranche will be reduced by an amount equal to the charge-offs which are allocated or reallocated to that tranche of notes less the amount of charge-offs that are reallocated from that tranche of notes to a subordinated class of notes.

Allocations of Reimbursements of Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficits

If there are BAseries Available Funds available to reimburse any Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficits on any Transfer Date, such funds will be allocated to each tranche of notes as follows:

·	first, to each tranche of Class A notes,

·	second, to each tranche of Class B notes, and

·	third, to each tranche of Class C notes.

In each case, BAseries Available Funds allocated to a class will be allocated to each tranche of notes within such class pro rata based on the ratio of:

—the Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficit of such tranche of notes, to

—the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficits of all tranches of such class.

In no event will the nominal liquidation amount of a tranche of notes be increased above the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of such tranche.

Application of BAseries Available Principal Amounts

On each Transfer Date, the indenture trustee will apply BAseries Available Principal Amounts as follows:

first, for each month, if BAseries Available Funds are insufficient to make the full targeted deposit into the interest funding subaccount for any tranche of Class A notes, then BAseries Available Principal Amounts (in an amount not to exceed the sum of the investor percentage of collections of principal receivables allocated to the Class B notes and the Class C notes for each day during such month) will be allocated to the interest funding subaccount of each such tranche of Class A notes pro rata based on, in the case of each such tranche of Class A notes, the lesser of:

—the amount of the deficiency of the targeted amount to be deposited into the interest funding subaccount of such tranche of Class A notes, and

—an amount equal to the sum of the Class A Unused Subordinated Amount of Class C notes plus the Class A Unused Subordinated Amount of Class B notes for such tranche of Class A notes (determined after giving effect to the allocation of charge-offs for uncovered Investor Default Amounts);

second, for each month, if BAseries Available Funds are insufficient to make the full targeted deposit into the interest funding subaccount for any tranche of Class B notes, then BAseries Available Principal Amounts (in an amount not to exceed the sum of the investor percentage of collections of principal receivables allocated to the Class B notes and the Class C notes for each day during such month minus the aggregate amount of BAseries Available Principal Amounts reallocated as described in the first clause above) will be allocated to the interest funding subaccount of each such tranche of Class B notes pro rata based on, in the case of each such tranche of Class B notes, the lesser of:

—the amount of the deficiency of the targeted amount to be deposited into the interest funding subaccount of such tranche of Class B notes, and

—an amount equal to the Class B Unused Subordinated Amount of Class C notes for such tranche of Class B notes (determined after giving effect to the allocation of charge-offs for

uncovered Investor Default Amounts and the reallocation of BAseries Available Principal Amounts as described in the first clause above);

third, for each month, if BAseries Available Funds are insufficient to pay the portion of the master trust II servicing fee allocable to the BAseries, then BAseries Available Principal Amounts (in an amount not to exceed the sum of the investor percentage of collections of principal receivables allocated to the Class B notes and the Class C notes for each day during such month minus the aggregate amount of BAseries Available Principal Amounts reallocated as described in the first and second clauses above) will be paid to the servicer in an amount equal to, and allocated to each such tranche of Class A notes pro rata based on, in the case of each tranche of Class A notes, the lesser of:

—the amount of the deficiency times the ratio of the Weighted Average Available Funds Allocation Amount for such tranche for such month to the Weighted Average Available Funds Allocation Amount for the BAseries for such month, and

—an amount equal to the Class A Unused Subordinated Amount of Class C notes plus the Class A Unused Subordinated Amount of Class B notes for such tranche of Class A notes (determined after giving effect to the allocation of charge-offs for uncovered Investor Default Amounts and the reallocation of BAseries Available Principal Amounts as described in the first and second clauses above);

fourth, for each month, if BAseries Available Funds are insufficient to pay the portion of the master trust II servicing fee allocable to the BAseries, then BAseries Available Principal Amounts (in an amount not to exceed the sum of the investor percentage of collections of principal receivables allocated to the Class B notes and the Class C notes for each day during such month minus the aggregate amount of BAseries Available Principal Amounts reallocated as described in the first, second and third clauses above) will be paid to the servicer in an amount equal to, and allocated to each tranche of Class B notes pro rata based on, in the case of each such tranche of Class B notes, the lesser of:

—an amount equal to the Class B Unused Subordinated Amount of Class C notes for such tranche of Class B notes (determined after giving effect to the allocation of charge-offs for uncovered Investor Default Amounts and the reallocation of BAseries Available Principal Amounts as described in the preceding clauses);

·	fifth, to make the targeted deposits to the principal funding account as described below under “—Targeted Deposits of BAseries Available Principal Amounts to the Principal Funding Account;” and

·	sixth, to the issuing entity for reinvestment in the Investor Interest of Series 2001-D.

See the chart titled “Application of BAseries Available Principal Amounts” after the “Prospectus Summary” for a depiction of the application of BAseries Available Principal Amounts.

A tranche of notes for which credit card receivables have been sold by master trust II as described in “—Sale of Credit Card Receivables” below will not be entitled to receive any further allocations of BAseries Available Funds or BAseries Available Principal Amounts.

The Investor Interest of Series 2001-D is determined in part by the sum of the nominal liquidation amounts of each tranche of notes issued by the issuing entity and outstanding and, therefore, will be reduced by the amount of BAseries Available Principal Amounts used to make deposits into the interest funding account, payments to the servicer and deposits into the principal funding account. If the Investor Interest of Series 2001-D is reduced because BAseries Available Principal Amounts have been used to make deposits into the interest funding account or payments to the servicer or because of charge-offs due to uncovered Investor Default Amounts, the amount of Available Funds and Available Principal Amounts allocated to the collateral certificate and the amount of BAseries Available Funds and BAseries Available Principal Amounts will be reduced unless the reduction in the Investor Interest is reimbursed from amounts described above in the fourth item in “—Application of BAseries Available Funds.”

Reductions to the Nominal Liquidation Amount of Subordinated Classes from Reallocations of BAseries Available Principal Amounts

Each reallocation of BAseries Available Principal Amounts deposited to the interest funding subaccount of a tranche of Class A notes as described in the first clause of “—Application of BAseries Available Principal Amounts” which does not reduce the nominal liquidation amount of Class C notes pursuant to the preceding paragraph will reduce the nominal liquidation amount of the Class B notes. However, the amount of such reduction for each such tranche of Class A notes will not exceed the Class A Unused Subordinated Amount of Class B notes for such tranche of Class A notes, and such reductions in the nominal liquidation amount of the Class B notes may be reallocated to the Class C notes if permitted as described below.

Each reallocation of BAseries Available Principal Amounts deposited to the interest funding subaccount of a tranche of Class B notes as described in the second clause of “—Application of BAseries Available Principal Amounts” will reduce the nominal liquidation amount (determined after giving effect to the preceding paragraphs) of the Class C notes.

Each reallocation of BAseries Available Principal Amounts paid to the servicer as described in the third clause of “—Application of BAseries Available Principal Amounts” will reduce the nominal liquidation amount (determined after giving effect to the preceding paragraphs) of the Class C notes. However, the amount of such reduction for each such tranche of Class A notes will not exceed the Class A Unused Subordinated Amount of Class C notes for such tranche of Class A notes (after giving effect to the preceding paragraphs).

Each reallocation of BAseries Available Principal Amounts paid to the servicer as described in the third clause of “—Application of BAseries Available Principal Amounts” which does not reduce the nominal liquidation amount of Class C notes as described above will reduce the nominal liquidation amount (determined after giving effect to the preceding paragraphs) of the Class B notes. However, the amount of such reduction for each such tranche of Class A notes will not exceed the Class A Unused

Subordinated Amount of Class B notes for such tranche of Class A notes (after giving effect to the preceding paragraphs), and such reductions in the nominal liquidation amount of the Class B notes may be reallocated to the Class C notes if permitted as described below.

Each reallocation of BAseries Available Principal Amounts paid to the servicer as described in the fourth clause of “—Application of BAseries Available Principal Amounts” will reduce the nominal liquidation amount (determined after giving effect to the preceding paragraphs) of the Class C notes.

Subject to the following paragraph, each reallocation of BAseries Available Principal Amounts which reduces the nominal liquidation amount of Class B notes as described above will reduce the nominal liquidation amount of each tranche of the Class B notes pro rata based on the ratio of the Weighted Average Available Funds Allocation Amount for such tranche of Class B notes for the related month to the Weighted Average Available Funds Allocation Amount for all Class B notes for the related month. However, any allocation of any such reduction that would otherwise have reduced the nominal liquidation amount of a tranche of Class B notes below zero will be reallocated to the remaining tranches of Class B notes in the manner set forth in this paragraph.

Each reallocation of BAseries Available Principal Amounts which reduces the nominal liquidation amount of Class B notes as described in the preceding paragraph may be reallocated to the Class C notes and such reallocation will reduce the nominal liquidation amount of the Class C notes. However, the amount of such reallocation from each tranche of Class B notes will not exceed the Class B Unused Subordinated Amount of Class C notes for such tranche of Class B notes.

Each reallocation of BAseries Available Principal Amounts which reduces the nominal liquidation amount of Class C notes as described above will reduce the nominal liquidation amount of each tranche of the Class C notes pro rata based on the ratio of the Weighted Average Available Funds Allocation Amount for such tranche of Class C notes for the related month to the Weighted Average Available Funds Allocation Amount for all Class C notes for the related month. However, any allocation of any such reduction that would otherwise have reduced the nominal liquidation amount of a tranche of Class C notes below zero will be reallocated to the remaining tranches of Class C notes in the manner set forth in this paragraph.

None of such reallocations will reduce the nominal liquidation amount of any tranche of Class B or Class C notes below zero.

For each tranche of notes, the nominal liquidation amount of that tranche will be reduced by the amount of reductions which are allocated or reallocated to that tranche less the amount of reductions which are reallocated from that tranche to notes of a subordinated class.

Limit on Allocations of BAseries Available Principal Amounts and BAseries Available Funds

Each tranche of notes will be allocated BAseries Available Principal Amounts and BAseries Available Funds solely to the extent of its nominal liquidation amount. Therefore, if the nominal liquidation amount of any tranche of notes has been reduced due to reallocations of BAseries Available Principal Amounts to cover payments of interest or the master trust II servicing fee or due to charge-offs for uncovered Investor Default Amounts, such tranche of notes will not be allocated BAseries Available Principal Amounts or BAseries Available Funds to the extent of such reductions. However, any funds in the applicable principal funding subaccount, any funds in the applicable interest funding subaccount, any amounts payable from any applicable derivative agreement, any funds in the applicable accumulation reserve subaccount, and in the case of Class C notes, any funds in the applicable Class C reserve subaccount, will still be available to pay principal of and interest on that tranche of notes.

If the nominal liquidation amount of a tranche of notes has been reduced due to reallocation of BAseries Available Principal Amounts to pay interest on senior classes of notes or the master trust II servicing fee, or due to charge-offs for uncovered Investor Default Amounts, it is possible for that tranche’s nominal liquidation amount to be increased by allocations of BAseries Available Funds. However, there are no assurances that there will be any BAseries Available Funds for such allocations.

Targeted Deposits of BAseries Available Principal Amounts to the Principal Funding Account

The amount targeted to be deposited into the principal funding account in any month will be the highest of the following amounts. However, no amount will be deposited into the principal funding subaccount for any subordinated note unless following such deposit the remaining available subordinated amount is equal to the aggregate unused subordinated amount for all outstanding senior notes.

Principal Payment Date. For the month before any principal payment date of a tranche of notes, the deposit targeted for that tranche of notes for that month is equal to the nominal liquidation amount of that tranche of notes as of the close of business on the last day of such month, determined after giving effect to any charge-offs for uncovered Investor Default Amounts and any reallocations, payments or deposits of BAseries Available Principal Amounts occurring on the following Transfer Date.

Budgeted Deposits. Unless otherwise specified in the related prospectus supplement, for each month beginning with the twelfth month before the expected principal payment date of a tranche of notes, the deposit targeted to be made into the principal funding subaccount for a tranche of notes will be one-twelfth of the expected outstanding dollar principal amount of that tranche of notes as of its expected principal payment date.

The issuing entity may postpone the date of the targeted deposits described in the previous sentence. If the issuing entity determines that fewer months than expected would be required to accumulate BAseries Available Principal Amounts necessary to pay a tranche of notes on its expected principal payment date, using conservative historical information about payment rates of principal receivables under master trust II and after taking into account all of the other expected payments of principal of master trust II investor certificates and notes to be made in the next twelve months, then the start of the targeted deposits may be postponed each month by one month, with proportionately larger targeted deposits for each month of postponement.

Prefunding of the Principal Funding Account for Senior Classes. If the issuing entity determines that any date on which principal is payable or to be deposited into a principal funding subaccount for any tranche of Class C notes will occur at a time when the payment or deposit of all or part of that tranche of Class C notes would be prohibited because it would cause a deficiency in the remaining available subordination for the Class A notes or Class B notes, the targeted deposit amount for the Class A notes and Class B notes will be an amount equal to the portion of the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the Class A notes and Class B notes that would have to cease to be outstanding in order to permit the payment of or deposit for that tranche of Class C notes.

If the issuing entity determines that any date on which principal is payable or to be deposited into a principal funding subaccount for any tranche of Class B notes will occur at a time when the payment or deposit of all or part of that tranche of Class B notes would be prohibited because it would cause a deficiency in the remaining available subordination for the Class A notes, the targeted deposit amount for the Class A notes will be an amount equal

to the portion of the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the Class A notes that would have to cease to be outstanding in order to permit the payment of or deposit for that tranche of Class B notes.

·	Prefunding of the principal funding subaccount for the senior tranches of the BAseries will continue until:

—enough senior notes are repaid so that the subordinated notes that are payable are no longer necessary to provide the required subordination for the outstanding senior notes;

—new subordinated notes are issued so that the subordinated notes that are payable are no longer necessary to provide the required subordination for the outstanding senior notes; or

—the principal funding subaccounts for the senior notes are prefunded so that the subordinated notes that are payable are no longer necessary to provide the required subordination for the outstanding senior notes.

For purposes of calculating the prefunding requirements, the required subordinated amount of a tranche of a senior class of notes of the BAseries will be calculated as described under “The Notes—Required Subordinated Amount” based on its Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount on such date. However, if any early redemption event has occurred relating to the subordinated notes or if the usage of the subordinated notes relating to such senior notes is greater than zero, the required subordinated amount will be calculated based on the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of such tranche as of the close of business on the day immediately preceding the occurrence of such early redemption event or the date on which the usage of the subordinated notes exceeds zero.

When the prefunded amounts are no longer necessary, they will be withdrawn from the principal funding account and applied in accordance with the description under “—Withdrawals from Principal Funding Account—Withdrawals of Prefunded Amounts.” The nominal liquidation amount of the prefunded tranches will be increased by the amount removed from the principal funding account.

If any tranche of senior notes becomes payable as a result of an early redemption event, event of default or other optional or mandatory redemption, or upon reaching its expected principal payment date, any prefunded amounts on deposit in its principal funding subaccount will be paid to noteholders of that tranche and deposits to pay the notes will continue as necessary to pay that tranche.

Event of Default, Early Redemption Event or Other Optional or Mandatory Redemption. If any tranche of notes has been accelerated after the occurrence of an event of default during that month, or an early redemption event or other optional or mandatory redemption has occurred relating to any tranche of notes, the deposit targeted for that tranche of notes for that month and each following month will equal the nominal liquidation amount of that tranche of notes as of the close of business on the last day of the preceding month, determined after giving effect to reallocations, payments or deposits occurring on the Transfer Date for that month.

·	Amounts Owed to Derivative Counterparties. If a tranche of U.S. dollar notes or foreign currency notes that has a Performing or non-Performing derivative agreement for principal that provides for a payment to the applicable derivative counterparty, the deposit targeted for

that tranche of notes on each Transfer Date for any payment to the derivative counterparty will be specified in the BAseries indenture supplement.

Allocation to Principal Funding Subaccounts

BAseries Available Principal Amounts, after any reallocation to cover BAseries Available Funds shortfalls, if any, will be allocated each month, and a portion deposited in the principal funding subaccount established for each tranche of notes, as follows:

BAseries Available Principal Amounts Equal Targeted Amounts. If BAseries Available Principal Amounts remaining after giving effect to clauses one through four under “—Application of BAseries Available Principal Amounts” are equal to the sum of the deposits targeted by each tranche of notes, then the applicable targeted amount will be deposited in the principal funding subaccount established for each tranche.

BAseries Available Principal Amounts Are Less Than Targeted Amounts. If BAseries Available Principal Amounts remaining after giving effect to clauses one through four under “—Application of BAseries Available Principal Amounts” are less than the sum of the deposits targeted by each tranche of notes, then BAseries Available Principal Amounts will be deposited in the principal funding subaccounts for each tranche in the following priority:

—first, the amount available will be allocated to the Class A notes,

—second, the amount available after the application above will be allocated to the Class B notes, and

—third, the amount available after the applications above will be allocated to the Class C notes.

In each case, BAseries Available Principal Amounts allocated to a class will be allocated to each tranche of notes within such class pro rata based on the ratio of:

—the amount targeted to be deposited into the principal funding subaccount for the applicable tranche of such class, to

—the aggregate amount targeted to be deposited into the principal funding subaccount for all tranches of such class.

If the restrictions described in “—Limit on Deposits to the Principal Funding Subaccount of Subordinated Notes; Limit on Repayments of all Tranches” prevent the deposit of BAseries Available Principal Amounts into the principal funding subaccount of any subordinated note, the aggregate amount of BAseries Available Principal Amounts available to make the targeted deposit for such subordinated tranche will be allocated first to the Class A notes and then to the Class B notes, in each case pro rata based on the dollar amount of subordinated notes required to be outstanding for the related senior notes. See “—Targeted Deposits of BAseries Available Principal Amounts to the Principal Funding Account.”

Limit on Deposits to the Principal Funding Subaccount of Subordinated Notes; Limit on Repayments of all Tranches

Limit on Deposits to the Principal Funding Subaccount of Subordinated Notes. No BAseries Available Principal Amounts will be deposited in the principal funding subaccount of any tranche of Class B notes unless, following such deposit, the available subordinated amount of Class B notes is at least equal to the required subordinated amount of Class B notes for all outstanding Class A notes minus the Class A Usage of Class B Required Subordinated Amount for all Class A notes. For this purpose, the available subordinated amount of Class B notes is equal to the aggregate nominal liquidation amount of all other Class B notes of the BAseries which will be outstanding after giving effect to the deposit into the principal funding subaccount of such tranche of Class B notes and all other Class B notes which have a targeted deposit into the principal funding account for such month.

No BAseries Available Principal Amounts will be deposited in the principal funding subaccount of any tranche of Class C notes unless, following such deposit:

—the available subordinated amount of Class C notes is at least equal to the required subordinated amount of Class C notes for all outstanding Class A notes minus the Class A Usage of Class C Required Subordinated Amount for all Class A notes; and

—the available subordinated amount of Class C notes is at least equal to the required subordinated amount of Class C notes for all outstanding Class B notes minus the Class B Usage of Class C Required Subordinated Amount for all Class B notes.

For this purpose, the available subordinated amount of Class C notes is equal to the aggregate nominal liquidation amount of all other Class C notes of the BAseries which will be outstanding after giving effect to the deposit into the principal funding subaccount of such tranche of Class C notes and all other Class C notes which have a targeted deposit into the principal funding account for such month.

BAseries Available Principal Amounts will be deposited in the principal funding subaccount of a subordinated note if and only to the extent that such deposit is not contrary to either of the preceding two paragraphs and the prefunding target amount for each senior note is zero.

Limit on Repayments of all Tranches. No amounts on deposit in a principal funding subaccount for any tranche of Class A notes or Class B notes will be applied to pay principal of that tranche or to make a payment under a derivative agreement with respect to principal of that tranche in excess of the highest outstanding dollar principal amount of that tranche (or, in the case of foreign currency notes, such other amount that may be specified in the BAseries indenture supplement). In the case of any tranche of Class C notes, no amounts on deposit in a principal funding subaccount or, if applicable, a Class C reserve subaccount for any such tranche will be applied to pay principal of that tranche or to make a payment under a derivative agreement with respect to principal of that tranche in excess of the highest outstanding dollar principal amount of that tranche (or, in the case of foreign currency notes, such other amount that may be specified in the BAseries indenture supplement).

Payments Received from Derivative Counterparties for Principal

Unless otherwise specified in the related indenture supplement, dollar payments for principal received under derivative agreements of U.S. dollar notes in the BAseries will be treated as BAseries Available Principal Amounts. Payments received under derivative agreements for principal of foreign currency notes in the BAseries will be applied as specified in the BAseries indenture supplement.

Payments Received from Supplemental Credit Enhancement Providers or Supplemental Liquidity Providers for Principal

Unless otherwise specified in the related indenture supplement, payments for principal received from supplemental credit enhancement providers or supplemental liquidity providers for BAseries notes will be treated as BAseries Available Principal Amounts.

Deposits of Withdrawals from the Class C Reserve Account to the Principal Funding Account

Withdrawals from any Class C reserve subaccount will be deposited into the applicable principal funding subaccount for the applicable tranche of Class C notes to the extent described under “—Withdrawals from the Class C Reserve Account.”

Withdrawals from Interest Funding Subaccounts

After giving effect to all deposits of funds to the interest funding account in a month, the following withdrawals from the applicable interest funding subaccount may be made, to the extent funds are available, in the applicable interest funding subaccount. A tranche of notes may be entitled to more than one of the following withdrawals in a particular month:

Withdrawals for U.S. Dollar Notes. On each applicable interest payment date for each tranche of U.S. dollar notes, an amount equal to interest due on the applicable tranche of notes on the applicable interest payment date (including any overdue interest payments and additional interest on overdue interest payments) will be withdrawn from that interest funding subaccount and paid to the applicable paying agent.

Withdrawals for Foreign Currency Notes with a Non-Performing Derivative Agreement. On each applicable interest payment date for a tranche of foreign currency notes that has a non-Performing derivative agreement for interest, the amount specified in the BAseries indenture supplement will be withdrawn from that interest funding subaccount and, if so specified in the applicable indenture supplement, converted to the applicable foreign currency at the applicable spot exchange rate and remitted to the applicable paying agent.

Withdrawals for Discount Notes. On each applicable principal payment date, for each tranche of discount notes, an amount equal to the amount of the accretion of principal of that tranche of notes from the prior principal payment date—or, in the case of the first principal payment date, the date of issuance of that tranche—to but excluding the applicable principal payment date will be withdrawn from that interest funding subaccount and invested in the Investor Interest of Series 2001-D.

Withdrawals for Payments to Derivative Counterparties. On each date on which a payment is required under the applicable derivative agreement, for any tranche of notes that has a Performing or non-Performing derivative agreement for interest, an amount equal to the amount of the payment to be made under the applicable derivative agreement (including, if applicable, any overdue payment and any additional interest on overdue payments) will be withdrawn from that interest funding subaccount and paid in accordance with the BAseries indenture supplement.

If the aggregate amount available for withdrawal from an interest funding subaccount is less than all withdrawals required to be made from that subaccount in a month after giving effect to all deposits, then the amounts on deposit in that interest funding subaccount will be withdrawn and, if payable to more

than one person, applied pro rata based on the amounts of the withdrawals required to be made. After payment in full of any tranche of notes, any amount remaining on deposit in the applicable interest funding subaccount will be first applied to cover any interest funding subaccount shortfalls for other tranches of notes in the manner described in “—Allocation to Interest Funding Subaccounts,” second applied to cover any principal funding subaccount shortfalls in the manner described in “—Allocation to Principal Funding Subaccounts,” and third paid to the issuing entity.

Withdrawals from Principal Funding Account

After giving effect to all deposits of funds to the principal funding account in a month, the following withdrawals from the applicable principal funding subaccount will be made to the extent funds are available in the applicable principal funding subaccount. A tranche of notes may be entitled to more than one of the following withdrawals in a particular month:

Withdrawals for U.S. Dollar Notes with no Derivative Agreement for Principal. On each applicable principal payment date, for each tranche of U.S. dollar notes that has no derivative agreement for principal, an amount equal to the principal due on the applicable tranche of notes on the applicable principal payment date will be withdrawn from the applicable principal funding subaccount and paid to the applicable paying agent.

Withdrawals for U.S. Dollar or Foreign Currency Notes with a Performing Derivative Agreement for Principal. On each date on which a payment is required under the applicable derivative agreement for any tranche of U.S. dollar or foreign currency notes that has a Performing derivative agreement for principal, an amount equal to the amount of the payment to be made under the applicable derivative agreement will be withdrawn from the applicable principal funding subaccount and paid to the applicable derivative counterparty. The issuing entity will direct the applicable derivative counterparty to remit its payments under the applicable derivative agreement to the applicable paying agent.

Withdrawals for Foreign Currency Notes with a non-Performing Derivative Agreement for Principal. On each principal payment date for a tranche of foreign currency notes that has a non-Performing derivative agreement for principal, an amount equal to the amount specified in the applicable indenture supplement will be withdrawn from that principal funding subaccount and, if so specified in the applicable indenture supplement, converted to the applicable foreign currency at the prevailing spot exchange rate and paid to the applicable paying agent.

Withdrawals for U.S. Dollar Notes with a non-Performing Derivative Agreement for Principal. On each principal payment date for a tranche of U.S. dollar notes with a non-Performing derivative agreement for principal, the amount specified in the applicable indenture supplement will be withdrawn from the applicable principal funding subaccount and paid to the applicable paying agent.

Withdrawals of Prefunded Amounts. If prefunding of the principal funding subaccounts for senior classes of notes is no longer necessary as a result of payment of senior notes or issuance of additional subordinated notes, as described under “—Targeted Deposits of BAseries Available Principal Amounts to the Principal Funding Account—Prefunding of the Principal Funding Account for Senior Classes,” the prefunded amounts will be withdrawn from the principal funding account and first, allocated among and deposited to the principal funding subaccounts of the Class A notes up to the amount then targeted to be on deposit in such principal funding subaccount; second, allocated among and deposited to the principal

funding subaccounts of the Class B notes up to the amount then targeted to be on deposit in such principal funding subaccount; third, allocated among and deposited to the principal funding subaccount of the Class C notes up to the amount then targeted to be on deposit in such principal funding subaccount; and fourth, any remaining amounts paid to master trust II to increase the Investor Interest of Series 2001-D.

Withdrawals on the Legal Maturity Date. On the legal maturity date of any tranche of notes, amounts on deposit in the principal funding subaccount of such tranche may be applied to pay principal of that tranche or to make a payment under a derivative agreement with respect to principal of that tranche.

If the aggregate amount available for withdrawal from a principal funding subaccount for any tranche of notes is less than all withdrawals required to be made from that principal funding subaccount for that tranche in a month, then the amounts on deposit will be withdrawn and applied pro rata based on the amounts of the withdrawals required to be made. Upon payment in full of any tranche of notes, any remaining amount on deposit in the applicable principal funding subaccount will be first applied to cover any interest funding subaccount shortfalls for other tranches of notes, second applied to cover any principal funding subaccount shortfalls, and third paid to the issuing entity.

Targeted Deposits to the Class C Reserve Account

The Class C reserve account will be funded on each Transfer Date, as necessary, from BAseries Available Funds as described under “—Application of BAseries Available Funds.” The aggregate deposit targeted to be made to the Class C reserve account in each month will be the sum of the Class C reserve subaccount deposits targeted to be made for each tranche of Class C notes as required under the BAseries indenture supplement. The deposit targeted to be made to the Class C reserve subaccount in each month for each tranche of Class C BAseries notes will be described in the applicable prospectus supplement.

If the aggregate deposit made to the Class C reserve account is less than the sum of the targeted deposits for each tranche of Class C notes, then the amount available will be allocated to each tranche of Class C notes up to the targeted deposit pro rata based on the ratio of the Weighted Average Available Funds Allocation Amount of that tranche for such month to the Weighted Average Available Funds Allocation Amount of all tranches of Class C notes for such month that have a targeted amount to be deposited in their Class C reserve subaccounts for that month. After the initial allocation, any excess will be further allocated in a similar manner to those Class C reserve subaccounts which still have an uncovered targeted deposit.

Withdrawals from the Class C Reserve Account

Withdrawals will be made from the Class C reserve account in the amount and manner required under the BAseries indenture supplement.

Unless otherwise described in the applicable prospectus supplement, withdrawals will be made from the Class C reserve subaccounts, but in no event more than the amount on deposit in the applicable Class C reserve subaccount, in the following order:

·	Payments of Interest, Payments Relating to Derivative Agreements for Interest and Accretion on Discount Notes. If the amount on deposit in the interest funding subaccount for any tranche of Class C notes is insufficient to pay in full the amounts for which withdrawals are

required, the amount of the deficiency will be withdrawn from the applicable Class C reserve subaccount and deposited into the applicable interest funding subaccount.

Payments of Principal and Payments Relating to Derivative Agreements for Principal. If, on and after the earliest to occur of (i) the date on which any tranche of Class C notes is accelerated pursuant to the indenture following an event of default relating to such tranche, (ii) any date on or after the Transfer Date immediately preceding the expected principal payment date on which the amount on deposit in the principal funding subaccount for any tranche of Class C notes plus the aggregate amount on deposit in the Class C reserve subaccount for such tranche of Class C notes equals or exceeds the outstanding dollar principal amount of such Class C notes and (iii) the legal maturity date for any tranche of Class C notes, the amount on deposit in the principal funding subaccount for any tranche of Class C notes is insufficient to pay in full the amounts for which withdrawals are required, the amount of the deficiency will be withdrawn from the applicable Class C reserve subaccount and deposited into the applicable principal funding subaccount.

Excess Amounts. If on any Transfer Date the aggregate amount on deposit in any Class C reserve subaccount is greater than the amount required to be on deposit in the applicable Class C reserve subaccount and such Class C notes have not been accelerated, the excess will be withdrawn and first allocated among and deposited to the other Class C reserve subaccounts in a manner similar to that described in the second paragraph of “—Targeted Deposits to the Accumulation Reserve Account” and then paid to the issuing entity. In addition, after payment in full of any tranche of Class C notes, any amount remaining on deposit in the applicable Class C reserve subaccount will be applied in accordance with the preceding sentence.

Targeted Deposits to the Accumulation Reserve Account

If more than one budgeted deposit is targeted for a tranche, the accumulation reserve subaccount will be funded for such tranche no later than three months prior to the date on which a budgeted deposit is first targeted for such tranche as described under “—Targeted Deposits of BAseries Available Principal Amounts to the Principal Funding Account.” The accumulation reserve subaccount for a tranche of notes will be funded on each Transfer Date, as necessary, from BAseries Available Funds as described under “—Application of BAseries Available Funds.” The aggregate deposit targeted to be made to the accumulation reserve account in each month will be the sum of the accumulation reserve subaccount deposits targeted to be made for each tranche of notes.

If the aggregate amount of BAseries Available Funds available for deposit to the accumulation reserve account is less than the sum of the targeted deposits for each tranche of notes, then the amount available will be allocated to each tranche of notes up to the targeted deposit pro rata based on the ratio of the Weighted Average Available Funds Allocation Amount for that tranche for that month to the Weighted Average Available Funds Allocation Amount for all tranches of notes that have a targeted deposit to their accumulation reserve subaccounts for that month. After the initial allocation, any excess will be further allocated in a similar manner to those accumulation reserve subaccounts which still have an uncovered targeted deposit.

Withdrawals from the Accumulation Reserve Account

Withdrawals will be made from the accumulation reserve subaccounts, but in no event more than the amount on deposit in the applicable accumulation reserve subaccount, in the following order:

Interest. On or prior to each Transfer Date, the issuing entity will calculate for each tranche of notes the amount of any shortfall of net investment earnings for amounts on deposit in the principal funding subaccount for that tranche (other than prefunded amounts) over the amount of interest that would have accrued on such deposit if that tranche had borne interest at the applicable note interest rate (or other rate specified in the BAseries indenture supplement) for the prior month. If there is any such shortfall for that Transfer Date, or any unpaid shortfall from any earlier Transfer Date, the issuing entity will withdraw the sum of those amounts from the accumulation reserve subaccount, to the extent available, for treatment as BAseries Available Funds for such month.

·	Payment to Issuing Entity. Upon payment in full of any tranche of notes, any amount on deposit in the applicable accumulation reserve subaccount will be paid to the issuing entity.

Final Payment of the Notes

Noteholders are entitled to payment of principal in an amount equal to the outstanding dollar principal amount of their respective notes. However, BAseries Available Principal Amounts will be allocated to pay principal on the notes only up to their nominal liquidation amount, which will be reduced for charge-offs due to uncovered Investor Default Amounts and reallocations of BAseries Available Principal Amounts to pay interest on senior classes of notes or a portion of the master trust II servicing fee allocable to such notes. In addition, if a sale of receivables occurs, as described in “—Sale of Credit Card Receivables,” the amount of receivables sold will be limited to the nominal liquidation amount of, plus any accrued, past due or additional interest on, the related tranche of notes. If the nominal liquidation amount of a tranche has been reduced, noteholders of such tranche will receive full payment of principal only to the extent proceeds from the sale of receivables are sufficient to pay the full principal amount, amounts are received from an applicable derivative agreement or amounts have been previously deposited in an issuing entity account for such tranche of notes.

On the date of a sale of receivables, the proceeds of such sale will be available to pay the outstanding dollar principal amount of, plus any accrued, past due and additional interest on, that tranche.

·	A tranche of notes will be considered to be paid in full, the holders of those notes will have no further right or claim, and the issuing entity will have no further obligation or liability for principal or interest, on the earliest to occur of:

·	the date of the payment in full of the stated principal amount of and all accrued, past due and additional interest on that tranche of notes;

·	the date on which the outstanding dollar principal amount of that tranche of notes is reduced to zero, and all accrued, past due or additional interest on that tranche of notes is paid in full;

·	the legal maturity date of that tranche of notes, after giving effect to all deposits, allocations, reallocations, sales of credit card receivables and payments to be made on that date; or

·	the date on which a sale of receivables has taken place for such tranche, as described in “—Sale of Credit Card Receivables.”

Pro Rata Payments Within a Tranche

All notes of a tranche will receive payments of principal and interest pro rata based on the stated principal amount of each note in that tranche.

Shared Excess Available Funds

BAseries Available Funds for any month remaining after making the seventh application described under “—Application of BAseries Available Funds” will be available for allocation to other series of notes in Group A. Such excess including excesses, if any, from other series of notes in Group A, called shared excess available funds, will be allocated to cover certain shortfalls in Available Funds for the series in Group A, if any, which have not been covered out of Available Funds allocable to such series. If these shortfalls exceed shared excess available funds for any month, shared excess available funds will be allocated pro rata among the applicable series in Group A based on the relative amounts of those shortfalls in Available Funds. To the extent that shared excess available funds exceed those shortfalls, the balance will be paid to the issuing entity. For the BAseries, shared excess available funds, to the extent available and allocated to the BAseries, will cover shortfalls in the first four applications described in “—Application of BAseries Available Funds.”

Issuing Entity Accounts

The issuing entity has established a collection account for the purpose of receiving payments of finance charge collections and principal collections and other amounts from master trust II payable under the collateral certificate.

If so specified in the accompanying prospectus supplement, the issuing entity may direct the indenture trustee to establish and maintain in the name of the indenture trustee supplemental accounts for any series, class or tranche of notes for the benefit of the related noteholders.

Each month, distributions on the collateral certificate will be deposited into one or more supplemental accounts, to make payments of interest on and principal of the notes, to make payments under any applicable derivative agreements, and for the other purposes as specified in the accompanying prospectus supplement.

The supplemental accounts described in this section are referred to as issuing entity accounts. Amounts maintained in issuing entity accounts may only be invested by the indenture trustee at the written direction of the issuing entity, without independent verification of its authority, in Permitted Investments.

Each month, distributions on the collateral certificate will be deposited into the collection account, and then allocated to each series of notes (including the BAseries), and then allocated to the applicable series principal funding account, the interest funding account, the accumulation reserve account, the Class C reserve account and any other supplemental account, to make payments under any applicable derivative agreements and additionally as specified in “—Deposit and Application of Funds.”

For the BAseries notes, the issuing entity will also establish a principal funding account, an interest funding account and an accumulation reserve account for the benefit of the BAseries, which will have subaccounts for each tranche of notes of the BAseries, and a Class C reserve account, which will have subaccounts for each tranche of Class C notes of the BAseries.

For the BAseries funds on deposit in the principal funding account and the interest funding account will be used to make payments of principal of and interest on the BAseries notes when such payments are due. Payments of interest and principal will be due in the month when the funds are deposited into the accounts, or in later months. If interest on a note is not scheduled to be paid every month—for example, if interest on that note is payable quarterly, semiannually or at another interval less frequently than monthly—the issuing entity will deposit accrued interest amounts funded from

BAseries Available Funds into the interest funding subaccount for that note to be held until the interest is due. See “—Deposit and Application of Funds for the BAseries—Targeted Deposits of BAseries Available Funds to the Interest Funding Account.”

If the issuing entity anticipates that BAseries Available Principal Amounts will not be enough to pay the stated principal amount of a note on its expected principal payment date, the issuing entity may begin to apply BAseries Available Principal Amounts in months before the expected principal payment date and deposit those funds into the principal funding subaccount established for that tranche to be held until the expected principal payment date of that note. However, since funds in the principal funding subaccount for tranches of subordinated notes will not be available for credit enhancement for any senior classes of notes, BAseries Available Principal Amounts will not be deposited into the principal funding subaccount for a tranche of subordinated notes if such deposit would reduce the available subordination below the required subordination.

If the earnings on funds in the principal funding subaccount are less than the interest payable on the portion of principal in the principal funding subaccount for the applicable tranche of notes, the amount of such shortfall will be withdrawn from the accumulation reserve account to the extent available, unless the amounts on deposit in the principal funding subaccount are prefunded amounts, in which case additional finance charge collections will be allocable to the collateral certificate and the BAseries and will be treated as BAseries Available Funds as described under “Deposit and Application of Funds for the BAseries—BAseries Available Funds” and “Master Trust II—Application of Collections” in this prospectus.

Derivative Agreements

Some notes may have the benefits of one or more derivative agreements, such as a currency swap, an interest rate swap, a cap (obligating a derivative counterparty to pay all interest in excess of a specified percentage rate), a collar (obligating a derivative counterparty to pay all interest below a specified percentage rate and above a higher specified percentage rate) or a guaranteed investment contract (obligating a derivative counterparty to pay a guaranteed rate of return over a specified period) with various counterparties. In general, the issuing entity will receive payments from counterparties to the derivative agreements in exchange for the issuing entity’s payments to them, to the extent required under the derivative agreements. Payments received from derivative counterparties with respect to interest payments on dollar notes in a series, class or tranche will generally be treated as Available Funds for such series, class or tranche. The specific terms of a derivative agreement applicable to a series, class or tranche of notes and a description of the related counterparty will be included in the related prospectus supplement. Funding or its affiliates may be derivative counterparties for any series, class or tranche of notes.

Supplemental Credit Enhancement Agreements and Supplemental Liquidity Agreements

Some notes may have the benefit of one or more additional forms of credit enhancement agreements—referred to herein as “supplemental credit enhancement agreements” —such as letters of credit, cash collateral guarantees or accounts, surety bonds or insurance policies with various credit enhancement providers. In addition, some notes may have the benefit of one or more forms of supplemental liquidity agreements—referred to herein as “supplemental liquidity agreements” —such as a liquidity facility with various liquidity providers. The specific terms of any supplemental credit enhancement agreement or supplemental liquidity agreement applicable to a series, class or tranche of notes and a description of the related provider will be included in the prospectus supplement for a series, class or tranche of notes. Funding or its affiliates may be providers of any supplemental credit enhancement agreement or supplemental liquidity agreement.

Sale of Credit Card Receivables

In addition to a sale of receivables following an insolvency of Funding, if a series, class or tranche of notes has an event of default and is accelerated before its legal maturity date, master trust II will sell credit card receivables, or interests therein, if the conditions described in “The Indenture—Events of Default” and “—Events of Default Remedies” are satisfied, and for subordinated notes of a multiple tranche series, only to the extent that payment is permitted by the subordination provisions of the senior notes of the same series. This sale will take place at the direction of the indenture trustee or at the direction of the holders of a majority of aggregate outstanding dollar principal amount of notes of that series, class or tranche.

Any sale of receivables for a subordinated tranche of notes in a multiple tranche series may be delayed until the senior classes of notes of the same series are prefunded, enough notes of senior classes are repaid, or new subordinated notes have been issued, in each case, to the extent that the subordinated tranche is no longer needed to provide the required subordination for the senior notes of that series. In a multiple tranche series, if a senior tranche of notes directs a sale of credit card receivables, then after the sale that tranche will no longer be entitled to subordination from subordinated classes of notes of the same series.

If principal of or interest on a tranche of notes has not been paid in full on its legal maturity date, the sale will automatically take place on that date regardless of the subordination requirements of any senior classes of notes. Proceeds from such sale will be immediately paid to the noteholders of the related tranche.

The amount of credit card receivables sold will be up to the nominal liquidation amount of, plus any accrued, past due and additional interest on, the related notes. The nominal liquidation amount of such notes will be automatically reduced to zero upon such sale. No more Available Principal Amounts or Available Funds will be allocated to those notes. Noteholders will receive the proceeds of such sale in an amount not to exceed the outstanding principal amount of, plus any past due, accrued and additional interest on, such notes. Such notes are no longer outstanding under the indenture once the sale occurs.

After giving effect to a sale of receivables for a series, class or tranche of notes, the amount of proceeds on deposit in a principal funding account or subaccount may be less than the outstanding dollar principal amount of that series, class or tranche. This deficiency can arise because the nominal liquidation amount of that series, class or tranche was reduced before the sale of receivables or because the sale price for the receivables was less than the outstanding dollar principal amount and accrued, past due and additional interest. These types of deficiencies will not be reimbursed.

Sale of Credit Card Receivables for BAseries Notes

Credit card receivables may be sold upon the insolvency of Funding, upon an event of default and acceleration relating to a tranche of notes, and on the legal maturity date of a tranche of notes. See “The Indenture—Events of Default” and “Master Trust II—Pay Out Events” in this prospectus.

If a tranche of notes has an event of default and is accelerated before its legal maturity date, master trust II may sell credit card receivables in an amount up to the nominal liquidation amount of the affected tranche plus any accrued, past due or additional interest on the affected tranche if the conditions described in “The Indenture—Events of Default Remedies” are satisfied. This sale will take place at the option of the indenture trustee or at the direction of the holders of a majority of aggregate outstanding dollar principal amount of notes of that tranche. However, a sale will only be permitted if at least one of the following conditions is met:

·	the holders of 90% of the aggregate outstanding dollar principal amount of the accelerated tranche of notes consent;

·	the net proceeds of such sale (plus amounts on deposit in the applicable subaccounts and payments to be received from any applicable derivative agreement) would be sufficient to pay all amounts due on the accelerated tranche of notes; or

if the indenture trustee determines that the funds to be allocated to the accelerated tranche of notes, including BAseries Available Funds and BAseries Available Principal Amounts allocable to the accelerated tranche of notes, payments to be received from any applicable derivative agreement and amounts on deposit in the applicable subaccounts, may not be sufficient on an ongoing basis to make all payments on the accelerated tranche of notes as such payments would have become due if such obligations had not been declared due and payable, and 66⅔% of the noteholders of the accelerated tranche of notes consent to the sale.

Any sale of receivables for a subordinated tranche of notes will be delayed if the subordination provisions prevent payment of the accelerated tranche until a sufficient amount of senior classes of notes are prefunded, or a sufficient amount of senior notes have been repaid, or a sufficient amount of subordinated tranches have been issued, in each case, to the extent that the accelerated tranche of notes is no longer needed to provide the required subordination for the senior classes.

If principal of or interest on a tranche of notes has not been paid in full on its legal maturity date (after giving effect to any allocations, deposits and distributions to be made on such date), the sale will automatically take place on that date regardless of the subordination requirements of any senior classes of notes. Proceeds from such a sale will be immediately paid to the noteholders of the related tranche.

The amount of credit card receivables sold will be up to the nominal liquidation amount of, plus any accrued, past due and additional interest on, the tranches of notes that directed the sale to be made. The nominal liquidation amount of any tranche of notes that directed the sale to be made will be automatically reduced to zero upon such sale. After such sale, no more BAseries Available Principal Amounts or BAseries Available Funds will be allocated to that tranche.

If a tranche of notes directs a sale of credit card receivables, then after the sale that tranche will no longer be entitled to credit enhancement from subordinated classes of notes of the same series. Tranches of notes that have directed sales of credit card receivables are not outstanding under the indenture.

After giving effect to a sale of receivables for a tranche of notes, the amount of proceeds may be less than the outstanding dollar principal amount of that tranche. This deficiency can arise because of a Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficit or if the sale price for the receivables was less than the outstanding dollar principal amount. These types of deficiencies will not be reimbursed unless, in the case of Class C notes only, there are sufficient amounts in the related Class C reserve subaccount.

Any amount remaining on deposit in the interest funding subaccount for a tranche of notes that has received final payment as described in “—Deposit and Application of Funds for the BAseries—Final Payment of the Notes” and that has caused a sale of receivables will be treated as BAseries Available Funds and be allocated as described in “—Application of BAseries Available Funds.”

Limited Recourse to the Issuing Entity; Security for the Notes

Only the portion of Available Funds and Available Principal Amounts allocable to a series, class or tranche of notes after giving effect to all allocations and reallocations thereof, funds on deposit in the applicable issuing entity accounts, any applicable derivative agreement and proceeds of sales of credit card receivables provide the source of payment for principal of or interest on any series, class or tranche of notes. Noteholders will have no recourse to any other assets of the issuing entity or any other person or entity for the payment of principal of or interest on the notes.

The notes of all series are secured by a shared security interest in the collateral certificate and the collection account, but each series, class or tranche of notes is entitled to the benefits of only that portion of those assets allocated to it under the indenture and the related indenture supplement. See “The Indenture—Issuing Entity Covenants” and “Master Trust II—Representations and Warranties” for a discussion of covenants regarding the perfection of security interests. Each series, class or tranche of notes is also secured by a security interest in any applicable supplemental account and any applicable derivative agreement.

Series 2001-D, and therefore the collateral certificate, is allocated a portion of collections of finance charge receivables, collections of principal receivables, its share of the payment obligation on the master trust II servicing fee and its share of defaults on principal receivables in master trust II based on the investor percentage. The BAseries and the other series of notes are secured by a shared security interest in the collateral certificate and the collection account of the issuing entity, but each series of notes (including the BAseries) is entitled to the benefits of only that portion of those assets allocable to it under the indenture and the applicable indenture supplement. Therefore, only a portion of the collections allocated to the collateral certificate are available to the BAseries. Similarly, BAseries notes are entitled only to their allocable share of BAseries Available Funds, BAseries Available Principal Amounts, amounts on deposit in the applicable issuing entity accounts, any payments received from derivative counterparties (to the extent not included in BAseries Available Funds) and proceeds of the sale of credit card receivables by master trust II. Noteholders will have no recourse to any other assets of the issuing entity or any other person or entity for the payment of principal of or interest on the notes.

Each tranche of notes of the BAseries is entitled to the benefits of only that portion of the issuing entity’s assets allocated to that tranche under the indenture and the BAseries indenture supplement. Each tranche of notes is also secured by a security interest in the applicable principal funding subaccount, the applicable interest funding subaccount, the applicable accumulation reserve subaccount, in the case of a tranche of Class C notes, the applicable Class C reserve subaccount and any other applicable supplemental account, and by a security interest in any applicable derivative agreement.

The Indenture

The notes will be issued pursuant to the terms of the indenture and a related indenture supplement. The following discussion and the discussions under “The Notes” in this prospectus and certain sections in the prospectus summary summarize the material terms of the notes, the indenture and the indenture supplements. These summaries do not purport to be complete and are qualified in their entirety by reference to the provisions of the notes, the indenture and the indenture supplements.

Indenture Trustee

The Bank of New York Mellon, a New York banking corporation, is the indenture trustee under the indenture for the notes. See “Transaction Parties—The Bank of New York Mellon” for a description of The Bank of New York Mellon.

Under the terms of the indenture, the issuing entity has agreed to pay to the indenture trustee reasonable compensation for performance of its duties under the indenture. The indenture trustee has agreed to perform only those duties specifically set forth in the indenture. Many of the duties of the indenture trustee are described throughout this prospectus and the related prospectus supplement. Under the terms of the indenture, the indenture trustee’s limited responsibilities include the following:

·	to deliver to noteholders of record certain notices, reports and other documents received by the indenture trustee, as required under the indenture;

·	to authenticate, deliver, cancel and otherwise administer the notes;

·	to maintain custody of the collateral certificate pursuant to the terms of the indenture;

·	to establish and maintain necessary issuing entity accounts and to maintain accurate records of activity in those accounts;

·	to serve as the initial transfer agent, paying agent and registrar, and, if it resigns these duties, to appoint a successor transfer agent, paying agent and registrar;

·	to invest funds in the issuing entity accounts at the direction of the issuing entity;

·	to represent the noteholders in interactions with clearing agencies and other similar organizations;

·	to distribute and transfer funds at the direction of the issuing entity, as applicable, in accordance with the terms of the indenture;

·	to periodically report on and notify noteholders of certain matters relating to actions taken by the indenture trustee, property and funds that are possessed by the indenture trustee, and other similar matters; and

·	to perform certain other administrative functions identified in the indenture.

In addition, the indenture trustee has the discretion to require the issuing entity to cure a potential event of default and to institute and maintain suits to protect the interest of the noteholders in the collateral certificate. The indenture trustee is not liable for any errors of judgment as long as the errors are made in good faith and the indenture trustee was not negligent. The indenture trustee is not responsible for any investment losses to the extent that they result from Permitted Investments.

If an event of default occurs, in addition to the responsibilities described above, the indenture trustee will exercise its rights and powers under the indenture to protect the interests of the noteholders using the same degree of care and skill as a prudent man would exercise in the conduct of his own affairs. If an event of default occurs and is continuing, the indenture trustee will be responsible for enforcing the agreements and the rights of the noteholders. See “The Indenture—Events of Default Remedies.” The indenture trustee may, under certain limited circumstances, have the right or the obligation to do the following:

·	demand immediate payment by the issuing entity of all principal and accrued interest on the notes;

·	enhance monitoring of the securitization;

·	protect the interests of the noteholders in the collateral certificate or the receivables in a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding;

·	prepare and send timely notice to noteholders of the event of default;

·	institute judicial proceedings for the collection of amounts due and unpaid;

·	rescind and annul a declaration of acceleration of the notes by the noteholders following an event of default; and

·	cause master trust II to sell credit card receivables (see “Sources of Funds to Pay the Notes—Sale of Credit Card Receivables”).

Following an event of default, the majority holders of any series, class or tranche of notes will have the right to direct the indenture trustee to exercise certain remedies available to the indenture trustee under the indenture. In such case, the indenture trustee may decline to follow the direction of the majority holders only if it determines that: (1) the action so directed is unlawful or conflicts with the indenture, (2) the action so directed would involve it in personal liability, or (3) the action so directed would be unjustly prejudicial to the noteholders not taking part in such direction.

The issuing entity has agreed to pay the indenture trustee for all services rendered. The issuing entity will also indemnify the indenture trustee for any loss, liability or expense incurred without negligence or bad faith on its part, arising out of or in connection with the administration of the issuing entity. In certain instances, this indemnification will be higher in priority than payments to noteholders. See “The Indenture—Events of Default Remedies.”

The indenture trustee may resign at any time. The indenture trustee may be removed from any series, class or tranche of notes at any time by majority of the noteholders of that series, class or tranche. The issuing entity may also remove the indenture trustee if, among other things, the indenture trustee is no longer eligible to act as trustee under the indenture or if the indenture trustee becomes insolvent. In all circumstances, the issuing entity must appoint a successor indenture trustee for the notes. Any resignation or removal of the indenture trustee and appointment of a successor indenture trustee will not become effective until the successor indenture trustee accepts the appointment.

Any successor indenture trustee will execute and deliver to the issuing entity and its predecessor indenture trustee an instrument accepting such appointment. The successor trustee must (1) be a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state, (2) be authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers, (3) have a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000, subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authority, and (4) have a rating of at least BBB- by Standard & Poor’s and at least BBB by Fitch. The issuing entity may not, nor may any person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the issuing entity, serve as indenture trustee.

The issuing entity or its affiliates may maintain accounts and other banking or trustee relationships with the indenture trustee and its affiliates.

Owner Trustee

Wilmington Trust Company, a Delaware corporation with trust powers, is the owner trustee for the issuing entity. See “Transaction Parties—BA Credit Card Trust” for a description of the ministerial

nature of the owner trustee’s duties and “Transaction Parties—Wilmington Trust Company” for a description of Wilmington Trust Company.

The owner trustee will be indemnified from and against all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, taxes, claims, actions, investigations, proceedings, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind arising out of, among other things, the trust agreement or any other related documents (or the enforcement thereof), the administration of the issuing entity’s assets or the action or inaction of the owner trustee under the trust agreement, except for (1) its own willful misconduct, bad faith or negligence, or (2) the inaccuracy of certain of its representations and warranties in the trust agreement.

The owner trustee may resign at any time by giving 30 days’ prior written notice to the beneficiary. The owner trustee may also be removed as owner trustee if it becomes insolvent, it is no longer eligible to act as owner trustee under the trust agreement or by a written instrument delivered by the beneficiary to the owner trustee. The beneficiary must appoint a successor owner trustee. If a successor owner trustee has not been appointed within 30 days after giving notice of resignation or removal, the owner trustee or the beneficiary may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction to appoint a successor owner trustee. This court-appointed owner trustee will only act in such capacity until the time, if any, as a successor owner trustee is appointed by the beneficiary.

Any owner trustee will at all times (1) be a trust company or a banking corporation under the laws of its state of incorporation or a national banking association, having all corporate powers and all material government licenses, authorization, consents and approvals required to carry on a trust business in the State of Delaware, (2) comply with the relevant provisions of the Delaware Statutory Trust Act, (3) have a combined capital and surplus of not less than $50,000,000 (or have its obligations and liabilities irrevocably and unconditionally guaranteed by an affiliated person having a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000), and (4) have (or have a parent which has) a rating of at least Baa3 by Moody’s, at least BBB- by Standard & Poor’s or, if not rated, otherwise satisfactory to each rating agency rating the outstanding notes. The owner trustee or the beneficiary may also deem it necessary or prudent to appoint a co-trustee or separate owner trustee for the owner trustee under the trust agreement.

Issuing Entity Covenants

The issuing entity will not, among other things:

·	claim any credit on or make any deduction from the principal and interest payable on the notes, other than amounts withheld in good faith from such payments under the Internal Revenue Code or other applicable tax law,

·	voluntarily dissolve or liquidate, or

permit (A) the validity or effectiveness of the indenture to be impaired, or permit the lien created by the indenture to be amended, hypothecated, subordinated, terminated or discharged, or permit any person to be released from any covenants or obligations with respect to the notes under the indenture except as may be expressly permitted by the indenture, (B) any lien, charge, excise, claim, security interest, mortgage or other encumbrance (other than the lien created by the indenture) to be created on or extend to or otherwise arise upon or burden the collateral securing the notes or proceeds thereof, or (C) the lien of the indenture not to constitute a valid first priority security interest in the collateral securing the notes.

The issuing entity may not engage in any activity other than the activities described in “Transaction Parties—BA Credit Card Trust” in this prospectus. The issuing entity will not incur,

assume, guarantee or otherwise become liable, directly or indirectly, for any indebtedness except for the notes.

The issuing entity will also covenant that if:

·	the issuing entity defaults in the payment of interest on any series, class or tranche of notes when such interest becomes due and payable and such default continues for a period of 35 days following the date on which such interest became due and payable, or

·	the issuing entity defaults in the payment of the principal of any series, class or tranche of notes on its legal maturity date,

and any such default continues beyond any specified period of grace provided for such series, class or tranche of notes, the issuing entity will, upon demand of the indenture trustee, pay to the indenture trustee, for the benefit of the holders of any such notes of the affected series, class or tranche, the whole amount then due and payable on any such notes for principal and interest, with interest, to the extent that payment of such interest will be legally enforceable, upon the overdue principal and upon overdue installments of interest. In addition, the issuing entity will pay an amount sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the indenture trustee, its agents and counsel and all other compensation due to the indenture trustee. If the issuing entity fails to pay such amounts upon such demand, the indenture trustee may institute a judicial proceeding for the collection of the unpaid amounts described above.

Early Redemption Events

The issuing entity will be required to redeem in whole or in part, to the extent that funds are available for that purpose and, for subordinated notes of a multiple tranche series, to the extent payment is permitted by the subordination provisions of the senior notes of the same series, each affected series, class or tranche of notes upon the occurrence of an early redemption event. Early redemption events include the following:

·	for any tranche of notes, the occurrence of such note’s expected principal payment date;

·	each of the Pay Out Events applicable to Series 2001-D, as described under “Master Trust II—Pay Out Events”;

·	the issuing entity becoming an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended; and

·	for any series, class or tranche of notes, any additional early redemption event specified in the accompanying prospectus supplement.

In addition, for a tranche of BAseries notes, if for any date the amount of Excess Available Funds averaged over the three preceding calendar months is less than the Required Excess Available Funds for such date, an early redemption event for that tranche of BAseries notes will occur.

The redemption price of a note so redeemed will be the outstanding principal amount of that note, plus accrued, past due and additional interest to but excluding the date of redemption, which will be the next payment date. If the amount of Available Funds and Available Principal Amounts allocable to the series, class or tranche of notes to be redeemed, together with funds on deposit in the applicable principal funding subaccount, interest funding subaccount and Class C reserve subaccount, and any amounts

payable to the issuing entity under any applicable derivative agreement, are insufficient to pay the redemption price in full on the next payment date after giving effect to the subordination provisions and allocations to any other notes ranking equally with that note, monthly payments on the notes to be redeemed will thereafter be made on each principal payment date until the outstanding principal amount of the notes plus all accrued, past due and additional interest are paid in full, or the legal maturity date of the notes occurs, whichever is earlier. However, if so specified in the accompanying prospectus supplement, subject to certain exceptions, any notes that have the benefit of a derivative agreement will not be redeemed prior to such notes’ expected principal payment date.

No Available Principal Amounts will be allocated to a series, class or tranche of notes with a nominal liquidation amount of zero, even if the stated principal amount of that series, class or tranche has not been paid in full. However, any funds previously deposited in the applicable principal funding subaccount, interest funding subaccount and Class C reserve subaccount and any amounts received from an applicable derivative agreement will still be available to pay principal of and interest on that series, class or tranche of notes. In addition, if Available Funds are available, they can be applied to reimburse reductions in the nominal liquidation amount of that series, class or tranche resulting from reallocations of Available Principal Amounts to pay interest on senior classes of notes or the master trust II servicing fee, or from charge-offs for uncovered Investor Default Amounts.

Payments on redeemed notes will be made in the same priority as described in the related prospectus supplement. The issuing entity will give notice to holders of the affected notes before an early redemption date.

Events of Default

Each of the following events is an event of default for any affected series, class or tranche of notes:

·	for any tranche of notes, the issuing entity’s failure, for a period of 35 days, to pay interest on such notes when such interest becomes due and payable;

·	for any tranche of notes, the issuing entity’s failure to pay the principal amount of such notes on the applicable legal maturity date;

the issuing entity’s default in the performance, or breach, of any other of its covenants or warranties in the indenture, for a period of 60 days after either the indenture trustee or the holders of at least 25% of the aggregate outstanding dollar principal amount of the outstanding notes of the affected series, class or tranche has provided written notice requiring remedy of such breach, and, as a result of such default, the interests of the related noteholders are materially and adversely affected and continue to be materially and adversely affected during the 60-day period;

·	the occurrence of certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency, conservatorship or receivership of the issuing entity; and

·	for any series, class or tranche, any additional events of default specified in the prospectus supplement relating to the series, class or tranche.

Failure to pay the full stated principal amount of a note on its expected principal payment date will not constitute an event of default. An event of default relating to one series, class or tranche of notes will not necessarily be an event of default relating to any other series, class or tranche of notes.

100

Events of Default Remedies

The occurrence of some events of default involving the bankruptcy or insolvency of the issuing entity results in an automatic acceleration of all of the notes. If other events of default occur and are continuing for any series, class or tranche, either the indenture trustee or the holders of more than a majority in aggregate outstanding dollar principal amount of the notes of that series, class or tranche may declare by written notice to the issuing entity the principal of all those outstanding notes to be immediately due and payable. This declaration of acceleration may generally be rescinded by the holders of a majority in aggregate outstanding dollar principal amount of outstanding notes of that series, class or tranche.

If a series, class or tranche of notes is accelerated before its legal maturity date, the indenture trustee may at any time thereafter, and at the direction of the holders of a majority of aggregate outstanding dollar principal amount of notes of that series, class or tranche at any time thereafter will, direct master trust II to sell credit card receivables, in an amount up to the nominal liquidation amount of the affected series, class or tranche of notes plus any accrued, past due and additional interest on the affected series, class or tranche, as described in “Sources of Funds to Pay the Notes—Sale of Credit Card Receivables,” but only if at least one of the following conditions is met:

·	the noteholders of 90% of the aggregate outstanding dollar principal amount of the accelerated series, class or tranche of notes consent; or

·	the net proceeds of such sale (plus amounts on deposit in the applicable subaccounts and payments to be received from any applicable derivative agreement) would be sufficient to pay all outstanding amounts due on the accelerated series, class or tranche of notes; or

if the indenture trustee determines that the funds to be allocated to the accelerated series, class or tranche of notes may not be sufficient on an ongoing basis to make all payments on such notes as such payments would have become due if such obligations had not been declared due and payable, and the holders of not less than 66⅔% of the aggregate outstanding dollar principal amount of notes of the accelerated series, class or tranche, as applicable, consent to the sale.

In addition, a sale of receivables following the occurrence of an event of default and acceleration of a subordinated tranche of notes of a multiple tranche series may be delayed as described under “Sources of Funds to Pay the Notes—Sale of Credit Card Receivables” if the payment is not permitted by the subordination provisions of the senior notes of the same series.

If an event of default occurs relating to the failure to pay principal of or interest on a series, class or tranche of notes in full on the legal maturity date, the issuing entity will automatically direct master trust II to sell credit card receivables on that date, as described in “Sources of Funds to Pay the Notes—Sale of Credit Card Receivables.”

Any money or other property collected by the indenture trustee for a series, class or tranche of notes in connection with a sale of credit card receivables following an event of default will be applied in the following priority, at the dates fixed by the indenture trustee:

first, to pay all compensation owed to the indenture trustee for services rendered in connection with the indenture, reimbursements to the indenture trustee for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made in accordance with the indenture, or indemnification of the indenture trustee for any and all losses, liabilities or expenses incurred

101

without negligence or bad faith on its part, arising out of or in connection with its administration of the issuing entity;

·	second, to pay the amounts of interest and principal then due and unpaid on the notes of that series, class or tranche; and

·	third, any remaining amounts will be paid to the issuing entity.

If a sale of credit card receivables does not take place following an acceleration of a series, class or tranche of notes, then:

·	The issuing entity will continue to hold the collateral certificate, and distributions on the collateral certificate will continue to be applied in accordance with the distribution provisions of the indenture and the indenture supplement.

Principal will be paid on the accelerated series, class or tranche of notes to the extent funds are received from master trust II and available to the accelerated series, class or tranche after giving effect to all allocations and reallocations and payment is permitted by the subordination provisions of the senior notes of the same series.

If the accelerated notes are a subordinated tranche of notes of a multiple tranche series, and the subordination provisions prevent the payment of the accelerated subordinated tranche, prefunding of the senior classes of that series will begin, as provided in the applicable indenture supplement. Thereafter, payment will be made to the extent provided in the applicable indenture supplement.

·	On the legal maturity date of the accelerated notes, if the notes have not been paid in full, the indenture trustee will direct master trust II to sell credit card receivables as provided in the applicable indenture supplement.

The holders of a majority in aggregate outstanding dollar principal amount of any accelerated series, class or tranche of notes have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the indenture trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred on the indenture trustee. However, this right may be exercised only if the direction provided by the noteholders does not conflict with applicable law or the indenture or the related indenture supplement or have a substantial likelihood of involving the indenture trustee in personal liability. The holder of any note will have the right to institute suit for the enforcement of payment of principal of and interest on such note on the legal maturity date expressed in such note.

Generally, if an event of default occurs and any notes are accelerated, the indenture trustee is not obligated to exercise any of its rights or powers under the indenture unless the holders of affected notes offer the indenture trustee reasonable indemnity. Upon acceleration of the maturity of a series, class or tranche of notes following an event of default, the indenture trustee will have a lien on the collateral for those notes ranking senior to the lien of those notes for its unpaid fees and expenses.

The indenture trustee has agreed, and the noteholders will agree, that they will not at any time institute against the issuing entity, Funding, BACCS or master trust II any bankruptcy, reorganization or other proceeding under any federal or state bankruptcy or similar law.

102

Meetings

The indenture trustee may call a meeting of the holders of notes of a series, class or tranche at any time. The indenture trustee will call a meeting upon request of the issuing entity or the holders of at least 10% in aggregate outstanding dollar principal amount of the outstanding notes of the series, class or tranche. In any case, a meeting will be called after notice is given to holders of notes in accordance with the indenture.

The quorum for a meeting is a majority of the holders of the outstanding dollar principal amount of the related series, class or tranche of notes, as the case may be, unless a higher percentage is specified for approving action taken at the meeting, in which case the quorum is the higher percentage.

Voting

Any action or vote to be taken by the holders of a majority, or other specified percentage, of any series, class or tranche of notes may be adopted by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority, or the applicable other specified percentage, of the aggregate outstanding dollar principal amount of the outstanding notes of that series, class or tranche, as the case may be. For a description of the noteholders’ actions and voting as they relate to master trust II, see “Risk Factors—You may have limited or no ability to control actions under the indenture and the master trust II agreement. This may result in, among other things, accelerated payment of principal when it is in your interest to receive payment of principal on the expected principal payment date, or it may result in payment of principal not being accelerated when it is in your interest to receive early payment of principal,” “Master Trust II—Pay Out Events,”

“—Representations and Warranties,” “—Servicer Default” and “—Amendments to the Master Trust II Agreement.”

Any action or vote taken at any meeting of holders of notes duly held in accordance with the indenture will be binding on all holders of the affected notes or the affected series, class or tranche of notes, as the case may be.

Notes held by the issuing entity, Funding or their affiliates will not be deemed outstanding for purposes of voting or calculating a quorum at any meeting of noteholders.

Amendments to the Indenture and Indenture Supplements

The issuing entity and the indenture trustee may amend, supplement or otherwise modify the indenture or any indenture supplement without the consent of any noteholders to provide for the issuance of any series, class or tranche of notes (as described under “The Notes—Issuances of New Series, Classes and Tranches of Notes”) and to set forth the terms thereof.

In addition, upon delivery of a master trust II tax opinion and issuing entity tax opinion, as described under “—Tax Opinions for Amendments” below, and upon delivery by the issuing entity to the indenture trustee of an officer’s certificate to the effect that the issuing entity reasonably believes that such amendment will not and is not reasonably expected to (i) result in the occurrence of an early redemption event or event of default, (ii) adversely affect the amount of funds available to be distributed to the noteholders of any series, class or tranche of notes or the timing of such distributions, or (iii) adversely affect the security interest of the indenture trustee in the collateral securing the notes, the indenture or any indenture supplement may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified without the consent of any noteholders to:

103

·	evidence the succession of another entity to the issuing entity, and the assumption by such successor of the covenants of the issuing entity in the indenture and the notes;

·	add to the covenants of the issuing entity, or have the issuing entity surrender any of its rights or powers under the indenture, for the benefit of the noteholders of any or all series, classes or tranches;

·	cure any ambiguity, correct or supplement any provision in the indenture which may be inconsistent with any other provision in the indenture, or make any other provisions for matters or questions arising under the indenture;

·	add to the indenture certain provisions expressly permitted by the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended;

·	establish any form of note, or to add to the rights of the holders of the notes of any series, class or tranche;

provide for the acceptance of a successor indenture trustee under the indenture for one or more series, classes or tranches of notes and add to or change any of the provisions of the indenture as will be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts under the indenture by more than one indenture trustee;

·	add any additional early redemption events or events of default relating to the notes of any or all series, classes or tranches;

·	provide for the consolidation of master trust II and the issuing entity or the transfer of assets in master trust II to the issuing entity after the termination of all series of master trust II investor certificates (other than Series 2001-D);

·	if one or more transferors are added to, or replaced under, the master trust II agreement, or one or more beneficiaries are added to, or replaced under, the trust agreement, make any necessary changes to the indenture or any other related document;

·	provide for the addition of collateral securing the notes and the issuance of notes backed by any such additional collateral;

·	provide for additional or alternative credit enhancement for any tranche of notes; or

·	qualify for sale treatment under generally accepted accounting principles.

The indenture or any indenture supplement may also be amended without the consent of the indenture trustee or any noteholders upon delivery of a master trust II tax opinion and issuing entity tax opinion, as described under “—Tax Opinions for Amendments” below, for the purpose of adding provisions to, or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of, the indenture or any indenture supplement or of modifying in any manner the rights of the holders of the notes under the indenture or any indenture supplement, provided, however, that the issuing entity shall (i) deliver to the indenture trustee and the owner trustee an officer’s certificate to the effect that the issuing entity reasonably believes that such amendment will not and is not reasonably expected to (a) result in the occurrence of an early redemption event or event of default, (b) adversely affect the amount of funds available to be distributed to the noteholders of any series, class or tranche of notes or the timing of such distributions, or (c) adversely affect the security interest of the indenture trustee in the collateral securing

104

the notes, and (ii) receive written confirmation from each rating agency that such amendment will not result in the reduction, qualification or withdrawal of the ratings of any outstanding notes which it has rated.

The issuing entity and the indenture trustee, upon delivery of a master trust II tax opinion and issuing entity tax opinion, as described under “—Tax Opinions for Amendments,” may modify and amend the indenture or any indenture supplement, for reasons other than those stated in the prior paragraphs, with prior notice to each rating agency and the consent of the holders of not less than 66⅔% of the outstanding dollar principal amount of each class or tranche of notes affected by that modification or amendment. However, if the modification or amendment would result in any of the following events occurring, it may be made only with the consent of the holders of 100% of each outstanding series, class or tranche of notes affected by the modification or amendment:

·	a change in any date scheduled for the payment of interest on any note, or the expected principal payment date or legal maturity date of any note;

·	a reduction of the stated principal amount of, or interest rate on, any note, or a change in the method of computing the outstanding dollar principal amount, the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount, or the nominal liquidation amount in a manner that is adverse to any noteholder;

·	a reduction of the amount of a discount note payable upon the occurrence of an early redemption event or other optional or mandatory redemption or upon the acceleration of its maturity;

·	an impairment of the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on any note;

a reduction of the percentage in outstanding dollar principal amount of the notes of any outstanding series, class or tranche, the consent of whose holders is required for modification or amendment of any indenture supplement or for waiver of compliance with provisions of the indenture or for waiver of defaults and their consequences provided for in the indenture;

a modification of any of the provisions governing the amendment of the indenture, any indenture supplement or the issuing entity’s agreements not to claim rights under any law which would affect the covenants or the performance of the indenture or any indenture supplement, except to increase any percentage of noteholders required to consent to any such amendment or to provide that certain other provisions of the indenture cannot be modified or waived without the consent of the holder of each outstanding note affected by such modification;

·	permission being given to create any lien or other encumbrance on the collateral securing any notes ranking senior to the lien of the indenture;

·	a change in the city or political subdivision so designated for any series, class or tranche of notes where any principal of, or interest on, any note is payable;

·	a change in the method of computing the amount of principal of, or interest on, any note on any date; or

·	any other amendment other than those explicitly permitted by the indenture without the consent of noteholders.

105

The holders of a majority in aggregate outstanding dollar principal amount of the notes of a series, class or tranche, may waive, on behalf of the holders of all the notes of that series, class or tranche, compliance by the issuing entity with specified restrictive provisions of the indenture or the related indenture supplement.

The holders of a majority in aggregate outstanding dollar principal amount of the notes of an affected series, class or tranche may, on behalf of all holders of notes of that series, class or tranche, waive any past default under the indenture or the indenture supplement relating to notes of that series, class or tranche. However, the consent of the holders of all outstanding notes of a series, class or tranche is required to waive any past default in the payment of principal of, or interest on, any note of that series, class or tranche or in respect of a covenant or provision of the indenture that cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the holders of each outstanding note of that series, class or tranche.

Tax Opinions for Amendments

No amendment to the indenture, any indenture supplement or the trust agreement will be effective unless the issuing entity has delivered to the indenture trustee, the owner trustee and the rating agencies an opinion of counsel that:

for federal income tax purposes (1) the amendment will not adversely affect the tax characterization as debt of any outstanding series or class of investor certificates issued by master trust II that were characterized as debt at the time of their issuance, (2) the amendment will not cause or constitute an event in which gain or loss would be recognized by any holder of investor certificates issued by master trust II, and (3) following the amendment, master trust II will not be an association, or publicly traded partnership, taxable as a corporation; and

for federal income tax purposes (1) the amendment will not adversely affect the tax characterization as debt of any outstanding series, class or tranche of notes that were characterized as debt at the time of their issuance, (2) following the amendment, the issuing entity will not be treated as an association, or publicly traded partnership, taxable as a corporation, and (3) the amendment will not cause or constitute an event in which gain or loss would be recognized by any holder of any such note.

Addresses for Notices

Notices to holders of notes will be given by mail sent to the addresses of the holders as they appear in the note register.

Issuing Entity’s Annual Compliance Statement

The issuing entity will be required to furnish annually to the indenture trustee a statement concerning its performance or fulfillment of covenants, agreements or conditions in the indenture as well as the presence or absence of defaults under the indenture.

Indenture Trustee’s Annual Report

To the extent required by the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, the indenture trustee will mail each year to all registered noteholders a report concerning:

·	its eligibility and qualifications to continue as trustee under the indenture,

106

·	any amounts advanced by it under the indenture,

·	the amount, interest rate and maturity date or indebtedness owing by the issuing entity to it in the indenture trustee’s individual capacity,

·	the property and funds physically held by it as indenture trustee,

·	any release or release and substitution of collateral subject to the lien of the indenture that has not previously been reported, and

·	any action taken by it that materially affects the notes and that has not previously been reported.

List of Noteholders

Three or more holders of notes of any series, each of whom has owned a note for at least six months, may, upon written request to the indenture trustee, obtain access to the current list of noteholders of the issuing entity for purposes of communicating with other noteholders concerning their rights under the indenture or the notes. The indenture trustee may elect not to give the requesting noteholders access to the list if it agrees to mail the desired communication or proxy to all applicable noteholders.

Reports

Monthly reports containing information on the notes and the collateral securing the notes will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. These reports will be delivered to the master trust II trustee and the indenture trustee, as applicable, on or before each Transfer Date. These reports will not be sent to noteholders. See “Where You Can Find More Information” for information as to how these reports may be accessed.

Monthly reports, which will be prepared by FIA as servicer of master trust II, will contain the following information regarding Series 2001-D for the related month:

·	the amount of the current monthly distribution which constitutes Available Funds;

·	the amount of the current monthly distribution which constitutes principal collections;

·	the aggregate amount of principal collections processed during the related monthly period and allocated to Series 2001-D;

·	the aggregate amount of collections of finance charge receivables processed during the related monthly period and allocated to Series 2001-D;

·	the aggregate amount of principal receivables in master trust II as of the end of the day on the last day of the related monthly period;

·	the amount of principal receivables in master trust II represented by the Investor Interest of Series 2001-D as of the end of the day on the last day of the related monthly period;

·	the floating allocation investor interest (as defined in the master trust II agreement) as of the end of the day on the last day of the related monthly period;

107

·	the principal allocation investor interest (as defined in the master trust II agreement) as of the end of the day on the last day of the related monthly period;

·	the floating investor percentage for Series 2001-D for the related monthly period;

·	the principal investor percentage for Series 2001-D for the related monthly period;

·	the aggregate amount of shared principal collections applied as available investor principal collections;

·	the aggregate amount of outstanding balances in the accounts consisting of the Master Trust II Portfolio which were delinquent as of the end of the day on the last day of the related monthly period;

·	the Aggregate Class D Investor Default Amount and the Aggregate Investor Default Amount for the related monthly period;

·	the amount of the Investor Servicing Fee payable by master trust II to the servicer for the related monthly period;

·	the amount of the Net Servicing Fee payable by master trust II to the servicer for the related monthly period;

·	the amount of the servicer interchange payable by master trust II to the servicer for the related monthly period;

·	any material breaches of pool asset representations and warranties or transaction covenants, if applicable;

·	any material modifications, extensions or waivers to pool asset terms, fees, penalties or payments during the distribution period or that have cumulatively become material over time, if applicable; and

·	any material changes in the solicitation, credit granting, underwriting, origination, acquisition or pool selection criteria or procedures, as applicable, to acquire new pool assets, if applicable.

Monthly reports, which will be prepared by FIA as servicer, will contain the following information for each tranche of BAseries notes for the related month:

·	targeted deposits to interest funding subaccounts;

·	interest to be paid on the corresponding Distribution Date;

·	targeted deposits to Class C reserve subaccounts, if any;

·	withdrawals to be made from Class C reserve subaccounts, if any;

·	targeted deposits to principal funding subaccounts;

·	principal to be paid on the Distribution Date, if any;

108

·	stated principal amount, outstanding dollar principal amount and nominal liquidation amount for the related monthly period;

·	Class A Usage Amount of Class B notes and Class A Usage Amount of Class C notes;

·	Class B Usage Amount of Class C notes;

·	the nominal liquidation amount for each tranche of BAseries notes outstanding;

·	Excess Available Funds and three-month average Excess Available Funds;

·	the occurrence of any early redemption events;

·	payments to enhancement providers, if any; and

·	any new issuances of BAseries notes as applicable.

On or before January 31 of each calendar year, the paying agent, on behalf of the indenture trustee, will furnish to each person who at any time during the prior calendar year was a noteholder of record a statement containing the information required to be provided by an issuer of indebtedness under the Internal Revenue Code. See “Federal Income Tax Consequences” in this prospectus.

FIA’s Credit Card Activities

General

The receivables conveyed or to be conveyed to master trust II by Funding pursuant to the master trust II agreement have been or will be generated from transactions made by holders of selected MasterCard, Visa and American Express credit card accounts from the portfolio of MasterCard, Visa and American Express accounts owned by FIA, called the Bank Portfolio. FIA currently services the Bank Portfolio in the manner described below. See “Transaction Parties—FIA and Affiliates.”

Origination, Account Acquisition, Credit Lines and Use of Credit Card Accounts

FIA primarily leverages its banking centers, the Internet, direct mail, and partner channels (such as in-store retail marketing and event marketing) to market its credit card products. FIA develops numerous campaigns throughout the year to generate new accounts and promote usage of existing accounts. FIA conducts Internet marketing through a combination of banner, e-mail, search engine and other advertisements.

In addition, FIA markets its credit card products through endorsements from membership associations, commercial firms and others. These marketing efforts are directed to members and customers of these endorsing organizations, and to targeted lists of people with a strong common interest.

Currently, the credit risk of lending to each applicant is evaluated through the combination of human judgment and the application of various credit scoring models and other statistical techniques. For credit card credit determinations, FIA considers an applicant’s capacity and willingness to repay, stability and other factors. Important information in performing this credit assessment may include an applicant’s income, obligations, residence and employment stability, the rate at which new credit is being acquired, and the manner in which the applicant has handled the repayment of previously granted credit. An applicant who has favorable credit capacity and credit history characteristics is more likely to be

109

approved and to receive a relatively higher credit line assignment. Favorable characteristics may include appropriate debt-to-income levels, a long history of steady employment, and little to no history of delinquent payments on other debt. FIA develops credit scoring models using statistical methods to evaluate common applicant characteristics and their correlation to credit risk and to assist in making credit decisions. The scoring models use the information available about the applicant on his or her application and in his or her credit report to provide a general indication of the applicant’s credit risk. Periodically, the scoring models are validated and, if necessary, realigned to maintain their accuracy and reliability.

As stated, FIA currently utilizes both automated and judgmental underwriting in evaluating applications for credit. Automated credit decisions are primarily based upon credit scoring models, credit bureau criteria, and application information that assess the applicant’s ability, stability, and willingness to pay debt. In general, automated credit decisions are applied most often in the low- and high-risk application populations while the mid-risk applicant population may be routed to a credit analyst for evaluation along with applicants with limited bureau data and or multiple/premier relationships. Credit analysts have the ability to utilize all the data provided to the automated decision plus, when appropriate, can call applicants to further develop the application information. The discussion with the applicant can help explain prior delinquencies or existing debt levels and thereby assist the credit analyst in making the appropriate credit decision. Credit analysts undergo a comprehensive education program to develop and refine their expertise in evaluating an applicant’s creditworthiness.

Once the credit analyst makes a decision, further levels of review are automatically triggered based on an analysis of the risk of each decision. This analysis is derived from previous experiential data and makes use of credit scores and other statistical techniques. Credit analysts also review applications obtained through pre-approved offers to ensure adherence to credit standards and assign an appropriate credit limit as an additional approach to managing credit risk. Some credit applications that present low risk are approved through an automated decisioning process.

Credit limits are primarily determined based on income level, customer credit bureau history, and relationship information, if applicable. Credit lines for existing customers are regularly reviewed. FIA’s Portfolio Risk Management division independently assesses credit quality through review of new and existing extensions of credit and trend reporting to ensure quality and consistency.

FIA and its affiliates have made portfolio acquisitions in the past and may make additional acquisitions in the future. Prior to acquiring a portfolio, FIA reviews the historical performance and seasoning of the portfolio (including the portfolio’s delinquency and loss characteristics, average balances, attrition rates, yield and collection performance) and reviews the account management and underwriting policies and procedures of the entity selling the portfolio. Credit card accounts that have been purchased by FIA were originally opened using criteria established by institutions other than FIA and may not have been subject to the same credit review as accounts originated by FIA. Once these accounts have been purchased and transferred to FIA for servicing, they are generally managed in accordance with the same policies and procedures as accounts originated by FIA. It is expected that credit card accounts from these portfolios may be added to master trust II from time to time.

Each cardholder is subject to an agreement with FIA setting forth the terms and conditions of the related MasterCard, Visa or American Express account. FIA reserves the right to add or to change any terms, conditions, services or features of its MasterCard, Visa or American Express accounts at any time by following the change-in-terms requirements of applicable federal and Delaware state law (which may permit the customer to reject increases to certain rates, fees and other charges). Changes may include increasing or decreasing periodic rates, fees and other payment terms. If a cardholder rejects a change in account terms, that account may be closed. See “Risk Factors—Changes to consumer protection laws

110

may impede origination or collection efforts, change cardholder use patterns, or alter timing and amount of collections, any of which may result in an acceleration of, or reduction in, payments on your notes” and “Consumer Protection Laws” in this prospectus for a description of the potential effects of legal restrictions on FIA’s ability to add or change account terms.

Interchange

Issuing banks participating in the Visa, MasterCard and American Express networks receive a fee, sometimes referred to as interchange, from acquiring banks (i.e., the merchant’s bank that has been engaged to process their transactions). Interchange is a fee to the acquiring bank that the acquiring bank typically incorporates into the fees (commonly referred to as the discount rate) it assesses to the merchant for each transaction processed. Interchange partially reimburses issuing banks for the activities they perform, including but not limited to enabling the transactions, absorbing fraud losses and delivering network and card benefits to merchants and consumers. Default interchange rates are typically set by each payment network (or in the case of American Express negotiated directly with the issuing bank as an issuer fee) and can vary by transaction based on type of card used, type of merchant, and other factors set by each payment network. Interchange fees may be a flat amount (e.g., $0.50 per transaction), an ad valorem amount (e.g., 1.0% of the transaction amount) or a combination of the two (e.g., 1.0% of the transaction amount plus $0.10 per transaction). The percentage of interchange attributed to cardholder charges for goods and services in the related accounts in master trust II will be transferred from FIA, through BACCS and Funding, to master trust II and allocated to Series 2001-D for treatment as collections of finance charge receivables.

FIA’s Credit Card Portfolio

FIA relies on endorsement marketing in the acquisition of credit card accounts, and also engages in targeted direct response marketing and portfolio acquisitions. For a description of FIA’s marketing, underwriting and credit risk control policies, see “FIA’s Credit Card Activities—Origination, Account Acquisition, Credit Lines and Use of Credit Card Accounts.”

Billing and Payments

FIA and its service bureaus, as applicable, generate and provide to cardholders monthly statements summarizing account activity and processes cardholder monthly payments.

Cardholders generally are required to make a monthly minimum payment at least equal to (i) interest and late fees assessed that month plus 1% of the current principal balance or (ii) $15 or $30, depending on the account, whichever is greater.

Periodic finance charges on purchases, which are assessed monthly, are calculated by multiplying the account’s average daily purchase balance by the applicable daily periodic rate, and multiplying the result by the number of days in the billing cycle. Finance charges are calculated on purchases from the date of the purchase or the first day of the billing cycle in which the purchase is posted to the account, whichever is later. Periodic finance charges are generally not assessed on new purchases or purchase balances from previous billing cycles if all balances shown on the two previous billing statements are paid by their respective due dates. Payment due dates are generally 25 days after their respective billing dates.

The finance charges, which are assessed monthly on cash advances and balance transfers, are calculated by multiplying the account’s average cash advance and balance transfer balances by the applicable daily periodic rates, and multiplying the result by the number of days in the billing cycle.

111

Finance charges are calculated on cash advances and balance transfers from the date of the transaction. Currently, FIA generally treats the day on which a cash advance check is deposited or cashed as the transaction date for such check.

FIA assesses fees on its credit card accounts which may include late fees, returned check charges, cash advance and check fees and fees for certain purchase transactions. These fees are a significant part of income generated by the credit card accounts. Pursuant to the Credit CARD Act of 2009, which amended the federal Truth in Lending Act, FIA has reduced and limited the amount of any penalty fees or charges for credit card accounts pursuant to guidance and safe harbors set by the Federal Reserve Board. See “Risk Factors—Changes to consumer protection laws may impede origination or collection efforts, change cardholder use patterns, or alter timing and amount of collections, any of which may result in an acceleration of, or reduction in, payments on your notes” in this prospectus for a more complete description of the Credit CARD Act of 2009 and the risks associated with it.

Risk Control and Fraud

FIA manages risk at the account level through sophisticated analytical techniques combined with regular judgmental review. High risk transactions are evaluated at the point of sale, where risk levels are balanced with profitability and cardholder satisfaction. In addition, cardholders showing signs of financial stress are periodically reviewed, a process that includes an examination of the cardholder’s credit file, the cardholder’s behavior with FIA accounts, and, at times, a phone call to the cardholder for clarification of the situation. FIA may block use of certain accounts, reduce credit lines on certain accounts, and increase the annual percentage rates on certain accounts (in compliance with applicable law).

A balanced approach is also used when stimulating portfolio growth. Risk levels are measured through statistical models that incorporate payment behavior, credit usage and transaction activity. In addition, credit bureau scores and attributes are obtained and combined with internal information to allow FIA to increase credit lines and promote account usage while balancing additional risk.

FIA manages fraud risk through a combination of judgmental reviews and sophisticated technology to detect and prevent fraud as early as possible. Technologies and strategies utilized include a neural net-based fraud score, expert systems and fraud specified authorization strategies. Address and other demographic discrepancies are investigated as part of the credit decision to identify and prevent identity theft.

Delinquencies and Collection Efforts

An account is contractually delinquent if the minimum payment is not received by the due date indicated on the monthly billing statement. For collection purposes, however, an account will begin receiving collection treatment based on the number of days that have elapsed since the due date reflected in the respective monthly billing statement, as well as risk, status, balance and other factors. Efforts to collect delinquent credit card receivables currently are made by FIA’s Customer Assistance personnel and third party agencies. Collection activities include statement messages, telephone calls, text messages, e-mails and formal collection letters. FIA employs a proprietary system for collecting past due accounts.

Charge-Off Policy

FIA charges off credit card accounts (i) at the earlier of (a) the end of the month the account is 180 days past due or (b) within 60 days of the account being statused bankrupt or deceased; (ii) if we receive a check returned as a result of insufficient funds and the account, as a result, will be greater than

112

180 days or more past due, we will charge the account off within three days; or (iii) within 10 business days of the final expected or received payment for accounts that have entered into settlement arrangements. In addition, accounts with original workout program terms of greater than 60 months are charged off within three business days of missing two payments. If an account has been charged off, it may be retained by FIA for recovery or sold to a third party. Fraudulent accounts/transactions are charged off by the end of the calendar month of the 90th day after identifying the account/transaction as fraudulent, but not later than the applicable 180-day timeframe described above. Also, any account that is enrolled in a fixed repayment program effective July 1, 2012 forward, will be charged off as follows: (i) accounts that are less than or equal to 90 days past due at the end of a month in which they are enrolled in the fixed repayment program will be charged off if they become 120 days past due at the end of any subsequent month; (ii) accounts that are 120 days or more past due at the end of the month in which they are enrolled in the fixed repayment program, and not subsequently re-aged or paid up-to-date, will be charged off at the end of the month in which they miss one payment; and (iii) accounts that are 120 days or more past due a the end of the month in which they are enrolled in the fixed repayment program, and are subsequently re-aged or paid up-to-date, will be charged off if they become 120 days past due at the end of any subsequent month.

Renegotiated Loans and Re-Aged Accounts

FIA may modify the terms of its credit card agreements with cardholders who have experienced financial difficulties by offering them renegotiated loan programs, which include placing them on nonaccrual status, reducing their interest rate, or providing a reduction to their monthly payment requirement. When accounts are classified as nonaccrual, interest is no longer billed to the cardholder. In future periods, when a payment is received, it is recorded as a reduction of the interest and fee amount that was billed to the cardholder prior to placing the account on nonaccrual status. Once the original interest and fee amount or subsequent fees have been paid, payments are recorded as a reduction of principal. Other restructured loans are loans for which the interest rate was reduced or loans that have received any other type of concession in terms because of the inability of the cardholder to comply with the original terms and conditions. Income is accrued at the reduced rate until the cardholder pays in full or the account is charged off. In addition, accounts not receiving payment concessions may be re-aged to remove existing delinquency. Generally, the intent of this kind of re-age is to assist cardholders who have recently overcome temporary financial difficulties, and have demonstrated both the ability and willingness to resume regular payments, but may be unable to pay the entire past due amount. To qualify for this kind of re-age, the cardholder must have made the equivalent of three regular minimum monthly payments within the last three billing cycles, the account must have been open for at least nine months, and cannot have been re-aged during the preceding 365 days. An account may receive a re-age of this kind two times in a five-year period. In addition, FIA may re-age the account of a cardholder who is experiencing long-term financial difficulties and who has been given modified concessionary terms and conditions to their account. Such additional re-ages are limited to one during the life of the account and must meet the qualifications for re-ages described above, except that the cardholder’s three consecutive minimum monthly payments may be based on the modified terms and conditions applied to the account. All re-age strategies are approved by FIA’s senior management and FIA’s corporate compliance team. Re-ages may have the effect of delaying charge-offs. If charge-offs are delayed, certain events related to the performance of the receivables, such as Pay Out Events, events of default and early redemption events, may be delayed, resulting in the delay of principal payments to noteholders. See “The Notes—Early Redemption of Notes,” “The Indenture—Early Redemption Events,” “—Events of Default,” “—Events of Default Remedies” and “Master Trust II—Pay Out Events.”

113

Receivables Transfer Agreements Generally

FIA originates and owns credit card accounts from which receivables may be transferred to BACCS pursuant to an agreement between FIA and BACCS. Certain of the receivables transferred to BACCS have been sold, and may continue to be sold, to Funding by BACCS. These receivables have been, and will be, sold pursuant to a receivables purchase agreement between BACCS and Funding. As described above under “Master Trust II—The Receivables” and “—Addition of Master Trust II Assets,” Funding has the right (or in certain circumstances, the obligation) to designate to master trust II, from time to time, additional credit card accounts for the related receivables to be included as receivables transferred to master trust II. Funding will convey to master trust II its interest in all receivables of such additional credit card accounts, whether such receivables are then existing or thereafter created, pursuant to the master trust II agreement.

The Receivables Purchase Agreement

Sale of Receivables

FIA is the owner of the accounts which generate the receivables that are purchased by the transferor under the receivables purchase agreement between BACCS and Funding and then transferred by Funding to master trust II. In connection with the sale of receivables to Funding, BACCS has:

·	filed appropriate UCC financing statements to evidence the sale to Funding and to perfect Funding’s right, title and interest in those receivables; and

·	indicated in its computer files that the receivables have been sold to Funding.

Pursuant to the receivables purchase agreement, BACCS:

sold all of its right, title and interest in the receivables existing in the initial accounts at the close of business on the initial cut-off date and receivables arising thereafter in those accounts, in each case including all interchange, insurance proceeds and recoveries allocable to such receivables, all monies due or to become due, all amounts received or receivable, all collections and all proceeds, each as it relates to such receivables; and

will sell all of its right, title and interest in the receivables existing in the additional accounts at the close of business on the date of designation for inclusion in master trust II and receivables arising thereafter in those accounts, in each case including all interchange, insurance proceeds and recoveries, all monies due or to become due, all amounts received or receivable, all collections and all proceeds, each as it relates to such receivables.

Pursuant to the master trust II agreement, those receivables are then transferred immediately by Funding, subject to certain conditions, to master trust II, and Funding has assigned to master trust II its rights under the receivables purchase agreement.

Representations and Warranties

In the receivables purchase agreement, BACCS represents and warrants to Funding to the effect that, among other things:

·	it is validly existing in good standing under the applicable laws of the applicable jurisdiction and has full power and authority to own its properties and conduct its business;

114

the execution and delivery of the receivables purchase agreement and the performance of the transactions contemplated by that document will not conflict with or result in any breach of any of the terms of any material agreement to which BACCS is a party or by which its properties are bound and will not conflict with or violate any requirements of law applicable to BACCS; and

·	all governmental authorizations, consents, orders, approvals, registrations or declarations required to be obtained by BACCS in connection with the execution and delivery of, and the performance of the receivables purchase agreement have been obtained.

Repurchase Obligations

In the receivables purchase agreement, BACCS makes the following representations and warranties, among others:

·	as of October 20, 2006 with respect to the initial accounts, and as of the date of designation for sale to Funding with respect to additional accounts, the list of accounts identifies all accounts the receivables of which are to be sold by BACCS to Funding;

·	each receivable conveyed to Funding has been conveyed free and clear of any lien or encumbrance, other than liens for municipal and other local taxes;

·	all government authorizations, consents, orders, approvals, registrations or declarations required to be obtained, effected or given by BACCS in connection with the conveyance of receivables to Funding have been duly obtained, effected or given and are in full force and effect;

·	on the initial cut-off date, each account is an Eligible Account and, on the date of designation for inclusion in master trust II, each additional account is an Eligible Account;

·	on the initial cut-off date, each receivable then existing in an initial account is an Eligible Receivable and, on the applicable additional cut-off date, each receivable then existing in the related additional account is an Eligible Receivable; and

·	as of the date of the creation of any new receivable sold to Funding by BACCS, such receivable is an Eligible Receivable.

Similar representations and warranties are made by Funding under the master trust II agreement. The receivables purchase agreement provides that if BACCS breaches any of the representations and warranties described above and, as a result, Funding is required under the master trust II agreement to accept a reassignment of the related Ineligible Receivables transferred to master trust II by Funding or sold to master trust II by FIA prior to the date Funding became the transferor, then BACCS will accept reassignment of such Ineligible Receivables and pay to Funding an amount equal to the unpaid balance of such Ineligible Receivables. See “Master Trust II—Representations and Warranties.”

Reassignment of Other Receivables

BACCS also represents and warrants in the receivables purchase agreement that (a) the receivables purchase agreement and any supplemental conveyances each constitute a legal, valid and binding obligation of BACCS and (b) the receivables purchase agreement and any supplemental conveyance constitute a valid sale to Funding of the related receivables, and that the sale is perfected

115

under the applicable UCC. If a representation described in (a) or (b) of the preceding sentence is not true and correct in any material respect and as a result of the breach Funding is required under the master trust II agreement to accept a reassignment of all of the receivables previously sold by BACCS pursuant to the receivables purchase agreement, BACCS will accept a reassignment of those receivables. See “Master Trust II—Representations and Warranties.” If BACCS is required to accept reassignment under the preceding paragraph, BACCS will pay to Funding an amount equal to the unpaid balance of the reassigned receivables.

Amendments

The receivables purchase agreement may be amended by BACCS and Funding without consent of any investor certificateholders or noteholders. No amendment, however, may be effective unless written confirmation has been received by Funding from each rating agency that the amendment will not result in the reduction, qualification or withdrawal of the respective ratings of each rating agency for any securities issued by master trust II.

Termination

The receivables purchase agreement will terminate upon either (a) the termination of master trust II pursuant to the master trust II agreement, or (b) an amendment to the master trust II agreement to replace Funding as transferor under the master trust II agreement. In addition, if BACCS or Funding becomes a debtor in a bankruptcy case or certain other liquidation, bankruptcy, insolvency or similar events occur, BACCS will cease to transfer receivables to Funding and promptly give notice of that event to Funding and the master trust II trustee.

Master Trust II

The following discussion summarizes the material terms of the master trust II agreement—dated August 4, 1994, among FIA, as servicer, Funding, as transferor, and The Bank of New York Mellon, as master trust II trustee, which has been and may be amended from time to time, and is referred to in this prospectus as the master trust II agreement—and the series supplements to the master trust II agreement. The summary does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the provisions of the master trust II agreement and the series supplements.

General

Master trust II has been formed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware. Master trust II is governed by the master trust II agreement. Master trust II will only engage in the following business activities:

·	acquiring and holding master trust II assets;

·	issuing series of certificates and other interests in master trust II;

·	receiving collections and making payments on Series 2001-D, other series of investor certificates, and other interests in master trust II; and

·	engaging in related activities (including, for any series, obtaining any enhancement and entering into an enhancement agreement relating thereto).

116

As a consequence, master trust II is not expected to have any need for additional capital resources other than the assets of master trust II.

Master Trust II Trustee

The Bank of New York Mellon, a New York banking corporation, is the master trust II trustee under the master trust II agreement. See “Transaction Parties—The Bank of New York Mellon” for a description of The Bank of New York Mellon. The master trust II trustee, FIA, Funding and any of their respective affiliates may hold certificates in their own names. For purposes of meeting the legal requirements of certain local jurisdictions, the master trust II trustee will have the power to appoint a co-master trust II trustee or separate master trust II trustees of all or any part of master trust II. In the event of such appointment, all rights, powers, duties and obligations conferred or imposed upon the master trust II trustee by the master trust II agreement will be conferred or imposed upon the master trust II trustee and such separate trustee or co-trustee jointly, or, in any jurisdiction in which the master trust II trustee shall be incompetent or unqualified to perform certain acts, singly upon such separate trustee or co-trustee who shall exercise and perform such rights, powers, duties and obligations solely at the direction of the master trust II trustee.

Under the terms of the master trust II agreement, the servicer agrees to pay to the master trust II trustee reasonable compensation for performance of its duties under the master trust II agreement. The master trust II trustee has agreed to perform only those duties specifically set forth in the master trust II agreement. Many of the duties of the master trust II trustee are described in “Master Trust II” and throughout this prospectus and the related prospectus supplement. Under the terms of the master trust II agreement, the master trust II trustee’s limited responsibilities include the following:

·	to deliver to certificateholders of record certain notices, reports and other documents received by the master trust II trustee, as required under the master trust II agreement;

·	to authenticate, deliver, cancel and otherwise administer the investor certificates;

·	to remove and reassign ineligible receivables and accounts from master trust II;

·	to establish and maintain necessary master trust II accounts and to maintain accurate records of activity in those accounts;

·	to serve as the initial transfer agent, paying agent and registrar, and, if it resigns these duties, to appoint a successor transfer agent, paying agent and registrar;

·	to invest funds in the master trust II accounts at the direction of the servicer;

·	to represent the certificateholders in interactions with clearing agencies and other similar organizations;

·	to distribute and transfer funds at the direction of the servicer, as applicable, in accordance with the terms of the master trust II agreement;

·	to file with the appropriate party all documents necessary to protect the rights and interests of the certificateholders;

·	to enforce the rights of the certificateholders against the servicer, if necessary;

117

·	to notify the certificateholders and other parties, to sell the receivables, and to allocate the proceeds of such sale, in the event of the termination of master trust II;

·	to cause a sale of receivables on the legal maturity date of any accelerated tranche of notes; and

·	to perform certain other administrative functions identified in the master trust II agreement.

In addition to the responsibilities described above, the master trust II trustee has the discretion to require Funding to cure a potential Pay Out Event and to declare a Pay Out Event. See “Master Trust II—Pay Out Events.”

In the event that Funding becomes insolvent, if any series of investor certificates issued on or prior to April 25, 2001 is outstanding, the master trust II trustee shall: (1) notify the certificateholders of the insolvency, (2) dispose of the receivables in a commercially reasonable manner, and (3) allocate the proceeds of such sale. See “Master Trust II—Pay Out Events.”

If a servicer default occurs, in addition to the responsibilities described above, the master trust II trustee may be required to appoint a successor servicer or to take over servicing responsibilities under the master trust II agreement. See “Master Trust II—Servicer Default.” In addition, if a servicer default occurs, the master trust II trustee, in its discretion, may proceed to protect its rights or the rights of the investor certificateholders under the master trust II agreement by a suit, action or other judicial proceeding.

The master trust II trustee is not liable for any errors of judgment as long as the errors are made in good faith and the master trust II trustee was not negligent. The master trust II trustee may resign at any time, and it may be forced to resign if the master trust II trustee fails to meet the eligibility requirements specified in the master trust II agreement.

The holders of a majority of investor certificates have the right to direct the time, method or place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the trustee under the master trust II agreement.

The master trust II trustee may resign at any time, in which event the transferor will be obligated to appoint a successor master trust II trustee. The transferor may also remove the master trust II trustee if the master trust II trustee ceases to be eligible to continue as such under the master trust II agreement or if the master trust II trustee becomes insolvent. In such circumstances, the transferor will be obligated to appoint a successor master trust II trustee. Any resignation or removal of the master trust II trustee and appointment of a successor master trust II trustee does not become effective until acceptance of the appointment by the successor master trust II trustee.

Any successor trustee will execute and deliver to the transferor, FIA and its predecessor master trust II trustee an instrument accepting the appointment. Any successor trustee must: (1) be a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof; (2) be authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers; (3) have a long-term unsecured debt rating of at least Baa3 by Moody’s, BBB- by Standard & Poor’s and BBB by Fitch; (4) have, in the case of an entity that is subject to risk-based capital adequacy requirements, risk-based capital of at least $50,000,000 or, in the case of an entity that is not subject to risk-based capital adequacy requirements, have a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 and subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authority; (5) be approved by Standard & Poor’s to act as the master trust II trustee; (6) service a portfolio of consumer revolving credit card accounts or other consumer revolving credit accounts; (7) be legally qualified and have the capacity to service the Master Trust II Portfolio; (8) be

118

qualified (or licensed) to use the software that the servicer is then currently using to service the Master Trust II Portfolio or obtains the right to use, or has its own, software which is adequate to perform its duties under the master trust II agreement; (9) have, in the reasonable judgment of the master trust II trustee, demonstrated the ability to professionally and competently service a portfolio of similar accounts in accordance with customary standards of skill and care; and (10) have a net worth of at least $50,000,000 as of the end of its most recent fiscal quarter.

The master trust II trustee may appoint one or more co-trustees and vest in that co-trustee or those co-trustees, for the benefit of the certificateholders, such title to the assets in master trust II or part thereof. No co-trustee appointed in such manner will be subject to the eligibility requirements discussed in the preceding paragraph.

The servicer has agreed to pay the master trust II trustee’s fees and expenses. The payment of those fees and expenses by the servicer will be made without reimbursement from any master trust II account. See “The Indenture—Events of Default Remedies.”

The Receivables

The Master Trust II Portfolio consists of receivables which arise in credit card accounts selected from the Bank Portfolio on the basis of criteria set forth in the master trust II agreement as applied on the Cut-Off Date or, for additional accounts, as of the date of their designation. The receivables in master trust II may include receivables that are contractually delinquent. Funding will have the right (subject to certain limitations and conditions set forth therein), and in some circumstances will be obligated, to designate from time to time additional eligible revolving credit card accounts to be included as accounts and to transfer to master trust II all receivables of such additional accounts, whether such receivables are then existing or thereafter created, or to transfer to master trust II participations in receivables instead.

Funding, as transferor, will be required to designate additional credit card accounts, to the extent available:

(a) to maintain the Transferor Interest so that, during any period of 30 consecutive days, the Transferor Interest averaged over that period equals or exceeds the Minimum Transferor Interest for the same period; and

(b) to maintain, for so long as master trust II investor certificates of any series (including Series 2001-D) remain outstanding, an aggregate amount of principal receivables equal to or greater than the Minimum Aggregate Principal Receivables. Any additional credit card accounts designated by Funding must meet certain eligibility requirements on the date of designation.

Funding also has the right (subject to certain limitations and conditions) to require the master trust II trustee to reconvey all receivables in credit card accounts designated by Funding for removal, whether such receivables are then existing or thereafter created. Once a credit card account is removed, receivables existing or arising under that credit card account are not transferred to master trust II.

Throughout the term of master trust II, the credit card accounts from which the receivables arise will be the credit card accounts designated by Funding on the Cut-Off Date plus any additional credit card accounts minus any removed credit card accounts. For each series of certificates issued by master trust II, Funding will represent and warrant to master trust II that, as of the date of issuance of the related series and the date receivables are conveyed to master trust II, such receivables meet certain eligibility requirements. See “—Representations and Warranties” below.

119

With 30 days’ prior written notice to the servicer, the master trust II trustee and each rating agency, Funding may designate a percentage (referred to as the discount percentage), which may be a fixed percentage or a variable percentage based on a formula, of the amount of principal receivables to be treated after such designation, or for the period specified, as finance charge receivables, so long as:

Funding delivers to the master trust II trustee a certificate of an authorized officer to the effect that, in the reasonable belief of Funding, the designation of the discount percentage will not cause a Pay Out Event to occur or cause an event which with notice or the lapse of time or both would constitute a Pay Out Event; and

·	written confirmation that the designation of the discount percentage will not result in the reduction or withdrawal by any rating agency of its rating of any outstanding series of investor certificates.

After satisfaction of these conditions, the product of the discount percentage and newly-generated principal receivables will be treated as finance charge receivables and referred to as discount option receivables, and in processing collections of principal receivables, the product of the discounted percentage and collections of principal receivables will be treated as collections of finance charge receivables.

The prospectus supplement relating to each series, class or tranche of notes will provide certain information about the Master Trust II Portfolio as of the date specified. Such information will include, but not be limited to, the amount of principal receivables, the amount of finance charge receivables, the range of principal balances of the credit card accounts and the average thereof, the range of credit limits of the credit card accounts and the average thereof, the range of ages of the credit card accounts and the average thereof, the geographic distribution of the credit card accounts, the types of credit card accounts and delinquency statistics relating to the credit card accounts.

Investor Certificates

Each series of master trust II certificates will represent interests in certain assets of master trust II, including the right to the applicable investor percentage of all cardholder payments on the receivables in master trust II. For Series 2001-D, the Investor Interest on any date will be equal to the sum of the nominal liquidation amounts of all notes secured by the collateral certificate plus the Class D Investor Interest.

Funding owns the Transferor Interest which represents the interest in master trust II not represented by the investor certificates issued and outstanding under master trust II or the rights, if any, of any credit enhancement providers to receive payments from master trust II. The holder of the Transferor Interest, subject to certain limitations, will have the right to the Transferor Percentage of all cardholder payments from the receivables in master trust II. The Transferor Interest may be transferred in whole or in part subject to certain limitations and conditions set forth in the master trust II agreement. At the discretion of Funding, the Transferor Interest may be held either in an uncertificated form or in the form of a certificate representing the Transferor Interest, called a transferor certificate. See “—Certain Matters Regarding the Servicer and the Transferor” below.

The amount of principal receivables in master trust II will vary each day as new principal receivables are created and others are paid or charged-off as uncollectible. The amount of the Transferor Interest will fluctuate each day, therefore, to reflect the changes in the amount of the principal receivables in master trust II. As a result, the Transferor Interest will generally increase to reflect reductions in the Investor Interest for such series and will also change to reflect the variations in the amount of principal

120

receivables in master trust II. The Transferor Interest will generally decrease as a result of the issuance of a new series of investor certificates by master trust II or as a result the issuance of a new series, class or tranche of notes or otherwise. See “—New Issuances” below and “The Notes—Issuances of New Series, Classes and Tranches of Notes” in this prospectus.

Conveyance of Receivables

Pursuant to the master trust II agreement, each of FIA and Funding, during the period it was the seller or the transferor, as applicable, has assigned to master trust II its interest in all receivables arising in the initial accounts, as of the Cut-Off Date, and has assigned and will assign its interest in all of the receivables in the additional accounts, as of the related account addition date. In addition, FIA or Funding, as applicable, has assigned to master trust II all of its interest in all receivables thereafter created under such accounts, all interchange, recoveries and insurance proceeds allocable to master trust II, any participations in receivables added to master trust II and the proceeds of all of the foregoing.

In connection with each previous transfer of the receivables to master trust II, FIA and Funding have respectively indicated, and in connection with each subsequent transfer of receivables to master trust II, Funding will indicate, in its computer files that the receivables have been conveyed to master trust II. In addition, Funding has provided or will provide to the master trust II trustee computer files or microfiche lists, containing a true and complete list showing each credit card account, identified by account number and by total outstanding balance on the date of transfer. FIA, as servicer, will not deliver to the master trust II trustee any records or agreements relating to the credit card accounts or the receivables.

Except as stated above, the records and agreements relating to the credit card accounts and the receivables in master trust II maintained by Funding or the servicer are not and will not be segregated by Funding or the servicer from other documents and agreements relating to other credit card accounts and receivables and are not and will not be stamped or marked to reflect the transfer of the receivables to master trust II. However, the computer records of BACCS are marked to evidence the transfer of the receivables to Funding and the computer records of Funding are marked to evidence the transfer of the receivables to master trust II. BACCS has filed Uniform Commercial Code financing statements for the transfer of the receivables to Funding, as transferor, and Funding has filed Uniform Commercial Code financing statements for the transfer of the receivables to master trust II. In the case of the transfer of the receivables from BACCS to Funding, such financing statements must meet the requirements of North Carolina state law. In the case of the transfer of the receivables from Funding to master trust II, such financing statements must meet the requirements of Delaware state law.

Addition of Master Trust II Assets

As described above under “—The Receivables,” Funding has the right (or in certain circumstances, the obligation) to designate to master trust II, from time to time, additional credit card accounts for the related receivables to be included as receivables transferred to master trust II. Funding will convey to master trust II its interest in all receivables of such additional credit card accounts, whether such receivables are then existing or thereafter created.

Each additional account must be an Eligible Account at the time of its designation. However, additional credit card accounts may not be of the same credit quality as other credit card accounts transferred to master trust II. Additional credit card accounts may have been originated by FIA using credit criteria different from those which were applied by FIA to the other credit card accounts transferred to master trust II. For example, additional credit card accounts may have been acquired by FIA from an institution which may have had different credit criteria.

121

In addition to or in lieu of additional credit card accounts, Funding is permitted to add to master trust II participations representing interests in a pool of assets primarily consisting of receivables arising under revolving credit card accounts owned by FIA or an affiliate of FIA. Participations may be evidenced by one or more certificates of ownership issued under a separate pooling and servicing agreement or similar agreement entered into by Funding which entitles the certificateholder to receive percentages of collections generated by the pool of assets subject to such participation agreement from time to time and to certain other rights and remedies specified therein. Participations may have their own credit enhancement, pay out events, servicing obligations and servicer defaults, all of which are likely to be enforceable by a separate trustee under the participation agreement and may be different from those specified in this prospectus. The rights and remedies of master trust II as the holder of a participation (and therefore the certificateholders) will be subject to all the terms and provisions of the related participation agreement. The master trust II agreement may be amended to permit the addition of a participation in master trust II without the consent of the related certificateholders if:

·	Funding delivers to the master trust II trustee a certificate of an authorized officer to the effect that, in the reasonable belief of Funding, such amendment will not as of the date of such amendment adversely affect in any material respect the interest of such certificateholders; and

·	such amendment will not result in a withdrawal or reduction of the rating of any outstanding series under master trust II by any rating agency.

A conveyance by Funding to master trust II of receivables in additional credit card accounts or participations is subject to the following conditions, among others:

·	Funding shall give the master trust II trustee, each rating agency and the servicer written notice that such additional accounts or participations will be included, which notice shall specify the approximate aggregate amount of the receivables or interests therein to be transferred;

Funding shall have delivered to the master trust II trustee a written assignment (including an acceptance by the master trust II trustee on behalf of master trust II for the benefit of the certificateholders) as provided in the assignment agreement relating to such additional accounts or participations, and Funding shall have delivered to the master trust II trustee a computer file or microfiche list, dated as of the Addition Date, containing a true and complete list of such additional accounts or participations transferred to master trust II;

·	Funding shall represent and warrant that:

—each additional credit card account is, as of the Addition Date, an Eligible Account, and each receivable in such additional credit card account is, as of the Addition Date, an Eligible Receivable;

—no selection procedures believed by the transferor to be materially adverse to the interests of the certificateholders were utilized in selecting the additional credit card accounts; and

—as of the Addition Date, Funding is not insolvent;

·	Funding shall deliver certain opinions of counsel with respect to the transfer of the receivables in the additional credit card accounts or the participations to master trust II; and

122

where the additional credit card accounts are greater than the Maximum Addition Amount for the related three-month period, each rating agency then rating any series of certificates outstanding under master trust II shall have previously consented to the addition of such additional credit card accounts or participations.

In addition to the periodic reports otherwise required to be filed by the servicer with the SEC pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the servicer intends to file, on behalf of master trust II, a report on Form 8-K with respect to any addition to master trust II of receivables in additional credit card accounts or participations that would have a material effect on the composition of the assets of master trust II.

Removal of Accounts

Funding may, but shall not be obligated to, designate from time to time certain credit card accounts to be removed accounts, all receivables in which shall be subject to removal from master trust II. Funding, however, may not make more than one such designation in any month unless any additional designation over one in a month is in response to a third-party action or decision not to act and not a unilateral action of Funding. Funding will be permitted to designate and require reassignment to it of the receivables from removed accounts only upon satisfaction of the following conditions, among others:

·	the removal of any receivables of any removed accounts shall not, in the reasonable belief of Funding, cause a Pay Out Event to occur;

Funding shall have delivered to the master trust II trustee for execution a written assignment and an updated account list, dated as of the Removal Date, containing a true and complete list of all removed accounts identified by account number and the aggregate amount of the receivables in such removed accounts;

·	Funding shall represent and warrant that it has not used any selection procedures believed by Funding to be materially adverse to the interests of the holders of any series of certificates outstanding under master trust II in selecting the related removed accounts;

each rating agency then rating each series of investor certificates outstanding under master trust II shall have received notice of such proposed removal of accounts and Funding shall have received notice from each such rating agency that such proposed removal will not result in a downgrade or withdrawal of its then-current rating for any such series;

·	the aggregate amount of principal receivables of the accounts then existing in master trust II less the aggregate amount of principal receivables of the removed accounts shall not be less than the amount specified, if any, for any period specified;

the principal receivables of the removed accounts shall not equal or exceed 5% of the aggregate amount of the principal receivables in master trust II at such time; except, that if any series of master trust II investor certificates or tranche of notes has been paid in full, the principal receivables in such removed accounts may not equal or exceed the sum of:

—the initial Investor Interest or the aggregate principal amount of the certificates of such series or tranche, as applicable, of such series; plus

123

—5% of the aggregate amount of the principal receivables in master trust II at such time after giving effect to the removal of accounts in an amount approximately equal to the initial Investor Interest of such series; and

·	Funding shall have delivered to the master trust II trustee an officer’s certificate confirming the items set forth above.

In addition, Funding’s designation of any account as a removed account shall be random, unless Funding’s designation of any such account is in response to a third-party action or decision not to act and not the unilateral action of the transferor.

Funding will be permitted, at any time, to designate as a removed account without the consent of the master trust II trustee, certificateholders, noteholders or rating agencies, and without having to satisfy the conditions described above, any account that has a zero balance and which Funding will remove from its computer file.

Collection and Other Servicing Procedures

The servicer will be responsible for servicing and administering the receivables in accordance with the servicer’s policies and procedures for servicing credit card receivables comparable to the receivables. FIA has been servicing credit card receivables in connection with securitizations since 1986. See “Transaction Parties—FIA and Affiliates” for a discussion of FIA. Servicing activities to be performed by the servicer include collecting and recording payments, communicating with accountholders, investigating payment delinquencies, evaluating the increase of credit limits and the issuance of credit cards, providing billing and tax records to accountholders and maintaining internal records for each account. Managerial and custodial services performed by the servicer on behalf of master trust II include providing assistance in any inspections of the documents and records relating to the accounts and receivables by the master trust II trustee pursuant to the master trust II agreement, maintaining the agreements, documents and files relating to the accounts and receivables as custodian for master trust II and providing related data processing and reporting services for investor certificateholders of any series and on behalf of the master trust II trustee.

If FIA became insolvent, a Pay Out Event and a Servicer Default would occur. If a Pay Out Event occurs, this could cause an early redemption of the notes, and payments on your notes could be accelerated, delayed or reduced. See “—Pay Out Events” below. Furthermore, if a Servicer Default occurs, FIA could be removed as servicer for master trust II and a successor servicer would be appointed. See “—Servicer Default” below for more information regarding the appointment of a successor servicer.

Pursuant to the master trust II agreement, FIA, as servicer, has the right to delegate its duties as servicer to any person who agrees to conduct such duties in accordance with the master trust II agreement and FIA’s lending guidelines. However, such delegation would not relieve FIA of its obligations as servicer under the master trust II agreement.

The servicer will be required to maintain fidelity bond coverage insuring against losses through wrongdoing of its officers and employees who are involved in the servicing of credit card receivables covering such actions and in such amounts as the servicer believes to be reasonable from time to time.

The servicer may not resign from its obligations and duties under the master trust II agreement, except upon determination that performance of its duties is no longer permissible under applicable law. No such resignation will become effective until the master trust II trustee or a successor to the servicer has assumed the servicer’s responsibilities and obligations under the master trust II agreement.

124

Master Trust II Accounts

The servicer will establish and maintain, in the name of master trust II, for the benefit of certificateholders of all series, an account established for the purpose of holding collections of receivables, called a master trust II collection account, which will be a non-interest bearing segregated account established and maintained with the servicer or with a Qualified Institution. A Qualified Institution may also be a depository institution, which may include the master trust II trustee, which is acceptable to each rating agency.

In addition, for the benefit of the investor certificateholders of certificates issued by master trust II, the master trust II trustee will establish and maintain in the name of master trust II two separate accounts, called a finance charge account and a principal account, in segregated master trust II accounts (which need not be deposit accounts) with a Qualified Institution (other than FIA, BACCS or the transferor). Funds in the principal account and the finance charge account for master trust II will be invested, at the direction of the servicer, in Permitted Investments.

Any earnings (net of losses and investment expenses) on funds in the finance charge account or the principal account allocable to Series 2001-D will be included in collections of finance charge receivables allocable to Series 2001-D. The servicer will have the revocable power to withdraw funds from the master trust II collection account and to instruct the master trust II trustee to make withdrawals and payments from the finance charge account and the principal account for the purpose of carrying out the servicer’s duties.

Investor Percentage

The servicer will allocate between the Investor Interest of each series issued and outstanding and the Transferor Interest, all amounts collected on finance charge receivables, all amounts collected on principal receivables and all receivables in Defaulted Accounts, based on a varying percentage called the investor percentage. The servicer will make each allocation by reference to the applicable investor percentage of each series and the Transferor Percentage, and, in certain circumstances, the percentage interest of certain credit enhancement providers, for such series. For a description of how allocations will be made to Series 2001-D, the collateral certificate and the Class D certificate by master trust II, see “Sources of Funds to Pay the Notes—The Collateral Certificate” and “Master Trust II—The Class D Certificate.”

Application of Collections

Except as otherwise provided below, the servicer will deposit into the master trust II collection account, no later than the second Business Day following the date of processing, any payment collected by the servicer on the receivables in master trust II. On the same day as any such deposit is made, the servicer will make the deposits and payments to the accounts and parties as indicated below. FIA, as servicer, may make such deposits and payments on a monthly or other periodic basis on each Transfer Date in an amount equal to the net amount of such deposits and payments which would have been made on a daily basis if:

·	(i) the servicer provides to the master trust II trustee and Funding a letter of credit covering collection risk of the servicer acceptable to the specified rating agency, and

·	(ii) Funding shall not have received a notice from such rating agency that such letter of credit would result in the lowering of such rating agency’s then-existing rating of any series of certificates previously issued by master trust II and then-outstanding; or

125

·	the servicer has and maintains a certificate of deposit or short-term deposit rating of P-1 by Moody’s, of A-1 by Standard & Poor’s, and of F1 by Fitch.

Whether the servicer is required to make monthly or daily deposits from the master trust II collection account into the finance charge account or the principal account, for any month:

the servicer will only be required to deposit collections from the master trust II collection account into the finance charge account, the principal account or any series account established by a related series supplement up to the required amount to be deposited into any such deposit account or, without duplication, distributed on or prior to the related Distribution Date to certificateholders; and

if at any time prior to such Distribution Date the amount of collections deposited in the master trust II collection account exceeds the amount required to be deposited pursuant to this section, the servicer, subject to certain limitations, will be permitted to withdraw the excess from the master trust II collection account.

The servicer will withdraw the following amounts from the master trust II collection account for application as indicated:

(a) An amount equal to the Transferor Percentage of the aggregate amount of such deposits in respect of principal receivables will be:

—paid to the holder of the Transferor Interest if, and only to the extent that, the Transferor Interest is greater than the Minimum Transferor Interest; or

—deposited in the principal account and treated as Unallocated Principal Collections.

(b) An amount equal to the Transferor Percentage of the aggregate amount of such deposits in respect of finance charge receivables will be:

—deposited in the finance charge account (in an amount equal to the amount of such deposits times the aggregate prefunded amount, if any, on deposit in the principal funding subaccount for any tranche of notes divided by the Transferor Interest) and paid to the issuing entity on the following Transfer Date (in an amount not to exceed the positive difference, if any, between (i) the amount of interest payable to noteholders and derivative counterparties, if any, on such prefunded amount and (ii) the net investment earnings on such prefunded amounts for such month); or

—otherwise paid to the holder of the Transferor Interest.

(c) For series of master trust II certificates other than Series 2001-D, an amount equal to the applicable investor percentage of the aggregate amount of such deposits relating to the finance charge receivables will be deposited into the finance charge account and the aggregate amount of such deposits relating to principal receivables will be deposited into the principal account, in each case, for application and distribution in accordance with the related series supplement. However, so long as certain conditions are satisfied, including that no Pay Out Event has occurred or is continuing, collections of principal receivables allocable to subordinated classes of investor certificates will be deposited in the principal account only up to an amount (not less than zero) equal to:

126

—1.5 times the total monthly interest to be deposited during the current month for all classes of investor certificates described in the related series supplement, plus

—if FIA or The Bank of New York Mellon is not the servicer, the monthly servicing fee, minus

—the preceding month’s finance charge collections allocated to the related investor certificates (unless the transferor or the servicer has knowledge that the current month’s finance charge collections will be materially less than the finance charge collections for the prior month, in which case, the lesser amount will be used).

Any collections of principal receivables allocable to subordinated classes of investor certificates in excess of such amount will be commingled with FIA’s other funds until the following Transfer Date.

(d) For Series 2001-D, deposits in respect of finance charge receivables and principal receivables will be allocated to Series 2001-D as described in “Sources of Funds to Pay the Notes—The Collateral Certificate” in this prospectus. However, so long as certain conditions are satisfied, including that no Pay Out Event relating to Series 2001-D has occurred or is continuing, and that neither an early redemption event nor an event of default relating to the notes has occurred or is continuing, collections of principal receivables allocable to subordinated classes of notes will be deposited in the principal account only up to an amount (not less than zero) equal to:

—1.5 times the aggregate amount targeted to be deposited in the interest funding account during the current month and, following any issuance of notes during such month, the aggregate amount targeted to be deposited in the interest funding account for such newly issued notes during the following month, plus

—if FIA or The Bank of New York Mellon is not the servicer, the monthly servicing fee, minus

—the preceding month’s finance charge collections allocated to Series 2001-D (unless the transferor or the servicer has knowledge that the current month’s finance charge collections will be materially less than the finance charge collections for the prior month, in which case, the lesser amount will be used).

Any collections of principal receivables allocable to subordinated classes of notes in excess of such amount will be commingled with FIA’s other funds until the following Transfer Date.

The amount of collections of principal receivables to be deposited in the principal account for subordinated classes of investor certificates described in clause (c) above, or subordinated classes of notes as described in clause (d) above, is subject to amendment with rating agency approval.

Any Unallocated Principal Collections will be held in the principal account and paid to the holder of the Transferor Interest if, and only to the extent that, the Transferor Interest is greater than the Minimum Transferor Interest. Unallocated Principal Collections will be held for or distributed to investor certificateholders of the series of certificates issued by master trust II (including Series 2001-D) in accordance with related series supplements.

The servicer’s compliance with its obligations under the master trust II agreement and each series supplement will be independently verified as described under “—Evidence as to Compliance” below.

127

Defaulted Receivables; Rebates and Fraudulent Charges

On each Determination Date, the servicer will calculate the Aggregate Class D Investor Default Amount for the preceding month, which will be equal to the aggregate amount of the investor percentage of principal receivables in Defaulted Accounts; that is, credit card accounts which in such month were written off as uncollectible in accordance with the servicer’s policies and procedures for servicing credit card receivables comparable to the receivables in master trust II. The Aggregate Class D Investor Default Amount, and thus the entire investor percentage of principal receivables in Defaulted Accounts allocable to Series 2001-D, will be allocated only to the Class D Investor Interest, unless the Class D Investor Interest has been reduced to zero by unreimbursed Class D Investor Charge-Offs or reallocations of collections of principal receivables allocable to the Class D certificate. See “—The Class D Certificate” below for a description of the ways in which the Class D Investor Interest can be reduced.

Recoveries on receivables in Defaulted Accounts (net of expenses) will be included as finance charge collections payable to master trust II, provided that if any of such recoveries relates to both receivables in Defaulted Accounts and other receivables, and it cannot be determined with objective certainty whether such recoveries relate to receivables in Defaulted Accounts or other receivables, the amount of recoveries included as finance charge collections payable to master trust II will be the servicer’s reasonable estimate of the amount recovered in respect of receivables in Defaulted Accounts.

If the servicer adjusts the amount of any principal receivable because of transactions occurring in respect of a rebate or refund to a cardholder, then the Transferor Interest will be reduced by the amount of the adjustment. In addition, the Transferor Interest will be reduced as a result of transactions in respect of any principal receivable which was discovered as having been created through a fraudulent or counterfeit charge.

If the servicer makes a deposit into the collection account of a receivable that was received in the form of a check which is not honored for any reason or if the servicer makes a mistake in the amount of any deposit of any collection, then the servicer will appropriately adjust subsequent deposits into the collection account to reconcile the dishonored check or mistake. Any payment received in the form of a dishonored check is deemed not to have been paid.

Master Trust II Termination

Master trust II will terminate on the Master Trust II Termination Date. Upon the termination of master trust II and the surrender of the Transferor Interest, the master trust II trustee shall convey to the holder of the Transferor Interest all right, title and interest of master trust II in and to the receivables and other funds of master trust II.

Pay Out Events

A Pay Out Event will cause the early redemption of the notes. A Pay Out Event refers to any of the following events:

(a)

failure on the part of Funding (i) to make any payment or deposit on the date required under the master trust II agreement or the Series 2001-D supplement (or within the applicable grace period which shall not exceed 5 days) or (ii) to observe or perform in any material respect any other covenants or agreements of Funding set forth in the master trust II agreement or the Series 2001-D supplement, which failure has a material adverse effect on the certificateholders (determined without reference to whether any funds are available under the Class D certificate) and which continues unremedied for a period of

128

60 days after written notice of such failure, requiring the same to be remedied, and continues to materially and adversely affect the interests of the certificateholders (determined without reference to whether any funds are available under the Class D certificate) for such period;

(b)

any representation or warranty made by Funding in the master trust II agreement or the Series 2001-D supplement, or any information required to be given by Funding to the master trust II trustee to identify the credit card accounts, proves to have been incorrect in any material respect when made or delivered and which continues to be incorrect in any material respect for a period of 60 days after written notice of such failure, requiring the same to be remedied, and as a result of which the interests of the certificateholders (determined without reference to whether any funds are available under the Class D certificate) are materially and adversely affected and continue to be materially and adversely affected for such period, except that a Pay Out Event described in this clause (b) will not occur if Funding has accepted reassignment of the related receivable or all such receivables, if applicable, during such period in accordance with the provisions of the master trust II agreement;

(c)

(i) Funding becomes unable for any reason to transfer receivables to master trust II in accordance with the master trust II agreement, (ii) BACCS becomes unable for any reason to transfer receivables to Funding in accordance with the provisions of the receivables purchase agreement between BACCS and Funding, or (iii) FIA becomes unable for any reason to transfer receivables to BACCS in accordance with the provisions of the applicable agreement between FIA and BACCS;

(d)

any Servicer Default occurs which would have a material adverse effect on the certificateholders;

(e)

certain events of insolvency, conservatorship, receivership or bankruptcy relating to Funding, BACCS, or FIA;

(f)

Funding fails to convey receivables arising under additional credit card accounts, or participations, to master trust II when required by the master trust II agreement; or

(g)

master trust II becomes an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

In the case of any event described in clause (a), (b) or (d) above, a Pay Out Event will occur only if, after any applicable grace period, either the master trust II trustee or the noteholders evidencing interests aggregating not less than 50% of the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the outstanding notes, by written notice to Funding and the servicer (and to the master trust II trustee if given by the noteholders) declare that a Pay Out Event has occurred as of the date of such notice.

In the case of any event described in clause (c), (e), (f) or (g), a Pay Out Event will occur without any notice or other action on the part of the master trust II trustee or the noteholders immediately upon the occurrence of such event.

In addition to the consequences of a Pay Out Event discussed above and solely to the extent the investor certificates of any series issued on or prior to April 25, 2001 are outstanding, if pursuant to certain provisions of federal law, Funding voluntarily enters liquidation or a receiver is appointed for Funding, on the day of such event Funding will immediately cease to transfer principal receivables to

129

master trust II and promptly give notice to the master trust II trustee of such event. Within 15 days, the master trust II trustee will publish a notice of the liquidation or the appointment stating that the master trust II trustee intends to sell, dispose of, or otherwise liquidate the receivables in master trust II. Unless otherwise instructed within a specified period by certificateholders representing interests aggregating more than 50% of the Investor Interest of each series issued and outstanding, the master trust II trustee will use its best efforts to sell, dispose of, or otherwise liquidate the receivables in master trust II through the solicitation of competitive bids and on terms equivalent to the best purchase offer, as determined by the master trust II trustee. The noteholders will be deemed to have disapproved of such sale, liquidation or disposition. However, neither Funding, nor any affiliate or agent of Funding, may purchase the receivables of master trust II in the event of such sale, liquidation or disposition. The proceeds from the sale, disposition or liquidation of such receivables will be treated as collections of the receivables and applied as specified above in “—Application of Collections.”

If the only Pay Out Event to occur is either (i) the insolvency or bankruptcy of Funding, BACCS, or FIA, or (ii) the appointment of a conservator or receiver for FIA, the related conservator, receiver or bankruptcy court may have the power to prevent the early sale, liquidation or disposition of the receivables in master trust II and the commencement of a Rapid Amortization Period. In addition, a conservator, receiver or bankruptcy court may have the power to cause the early sale of the receivables in master trust II and the early retirement of the certificates. See “Risk Factors” in this prospectus and any risk factors in the accompanying prospectus supplement.

On the date on which a Pay Out Event occurs, the Rapid Amortization Period will commence. A Pay Out Event for Series 2001-D is also an early redemption event for the notes. See “The Indenture—Early Redemption Events.”

Servicing Compensation and Payment of Expenses

The share of the master trust II servicing fee allocable to Series 2001-D for any Transfer Date, called the Investor Servicing Fee, will equal one-twelfth of the product of (i) 2.00% and (ii) the Weighted Average Floating Allocation Investor Interest for Series 2001-D for the month preceding such Transfer Date. On each Transfer Date, if FIA or The Bank of New York Mellon is the servicer, servicer interchange for the related month that is on deposit in the finance charge account will be withdrawn from the finance charge account and paid to the servicer in payment of a portion of the Investor Servicing Fee for such month.

The servicer interchange for any month for which FIA or The Bank of New York Mellon is the servicer will be an amount equal to the portion of collections of finance charge receivables allocated to the Investor Interest for Series 2001-D for such month that is attributable to interchange. However, servicer interchange for a month will not exceed one-twelfth of the product of (i) the Weighted Average Floating Allocation Investor Interest for Series 2001-D for such month and (ii) 0.75%. In the case of any insufficiency of servicer interchange on deposit in the finance charge account, a portion of the Investor Servicing Fee allocable to Series 2001-D for such month will not be paid to the extent of such insufficiency and in no event shall master trust II, the master trust II trustee or the collateral certificateholder be liable for the share of the servicing fee to be paid out of servicer interchange.

The share of the Investor Servicing Fee allocable to Series 2001-D for any Transfer Date, called the Net Servicing Fee, is equal to one-twelfth of the product of (i) the Weighted Average Floating Allocation Investor Interest for Series 2001-D and (ii) 1.25%, or if FIA or The Bank of New York Mellon is not the servicer, 2.00%.

130

The Investor Servicing Fee allocable to Series 2001-D will be funded from collections of finance charge receivables allocated to Series 2001-D. The remainder of the servicing fee for master trust II will be allocable to the Transferor Interest, the Investor Interests of any other series of investor certificates issued by master trust II and any other interests in master trust II, if any, for such series. Neither master trust II, the master trust II trustee nor the certificateholders of any series of investor certificates issued by master trust II (including Series 2001-D) will have any obligation to pay the portion of the servicing fee allocable to the Transferor Interest.

In connection with servicing the receivables, the servicer may incur certain expenses. The Investor Servicing Fee that is paid to the servicer is intended, in part, to compensate the servicer for these expenses. The servicer will pay from its servicing compensation these expenses which may include, without limitation, payment of the fees and disbursements of the master trust II trustee, the owner trustee, the indenture trustee and independent certified public accountants and other fees which are not expressly stated in the master trust II agreement, the trust agreement or the indenture to be payable by master trust II or the investor certificateholders other than federal, state and local income and franchise taxes, if any, of master trust II. See the chart entitled “Fees and Expenses Payable from BAseries Available Funds and BAseries Available Principal Amounts.”

The Class D Certificate

The following discussion summarizes the material terms of the Class D certificate. These summaries do not purport to be complete and are qualified in their entirety by reference to the provisions of the master trust II agreement and the Class D certificate. The collateral certificate and the Class D certificate are the only master trust II investor certificates issued pursuant to Series 2001-D.

The Class D certificate represents an undivided interest in master trust II, but is not entitled to receive any payments of interest. The Class D Investor Interest, or the size of the Class D certificate’s undivided interest in master trust II, is determined primarily by the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the issuing entity’s notes. See “Prospectus Summary—Required Subordinated Amount and Required Class D Investor Interest,” “The Notes—Required Subordinated Amount—The Class D Certificate,” and the definition of “Class D Investor Interest” in the glossary for a description of how the amount of the Class D Investor Interest is determined.

The Class D certificate provides credit enhancement to the collateral certificate, and therefore the notes, in two ways. First, when Series 2001-D is allocated principal receivables in Defaulted Accounts as described above in “—Defaulted Receivables; Rebates and Fraudulent Charges,” the related Defaulted Amounts allocable to Series 2001-D will reduce the Class D Investor Interest prior to any reduction to the nominal liquidation amounts of notes due to uncovered Investor Default Amounts. On each Transfer Date, if the Aggregate Class D Investor Default Amount for such Transfer Date exceeds the amount of Available Funds which is allocated and available following the payment of the amounts described in clauses first through seventh under “Sources of Funds to Pay the Notes—Deposit and Application of Funds for the BAseries—Application of BAseries Available Funds,” the Class D Investor Interest will be reduced by the amount of such excess, but not more than the lesser of the Aggregate Class D Investor Default Amount and the Class D Investor Interest for such Transfer Date. This reduction in the Class D Investor Interest is called a “Class D Investor Charge-Off.” On any Transfer Date, to the extent that the Aggregate Class D Investor Default Amount is greater than the Class D Investor Interest, the Class D Investor Interest will be reduced to zero, and the amount of such excess will be applied as Investor Default Amounts that can reduce the nominal liquidation amounts of the notes if BAseries Available Funds are insufficient to cover such Investor Default Amounts, as described in “Sources of Funds to Pay the Notes—Deposit and Application of Funds for the BAseries—Allocations of Reductions from Charge-Offs.”

131

Second, collections on principal receivables allocable to the Class D certificate can be reallocated to make interest payments on the notes or pay the BAseries’s share of the master trust II servicing fee. On any Transfer Date, to the extent that the amount of BAseries Available Funds which is allocated and available is insufficient to pay the amounts described in clauses first and second under “Sources of Funds to Pay the Notes—Deposit and Application of Funds for the BAseries—Application of BAseries Available Funds,” collections of principal receivables allocable to the Class D Certificate will be applied as Available Funds, but not in an amount to exceed the lesser of:

·	the Class D Investor Interest (after giving effect to any Class D Investor Charge-Offs on such Transfer Date); and

the sum the following calculation for each day in the preceding month: for any day, the product of (i) the aggregate amount of collections of principal receivables on such day times (ii) the percentage equivalent (which percentage shall never exceed 100%) of a fraction, the numerator of which is the Class D Investor Interest as of such day and the denominator of which is equal to the Investor Interest of Series 2001-D as of such day.

So long as the Class D Investor Interest is greater than zero, this reallocation of collections on principal receivables allocable to the Class D certificate will occur prior to any reallocations of BAseries Available Principal Amounts used to pay interest on senior classes of notes or the master trust II servicing fee. If any such reallocation reduces the Class D Investor Interest to zero, or if the Class D Investor Interest has already been reduced to zero, and the amount of BAseries Available Funds which is allocated and available is insufficient to pay the amounts described in clauses first and second under “Sources of Funds to Pay the Notes—Deposit and Application of Funds for the BAseries—Application of BAseries Available Funds,” BAseries Available Principal Amounts will be reallocated to cover such deficiency, as described in “Sources of Funds to Pay the Notes—Deposit and Application of Funds for the BAseries— Application of BAseries Available Principal Amounts.”

Any reductions to the Class D Investor Interest due to Class D Investor Charge-Offs or reallocations of collections of principal receivables allocable to the Class D Certificate will be reimbursed through Available Funds remaining after payment of the amounts described in clauses first through seventh under “Sources of Funds to Pay the Notes—Deposit and Application of Funds for the BAseries—Application of BAseries Available Funds.”

New Issuances

The master trust II agreement provides that the holder of the Transferor Interest, without independent verification of its authority, may cause the master trust II trustee to issue one or more new series of certificates and may define all principal terms of such series. Each series issued may have different terms and enhancements than any other series. None of the transferor, the servicer, the master trust II trustee or master trust II is required or intends to provide prior notice to or obtain the consent of any certificateholder of any other series previously issued by master trust II or any noteholder of a series previously issued by the issuing entity prior to the issuance of a new series of master trust II investor certificates. However, as a condition of a new issuance, the holder of the Transferor Interest will deliver to the master trust II trustee written confirmation that the new issuance will not result in the reduction or withdrawal by any rating agency of its rating of any outstanding series.

Under the master trust II agreement, the holder of the Transferor Interest may cause a new issuance by notifying the master trust II trustee at least three days in advance of the date upon which the new issuance is to occur. The notice will state the designation of any series to be issued and:

132

·	its initial principal amount (or method for calculating such amount) which amount may not be greater than the current principal amount of the Transferor Interest;

·	its certificate rate (or method of calculating such rate); and

·	the provider of any credit enhancement.

The master trust II trustee will authenticate a new series only if it receives the following, among others:

·	a series supplement specifying the principal terms of such series;

·	an opinion of counsel to the effect that, unless otherwise stated in the related series supplement, the certificates of such series will be characterized as indebtedness for federal income tax purposes;

·	a master trust II tax opinion;

·	if required by the related series supplement, the form of credit enhancement;

·	if credit enhancement is required by the series supplement, an appropriate credit enhancement agreement executed by Funding and the credit enhancer;

·	written confirmation from each rating agency that the new issuance will not result in such rating agency’s reducing or withdrawing its rating on any then outstanding series rated by it; and

·	an officer’s certificate of Funding to the effect that after giving effect to the new issuance Funding would not be required to add additional accounts pursuant to the master trust II agreement and the Transferor Interest would be at least equal to the Minimum Transferor Interest.

Representations and Warranties

Funding has made in the master trust II agreement certain representations and warranties to master trust II to the effect that, among other things, that as of the Substitution Date:

·	as of the issuance date, Funding is duly incorporated and in good standing and that it has the authority to consummate the transactions contemplated by the master trust II agreement; and

·	as of the date of the designation of the related accounts to master trust II, each account is an Eligible Account.

Prior to the Substitution Date, FIA made similar representations and warranties relating to receivables that were transferred by FIA to master trust II. For so long as such receivables are assets of master trust II, then the representations and warranties made by FIA regarding those receivables will be in effect and enforceable.

If,

·	any of these representations and warranties proves to have been incorrect in any material respect when made by either FIA with respect to receivables transferred to master trust II

133

prior to the Substitution Date or by Funding, and continues to be incorrect for 60 days after notice to Funding by the master trust II trustee or to the transferor and the master trust II trustee by the certificateholders holding more than 50% of the Investor Interest of the related series; and

·	as a result the interests of the certificateholders are materially and adversely affected, and continue to be materially and adversely affected during such period;

then the master trust II trustee or certificateholders holding more than 50% of the Investor Interest may give notice to Funding (and to the master trust II trustee in the latter instance) declaring that a Pay Out Event has occurred, thereby causing an early redemption event to occur relating to the notes.

Funding has also made representations and warranties to master trust II relating to the receivables in master trust II to the effect that, among other things:

·	as of the date of designation of the related account to the Master Trust II Portfolio, each of the receivables then existing in such account is an Eligible Receivable; and

·	as of the date of designation of the related account to the Master Trust II Portfolio, each receivable then existing in such account was transferred to master trust II free and clear of any lien (except for certain tax, governmental or other nonconsensual liens).

Prior to the Substitution Date, FIA made similar representations and warranties relating to the receivables as of the date of designation of the related account to the Master Trust II Portfolio. For so long as receivables transferred by FIA prior to the Substitution Date are assets of master trust II, then the representations and warranties made by FIA with respect to the receivables will be in effect and enforceable.

In the event of a breach of any representation and warranty set forth in the preceding paragraph, within 60 days, or such longer period (not to exceed 120 days) as may be agreed to by the master trust II trustee, of the earlier to occur of the discovery of such breach by Funding or FIA, as applicable, or receipt by Funding of written notice of such breach given by the master trust II trustee, or, for certain breaches relating to prior liens, immediately upon the earlier to occur of such discovery or notice and as a result of such breach, the receivables in the accounts of master trust II are charged-off as uncollectible, master trust II’s rights in, to or under the receivables or their proceeds are impaired or the proceeds of such receivables are not available for any reason to master trust II free and clear of any lien (except for certain tax, governmental and other nonconsensual liens), then Funding or FIA, with respect to receivables transferred to master trust II prior to the Substitution Date, will be obligated to accept reassignment of each related principal receivable as an ineligible receivable. Such reassignment will not be required to be made, however, if, on any day within the applicable period, or such longer period, the representations and warranties shall then be true and correct in all material respects.

Funding or FIA, as applicable, will accept reassignment of each applicable ineligible receivable by directing the servicer to deduct the amount of each such ineligible receivable from the aggregate amount of principal receivables used to calculate the Transferor Interest. In the event that the exclusion of an ineligible receivable from the calculation of the Transferor Interest would cause the Transferor Interest to be a negative number, on the date of reassignment of such ineligible receivable Funding shall make a deposit in the collection account in immediately available funds in an amount equal to the amount by which the Transferor Interest would be reduced below zero. Any such deduction or deposit shall be

134

considered a repayment in full of the ineligible receivable. The obligation of Funding to accept reassignment of any ineligible receivable transferred to master trust II after the Substitution Date is the sole remedy respecting any breach of the representations and warranties made by Funding with respect to receivables transferred to master trust II after the Substitution Date relating to that receivable available to the certificateholders or the master trust II trustee on behalf of certificateholders. The obligation of FIA to accept reassignment of any ineligible receivable transferred to master trust II prior to the Substitution Date is the sole remedy respecting any breach of the surviving representations and warranties made by FIA with respect to receivables transferred to master trust II prior to the Substitution Date relating to that receivable available to the certificateholders or the master trust II trustee on behalf of the certificateholders.

Funding, as of the date it became transferor, has also represented and warranted to master trust II to the effect that, among other things, as of the Substitution Date:

·	the receivables purchase agreement and the master trust II agreement each constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of Funding; and

·	the transfer of receivables by it to master trust II under the master trust II agreement will constitute either:

—a valid sale to the master trust II trustee of receivables; or

—the grant of a security interest in such receivables, and that sale or security interest is perfected.

In the event of a breach of any of the representations and warranties described in the preceding paragraph, either the master trust II trustee or the holders of certificates evidencing interests in master trust II aggregating more than 50% of the aggregate Investor Interest of all series outstanding under master trust II may direct FIA (with respect to receivables transferred prior to the Substitution Date) or Funding (with respect to receivables transferred after the Substitution Date) to accept reassignment of the Master Trust II Portfolio within 60 days of such notice, or within such longer period specified in such notice. FIA or Funding, as applicable, will be obligated to accept reassignment of such receivables in master trust II on a Distribution Date occurring within such applicable period. Such reassignment will not be required to be made, however, if at any time during such applicable period, or such longer period, the representations and warranties shall then be true and correct in all material respects. The deposit amount for such reassignment will be equal to:

·	the Investor Interest for each series outstanding under master trust II on the last day of the month preceding the Distribution Date on which the reassignment is scheduled to be made; minus

·	the amount, if any, previously allocated for payment of principal to such certificateholders (or other interest holders) on such Distribution Date; plus

·	an amount equal to all accrued and unpaid interest less the amount, if any, previously allocated for payment of such interest on such Distribution Date.

The payment of this reassignment deposit amount and the transfer of all other amounts deposited for the preceding month in the distribution account will be considered a payment in full of the Investor Interest for each such series required to be repurchased and will be distributed upon presentation and surrender of the certificates for each such series. If the master trust II trustee or certificateholders give a

135

notice as provided above, the obligation of FIA or Funding, as applicable, to make any such deposit will constitute the sole remedy respecting a breach of the representations and warranties available to the master trust II trustee or such certificateholders.

It is not required or anticipated that the master trust II trustee will make any initial or periodic general examination of the receivables or any records relating to the receivables for the purpose of establishing the presence or absence of defects, compliance with FIA’s or Funding’s representations and warranties, or for any other purpose. Funding, however, will deliver to the master trust II trustee on or before March 31 of each year (or such other date specified in the accompanying prospectus supplement), an opinion of counsel with respect to the validity of the security interest of master trust II in and to the receivables and certain other components of master trust II.

Certain Matters Regarding the Servicer and the Transferor

The master trust II agreement provides that the servicer will indemnify the transferor, master trust II and the master trust II trustee from and against any loss, liability, expense, damage or injury suffered or sustained by reason of any acts or omissions or alleged acts or omissions of the servicer for the activities of master trust II or the master trust II trustee. The servicer, however, will not indemnify:

·	the master trust II trustee or the transferor for liabilities imposed by reason of fraud, negligence, or willful misconduct by the master trust II trustee or the transferor in the performance of its duties under the master trust II agreement;

·	master trust II, the certificateholders or the certificate owners for liabilities arising from actions taken by the master trust II trustee at the request of certificateholders;

master trust II, the certificateholders or the certificate owners for any losses, claims, damages or liabilities incurred by any of them in their capacities as investors, including without limitation, losses incurred as a result of defaulted receivables or receivables which are written off as uncollectible; or

the transferor, master trust II, the certificateholders or the certificate owners for any liabilities, costs or expenses of the transferor, master trust II, the certificateholders or the certificate owners arising under any tax law, including without limitation, any federal, state, local or foreign income or franchise tax or any other tax imposed on or measured by income (or any interest or penalties with respect thereto or arising from a failure to comply therewith) required to be paid by the transferor, master trust II, the certificateholders or the certificate owners in connection with the master trust II agreement to any taxing authority.

In addition, the master trust II agreement provides that, subject to certain exceptions, Funding will indemnify an injured party for any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (other than those incurred by a certificateholder as an investor in the certificates or those which arise from any action of a certificateholder) arising out of or based upon the arrangement created by the master trust II agreement as though the master trust II agreement created a partnership under the Delaware Revised Uniform Partnership Act in which Funding is a general partner.

None of the transferor, the servicer or any of their respective directors, officers, employees or agents will be under any liability to master trust II, the master trust II trustee, the investor certificateholders of any certificates issued by master trust II or any other person for any action taken, or for refraining from taking any action, in good faith pursuant to the master trust II agreement. None of the transferor, the servicer or any of their respective directors, officers, employees or agents will be protected

136

against any liability which would otherwise be imposed by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence of the transferor, the servicer or any such person in the performance of their duties or by reason of reckless disregard of obligations and duties thereunder. In addition, the master trust II agreement provides that the servicer is not under any obligation to appear in, prosecute or defend any legal action which is not incidental to its servicing responsibilities under the master trust II agreement and which in its opinion may expose it to any expense or liability.

Funding may transfer its interest in all or a portion of the Transferor Interest, provided that prior to any such transfer:

·	the master trust II trustee receives written notification from each rating agency that such transfer will not result in a lowering or withdrawal of its then-existing rating of the certificates of each outstanding series rated by it; and

·	the master trust II trustee receives a written opinion of counsel confirming that such transfer would not adversely affect the treatment of the certificates of each outstanding series issued by master trust II as debt for federal income tax purposes.

Any person into which, in accordance with the master trust II agreement, the transferor or the servicer may be merged or consolidated or any person resulting from any merger or consolidation to which the transferor or the servicer is a party, or any person succeeding to the business of the transferor or the servicer, upon execution of a supplement to the master trust II agreement and delivery of an opinion of counsel with respect to the compliance of the transaction with the applicable provisions of the master trust II agreement, will be the successor to the transferor or the servicer, as the case may be, under the master trust II agreement.

Servicer Default

In the event of any Servicer Default, either the master trust II trustee or certificateholders representing interests aggregating more than 50% of the Investor Interests for all series of certificates of master trust II, by written notice to the servicer (and to the master trust II trustee, the transferor and certain providers of series enhancement, if given by the certificateholders), may terminate all of the rights and obligations of the servicer under the master trust II agreement and the master trust II trustee may appoint a new servicer. Any such termination and appointment is called a service transfer. The master trust II trustee shall as promptly as possible appoint a successor servicer. The successor servicer may be the master trust II trustee, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the master trust II trustee, or an entity which, at the time of its appointment as successor servicer, (1) services a portfolio of consumer revolving credit card accounts or other consumer revolving credit accounts, (2) is legally qualified and has the capacity to service the Master Trust II Portfolio, (3) is qualified (or licensed) to use the software that the servicer is then currently using to service the Master Trust II Portfolio or obtains the right to use, or has its own, software which is adequate to perform its duties under the master trust II agreement, (4) has, in the reasonable judgment of the master trust II trustee, demonstrated the ability to professionally and competently service a portfolio of similar accounts in accordance with customary standards of skill and care, and (5) has a net worth of at least $50,000,000 as of the end of its most recent fiscal quarter. The successor servicer shall accept its appointment by written instrument acceptable to the master trust II trustee. The successor servicer is entitled to compensation out of collections; however, that compensation will not be in excess of the master trust II servicing fee. See “—Servicing Compensation and Payment of Expenses” above for a discussion of the master trust II servicing fee.

Because FIA, as servicer, has significant responsibilities for the servicing of the receivables, the master trust II trustee may have difficulty finding a suitable successor servicer. Potential successor

137

servicers may not have the capacity to adequately perform the duties required of a successor servicer or may not be willing to perform such duties for the amount of the servicing fee currently payable under the master trust II agreement. If no such servicer has been appointed and has accepted such appointment by the time the servicer ceases to act as servicer, all authority, power and obligations of the servicer under the master trust II agreement will pass to the master trust II trustee. The Bank of New York Mellon, the master trust II trustee, does not have credit card operations. If The Bank of New York Mellon is automatically appointed as successor servicer it may not have the capacity to perform the duties required of a successor servicer and current servicing compensation under the master trust II agreement may not be sufficient to cover its actual costs and expenses of servicing the accounts. Except when the Servicer Default is caused by certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency, conservatorship or receivership of the servicer, if the master trust II trustee is unable to obtain any bids from eligible servicers and the servicer delivers an officer’s certificate to the effect that it cannot in good faith cure the Servicer Default which gave rise to a transfer of servicing, and if the master trust II trustee is legally unable to act as successor servicer, then the master trust II trustee shall give the transferor the right of first refusal to purchase the receivables on terms equivalent to the best purchase offer as determined by the master trust II trustee.

Upon the occurrence of any Servicer Default, the servicer shall not be relieved from using its best efforts to perform its obligations in a timely manner in accordance with the terms of the master trust II agreement. The servicer is required to provide the master trust II trustee, any provider of enhancement and/or any issuer of any third-party credit enhancement, the holder of the Transferor Interest and the holders of certificates of each series issued and outstanding under master trust II prompt notice of such failure or delay by it, together with a description of the cause of such failure or delay and its efforts to perform its obligations.

In the event of a Servicer Default, if a conservator or receiver is appointed for the servicer and no Servicer Default other than such conservatorship or receivership or the insolvency of the servicer exists, the conservator or receiver may have the power to prevent either the master trust II trustee or the majority of the certificateholders from effecting a service transfer. See “Risk Factors—Regulatory action could result in losses or delays in payment” in this prospectus.

Evidence as to Compliance

The servicer will deliver to the master trust II trustee and, if required, file with the SEC as part of an annual report on Form 10-K filed on behalf of master trust II and the issuing entity, the following documents:

a report by a firm of independent certified public accountants, based upon established criteria that meets the standards applicable to accountants’ reports intended for general distribution, attesting to the fairness of the assertion of the servicer’s management that its internal controls over the functions performed as servicer of master trust II are effective, in all material respects, in providing reasonable assurance that master trust II assets are safeguarded against loss from unauthorized use or disposition, on the date of such report, and that such servicing was conducted in compliance with the sections of the master trust II agreement during the preceding fiscal year, except for such exceptions or errors as such firm believes to be immaterial and such other exceptions specified in such statement;

with regard to any tranche of notes or any additional notes the offer and sale of which (i) commences after December 31, 2005 and (ii) is registered with the SEC under the Securities Act, a report regarding its assessment of compliance during the preceding fiscal year with all applicable servicing criteria set forth in relevant SEC regulations with respect to

138

asset-backed securities transactions taken as a whole involving the servicer that are backed by the same types of assets as those backing the notes;

·	with respect to each assessment report described immediately above, a report by a registered public accounting firm that attests to, and reports on, the assessment made by the asserting party, as set forth in relevant SEC regulations; and

·	a servicer compliance certificate, signed by an authorized officer of the servicer, to the effect that:

·	(i) a review of the servicer’s activities during the reporting period and of its performance under the master trust II agreement has been made under such officer’s supervision; and

(ii) to the best of such officer’s knowledge, based on such review, the servicer has fulfilled all of its obligations under the master trust II agreement in all material respects throughout the reporting period or, if there has been a failure to fulfill any such obligation in any material respect, specifying each such failure known to such officer and the nature and status thereof.

The servicer’s obligation to deliver any servicing assessment report or attestation report and, if required, to file the same with the SEC, is limited to those reports prepared by the servicer and, in the case of reports prepared by any other party, those reports actually received by the servicer.

Copies of all statements, certificates and reports furnished to the master trust II trustee may be obtained by a request in writing delivered to the master trust II trustee.

Except as described above or as described elsewhere in this prospectus or in the related prospectus supplement, there will not be any independent verification that any duty or obligation to be performed by any transaction party—including the servicer—has been performed by that party.

Amendments to the Master Trust II Agreement

By accepting a note, a noteholder will be deemed to acknowledge that the transferor, the servicer and the master trust II trustee may amend the master trust II agreement and any series supplement without the consent of any investor certificateholder (including the issuing entity) or any noteholder, so long as the amendment will not, as evidenced by an opinion of counsel to the master trust II trustee, materially adversely affect the interest of any investor certificateholder (including the holder of the collateral certificate).

For purposes of any provision of the master trust II agreement or the Series 2001-D supplement requiring or permitting actions with the consent of, or at the direction of, certificateholders holding a specified percentage of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of investor certificates:

·	each noteholder will be deemed to be an investor certificateholder;

·	each noteholder will be deemed to be the holder of an aggregate unpaid principal amount of the collateral certificate equal to the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of such noteholder’s notes;

139

each series of notes under the indenture will be deemed to be a separate series of master trust II certificates and the holder of a note of such series will be deemed to be the holder of an aggregate unpaid principal amount of such series of master trust II certificates equal to the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of such noteholder’s notes of such series;

each tranche of notes under the indenture will be deemed to be a separate class of master trust II certificates and the holder of a note of such tranche will be deemed to be the holder of an aggregate unpaid principal amount of such class of master trust II certificates equal to the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of such noteholder’s notes of such tranche; and

any notes owned by the issuing entity, the transferor, the servicer, any other holder of the Transferor Interest or any affiliate thereof will be deemed not to be outstanding, except that, in determining whether the master trust II trustee shall be protected in relying upon any such consent or direction, only notes which the master trust II trustee knows to be so owned shall be so disregarded.

No amendment to the master trust II agreement will be effective unless the issuing entity delivers the opinions of counsel described under “The Indenture—Tax Opinions for Amendments.”

The master trust II agreement and any series supplement may be amended by the transferor, the servicer and the master trust II trustee, without the consent of certificateholders of any series then outstanding, for any purpose, so long as:

·	the transferor delivers an opinion of counsel acceptable to the master trust II trustee to the effect that such amendment will not adversely affect in any material respect the interest of such certificateholders;

·	such amendment will not result in a withdrawal or reduction of the rating of any outstanding series under master trust II; and

·	such amendment will not cause a significant change in the permitted activities of master trust II, as set forth in the master trust II agreement.

The master trust II agreement and any related series supplement may be amended by the transferor, the servicer and the master trust II trustee, without the consent of the certificateholders of any series then outstanding, to provide for additional enhancement or substitute enhancement for a series, to change the definition of Eligible Account, to provide for the addition to master trust II of a participation, to replace Funding as transferor with an affiliate of Funding as transferor or to replace BACCS with FIA or another affiliate of Funding as seller of the receivables to the transferor pursuant to the receivables purchase agreement and to make such other revisions and amendments incidental to such replacement, so long as:

the transferor delivers to the master trust II trustee a certificate of an authorized officer to the effect that, in the reasonable belief of the transferor, such amendment will not as of the date of such amendment adversely affect in any material respect the interest of such certificateholders; and

·	such amendment will not result in a withdrawal or reduction of the rating of any outstanding series under master trust II.

140

The master trust II agreement and the related series supplement may be amended by the transferor, the servicer and the master trust II trustee (a) with the consent of holders of certificates evidencing interests aggregating not less than 50% (or such other percentage specified in the related prospectus supplement) of the Investor Interests for all series of master trust II, for the purpose of effectuating a significant change in the permitted activities of master trust II which is not materially adverse to the certificateholders, and (b) in all other cases, with the consent of the holders of certificates evidencing interests aggregating not less than 66⅔% (or such other percentage specified in the accompanying prospectus supplement) of the Investor Interests for all series of master trust II, for the purpose of adding any provisions to, changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of the master trust II agreement or the related series supplement or of modifying in any manner the rights of certificateholders of any outstanding series of master trust II. No such amendment, however, may:

·	reduce in any manner the amount of, or delay the timing of, distributions required to be made on the related series or any other series;

·	change the definition of or the manner of calculating the interest of any certificateholder of such series or any certificateholder of any other series issued by master trust II; or

·	reduce the aforesaid percentage of interests the holders of which are required to consent to any such amendment,

in each case without the consent of all certificateholders of the related series and certificateholders of all other series adversely affected.

In addition, subject to any other applicable conditions described above, the Series 2001-D supplement may be amended or modified by the transferor without the consent of the servicer, the master trust II trustee, the collateral certificateholder or any noteholder if the transferor provides the master trust II trustee with (a) an opinion of counsel to the effect that such amendment or modification would reduce the risk that master trust II would be treated as taxable as a publicly traded partnership pursuant to Section 7704 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and (b) a certificate that such amendment or modification would not materially and adversely affect any certificateholder, except that no such amendment (i) shall be deemed effective without the master trust II trustee’s consent, if the master trust II trustee’s rights, duties and obligations under the Series 2001-D supplement are thereby modified or (ii) shall cause a significant change in the permitted activities of master trust II, as set forth in the master trust II agreement. Promptly after the effectiveness of any such amendment, the transferor shall deliver a copy of such amendment to each of the servicer, the master trust II trustee and each rating agency described in the Series 2001-D supplement.

Promptly following the execution of any amendment to the master trust II agreement, the master trust II trustee will furnish written notice of the substance of such amendment to each certificateholder. Any series supplement and any amendments regarding the addition or removal of receivables from master trust II will not be considered an amendment requiring certificateholder consent under the provisions of the master trust II agreement and any series supplement.

Certificateholders Have Limited Control of Actions

Certificateholders of any series or class within a series may need the consent or approval of a specified percentage of the Investor Interest of other series or a class of such other series to take or direct certain actions, including to require the appointment of a successor servicer after a Servicer Default, to amend the master trust II agreement in some cases, and to direct a repurchase of all outstanding series after certain violations of the transferor’s representations and warranties. The interests of the

141

certificateholders of any such series may not coincide with yours, making it more difficult for any particular certificateholder to achieve the desired results from such vote.

Consumer Protection Laws

The relationships of the cardholder and credit card issuer and the lender are extensively regulated by federal and state consumer protection laws. For credit cards issued by FIA, the most significant laws include the federal Truth in Lending, Equal Credit Opportunity, Fair Credit Reporting, Fair Debt Collection Practice, Gramm-Leach-Bliley and Electronic Fund Transfer Acts, and for members of the military on active duty, the Servicemembers Civil Relief Act. Several of these statutes impose disclosure requirements when a credit card account is advertised, when it is opened, at the end of monthly billing cycles, and on an annual basis. In addition, these statutes limit customer liability for unauthorized use, prohibit certain practices in extending credit, impose certain limitations on the type of account-related charges that may be assessed, and regulate the use of cardholder information. Cardholders are entitled under these laws to have payments and credits applied to the credit card accounts promptly, to receive prescribed notices and to require billing errors to be resolved promptly.

In addition, pursuant to the Credit CARD Act of 2009, the federal Truth in Lending Act was amended to require advance notice of any changes in interest rates or fees (or other significant changes to the terms of a credit card account), and to prohibit generally rate increases on existing credit card account balances. These and additional amendments to the federal Truth in Lending Act may make it more difficult for FIA to originate additional accounts or for the servicer to collect payments on the receivables, and the finance charges and other fees that FIA as owner of the accounts can charge on credit card account balances are expected to be reduced. Furthermore, cardholders may choose to use credit cards less as a result of this legislation. Each of these results, independently or collectively, may reduce the effective yield on the credit card accounts in the Master Trust II Portfolio, which could result in an early redemption event and accelerated or reduced payments on your notes. See “Risk Factors—Changes to consumer protection laws may impede origination or collection efforts, change cardholder use patterns, or alter timing and amount of collections, any of which may result in an acceleration of, or reduction in, payments on your notes” in this prospectus for a more complete description of the Credit CARD Act of 2009 and the risks associated with it.

Master trust II may be liable for certain violations of consumer protection laws that apply to the receivables, either as assignee from FIA for obligations arising before transfer of the receivables to master trust II or as a party directly responsible for obligations arising after the transfer. In addition, a cardholder may be entitled to assert such violations by way of set-off against his obligation to pay the amount of receivables owing. FIA and Funding, as applicable, have represented and warranted in the master trust II agreement that all of the receivables have been and will be created in compliance with the requirements of such laws. The servicer also agrees in the master trust II agreement to indemnify master trust II, among other things, for any liability arising from such violations caused by the servicer. For a discussion of master trust II’s rights arising from the breach of these warranties, see “Master Trust II—Representations and Warranties” in this prospectus.

Certain jurisdictions may attempt to require out-of-state credit card issuers to comply with such jurisdiction’s consumer protection laws (including laws limiting the charges imposed by such credit card issuers) in connection with their operations in such jurisdictions. A successful challenge by such a jurisdiction could have an adverse impact on FIA’s credit card operations or the yield on the receivables in master trust II.

142

and, as a result, the related receivables would be written off as uncollectible. The certificateholders could suffer a loss if no funds are available from credit enhancement or other sources. See “Master Trust II—Defaulted Receivables; Rebates and Fraudulent Charges” in this prospectus.

Federal Income Tax Consequences

General

The following discussion describes the material United States federal income tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of the notes. Additional federal income tax considerations relevant to a particular tranche may be set forth in the accompanying prospectus supplement. The following discussion has been prepared and reviewed by Chapman and Cutler LLP as special tax counsel to the issuing entity (Special Tax Counsel). The discussion is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended as of the date hereof, and existing final, temporary and proposed Treasury regulations, revenue rulings and judicial decisions, all of which are subject to prospective and retroactive changes. The discussion is addressed only to original purchasers of the notes, deals only with notes held as capital assets within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Internal Revenue Code and, except as specifically set forth below, does not address tax consequences of holding notes that may be relevant to investors in light of their own investment circumstances or their special tax situations, such as certain financial institutions, tax-exempt organizations, life insurance companies, dealers in securities, non-U.S. persons, or investors holding the notes as part of a conversion transaction, as part of a hedge or hedging transaction, or as a position in a straddle for tax purposes. Further, this discussion does not address alternative minimum tax consequences or any tax consequences to holders of interests in a noteholder. Noteholders should be aware that, under Circular 230 (i.e., the regulations governing practice before the Internal Revenue Service, located at 31 C.F.R. part 10), this discussion and the opinions contained herein may not be able to be relied upon to avoid any income tax penalties that may be imposed with respect to the notes. An opinion of Special Tax Counsel is not binding on the Internal Revenue Service or the courts, and no ruling on any of the issues discussed below will be sought from the Internal Revenue Service. Moreover, there are no authorities on similar transactions involving interests issued by an entity with terms similar to those of the notes described in this prospectus. Accordingly, it is suggested that persons considering the purchase of notes should consult their own tax advisors with regard to the United States federal income tax consequences of an investment in the notes and the application of United States federal income tax laws, as well as the laws of any state, local or foreign taxing jurisdictions, to their particular situations.

Description of Opinions

As more fully described in this “Federal Income Tax Consequences” section, Special Tax Counsel is of the opinion to the effect that each of the issuing entity and master trust II will not be subject to federal income tax, and further that the offered notes will be characterized as debt for United States federal income tax purposes (unless otherwise specified in the prospectus supplement delivered in connection with a specific series, class or tranche of notes). Additionally, Special Tax Counsel is of the opinion to the effect that the statements set forth in this section to the extent that they constitute matters of law or legal conclusions, are correct in all material respects.

Special Tax Counsel has not been asked to opine on any other federal income tax matter, and the balance of this discussion does not purport to set forth any opinion of Special Tax Counsel concerning any other particular federal income tax matter. For example, the discussion of original issue discount below is a general discussion of federal income tax consequences relating to an investment in notes that are treated as having original issue discount, which discussion Special Tax Counsel opines is correct in all material respects as described above; however, that discussion does not set forth any opinion as to whether any particular tranche or series of notes will be treated as having original issue discount.

143

Additionally, those matters as to which Special Tax Counsel renders opinions should be understood to be subject to the additional considerations in the discussions relating to those opinions set forth below.

Special Tax Counsel has not been asked to, and does not, render any opinion regarding the state or local income tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of a beneficial interest in the notes. See “—State and Local Tax Consequences.”

This description of the substance of the opinions rendered by Special Tax Counsel is not intended as a substitute for an investor’s review of the remainder of this discussion of income tax consequences, or for consultation with its own advisors or tax return preparer.

Tax Characterization of the Issuing Entity and the Notes

Treatment of the Issuing Entity and Master Trust II as Entities Not Subject to Tax

Special Tax Counsel is of the opinion that, although no transaction closely comparable to that contemplated herein has been the subject of any Treasury regulation, revenue ruling or judicial decision, each of the issuing entity and master trust II will not be classified as an association or as a publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation for federal income tax purposes. As a result, Special Tax Counsel is of the opinion that each of the issuing entity and master trust II will not be subject to federal income tax. However, as discussed above, this opinion is not binding on the Internal Revenue Service and no assurance can be given that this characterization will prevail.

The precise tax characterization of the issuing entity and master trust II for federal income tax purposes is not certain. They might be viewed as merely holding assets on behalf of the beneficiary as collateral for notes issued by the beneficiary. On the other hand, they could be viewed as one or more separate entities for tax purposes issuing the notes. This distinction, however, should not have a significant tax effect on noteholders except as stated below under “—Possible Alternative Characterizations.”

Treatment of the Notes as Debt

Special Tax Counsel is of the opinion that, although no transaction closely comparable to that contemplated herein has been the subject of any Treasury regulation, revenue ruling or judicial decision, the offered notes will be characterized as debt for United States federal income tax purposes (unless otherwise specified in the prospectus supplement delivered in connection with a specific series, class or tranche of notes). Additionally, the issuing entity will agree by entering into the indenture, and the noteholders will agree by their purchase and holding of notes, to treat the notes as debt secured by the collateral certificate and other assets of the issuing entity for United States federal income tax purposes.

Possible Alternative Characterizations

If, contrary to the opinion of Special Tax Counsel, the Internal Revenue Service successfully asserted that a series or class of notes did not represent debt for United States federal income tax purposes, those notes might be treated as equity interests in the issuing entity, master trust II or some other entity for such purposes. If so treated, investors could be treated either as partners in a partnership or, alternatively, as shareholders in a taxable corporation for such purposes. If an investor were treated as a partner in a partnership, it would be taxed individually on its respective share of the partnership’s income, gain, loss, deductions and credits attributable to the partnership’s ownership of the collateral certificate and any other assets and liabilities of the partnership without regard to whether there were actual distributions of that income. As a result, the amount, timing, character and source of items of

144

income and deductions of an investor could differ if its notes were held to constitute partnership interests rather than debt. Treatment of a noteholder as a partner could have adverse tax consequences to certain holders; for example, absent an applicable exemption, income to foreign persons would be subject to United States tax and United States tax return filing and withholding requirements, and individual holders might be subject to certain limitations on their ability to deduct their share of partnership expenses. Alternatively, the Internal Revenue Service could contend that some or all of the notes, or separately some of the other securities that the issuing entity and master trust II are permitted to issue (and which are permitted to constitute debt or equity for federal income tax purposes), constitute equity in a partnership for federal income tax purposes. Any such partnership would be classified as a publicly traded partnership and could be taxable as a corporation if its equity interests were traded on an “established securities market,” or are “readily tradable” on a “secondary market” or its “substantial equivalent.” The beneficiary intends to take measures designed to reduce the risk that either of the issuing entity or master trust II could be classified as a publicly traded partnership; although the beneficiary expects that such measures will ultimately be successful, certain of the actions that may be necessary for avoiding the treatment of such other securities as “readily tradable” on a “secondary market” or its “substantial equivalent” are not fully within the control of the beneficiary. As a result, there can be no assurance that the measures the beneficiary intends to take will in all circumstances be sufficient to prevent the issuing entity and master trust II from being classified as publicly traded partnerships. If the issuing entity or master trust II were treated in whole or in part as one or more publicly traded partnerships taxable as a corporation, corporate tax imposed with respect to that corporation could materially reduce cash available to make payments on the notes, and foreign investors could be subject to withholding taxes. Additionally, no distributions from the corporation would be deductible in computing the taxable income of the corporation, except to the extent that any notes or other securities were treated as debt of the corporation and distributions to the related noteholders or other security holders were treated as payments of interest thereon. Further, distributions to noteholders not treated as holding debt would be dividend income to the extent of the current and accumulated earnings and profits of the corporation (possibly without the benefit of any dividends received deduction). Prospective investors should consult their own tax advisors with regard to the consequences of possible alternative characterizations to them in their particular circumstances; the following discussion assumes that the characterization of the notes as debt and the issuing entity and master trust II as entities not subject to federal income tax is correct.

Consequences to Holders of the Offered Notes

Interest and Original Issue Discount

Stated interest on a note will be includible in gross income as it accrues or is received in accordance with a noteholder’s usual method of tax accounting. If a class of notes is issued with original issue discount, the provisions of Sections 1271 through 1273 and 1275 of the Internal Revenue Code will apply to those notes. Under those provisions, a holder of such a note (including a cash basis holder) would be required to include the original issue discount on a note in income for federal income tax purposes on a constant yield basis, resulting in the inclusion of original issue discount in income in advance of the receipt of cash attributable to that income. Subject to the discussion below, a note will be treated as having original issue discount to the extent that its “stated redemption price” exceeds its “issue price,” if such excess equals or exceeds 0.25 percent multiplied by the weighted average life of the note (determined by taking into account the number of complete years following issuance until payment is made for each partial principal payment). Under Section 1272(a)(6) of the Internal Revenue Code, special provisions apply to debt instruments on which payments may be accelerated due to prepayments of other obligations securing those debt instruments. However, no regulations have been issued interpreting those provisions, and the manner in which those provisions would apply to the notes is unclear, but the application of Section 1272(a)(6) could affect the rate of accrual of original issue discount and could have other consequences to holders of the notes. Additionally, the Internal Revenue

145

Service could take the position based on Treasury regulations that none of the interest payable on a note is “unconditionally payable” and hence that all of such interest should be included in the note’s stated redemption price at maturity. If sustained, such treatment should not significantly affect tax liabilities for most holders of the notes, but prospective noteholders should consult their own tax advisors concerning the impact to them in their particular circumstances. The issuing entity intends to take the position that interest on the notes constitutes “qualified stated interest” and that the above consequences do not apply.

Market Discount

A holder of a note who purchases an interest in a note at a discount that exceeds any original issue discount not previously includible in income may be subject to the “market discount” rules of Sections 1276 through 1278 of the Internal Revenue Code. These rules provide, in part, that gain on the sale or other disposition of a note and partial principal payments on a note are treated as ordinary income to the extent of accrued market discount. The market discount rules also provide for deferral of interest deductions for debt incurred to purchase or carry a note that has market discount.

Market Premium

A holder of a note who purchases an interest in a note at a premium may elect to amortize the premium against interest income over the remaining term of the note in accordance with the provisions of Section 171 of the Internal Revenue Code.

Disposition of the Notes

Subject to exceptions such as in the case of “wash sales,” upon the sale, exchange or retirement of a note, the holder of the note will recognize taxable gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized on the disposition (other than amounts attributable to accrued interest) and the holder’s adjusted tax basis in the note. The holder’s adjusted tax basis in the note generally will equal the cost of the note to such holder, increased by any market or original issue discount previously included in income by such holder for the note, and decreased by the amount of any bond premium previously amortized and any payments of principal or original issue discount previously received by such holder for such note. Except to the extent of any accrued market discount not previously included in income, any such gain treated as capital gain will be long-term capital gain if the note has been held for more than one year, and any such loss will be a capital loss, subject to limitations on deductibility.

Foreign Holders

Under United States federal income tax law now in effect, subject to exceptions applicable to certain types of interest, payments of interest by the issuing entity to a holder of a note who, as to the United States, is a nonresident alien individual or a foreign corporation (a “foreign person”) will be considered “portfolio interest” and will not be subject to United States federal income tax and withholding tax provided the interest is not effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business within the United States by the foreign person and the foreign person (i) is not for United States federal income tax purposes (a) actually or constructively a “10 percent shareholder” of the beneficiary, the issuing entity or master trust II, (b) a “controlled foreign corporation” with respect to which the beneficiary, the issuing entity or master trust II is a “related person” within the meaning of the Internal Revenue Code, or (c) a bank extending credit pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of its trade or business, and (ii) provides the person who is otherwise required to withhold United States tax with respect to the notes with an appropriate statement (on IRS Form W-8BEN or a substitute form), signed under penalties of perjury, certifying that the beneficial owner of the note is a foreign person and providing the foreign person’s name, address and certain additional information. If a note is

146

held through a securities clearing organization or certain other financial institutions (as is expected to be the case unless Definitive Notes are issued), the organization or institution may provide the relevant signed statement to the withholding agent; in that case, however, the signed statement must be accompanied by an IRS Form W-8BEN or substitute form provided by the foreign person that owns the note. Special rules apply to partnerships, estates and trusts, and in certain circumstances certifications as to foreign status and other matters may be required to be provided by partners and beneficiaries thereof. If such interest is not portfolio interest, then it will be subject to United States federal income and withholding tax at a rate of 30%, unless reduced or eliminated pursuant to an applicable tax treaty or such interest is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business within the United States and, in either case, the appropriate statement has been provided.

Any capital gain realized on the sale, redemption, retirement or other taxable disposition of a note by a foreign person will be exempt from United States federal income tax and withholding tax, provided that (i) such gain is not effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States by the foreign person, and (ii) in the case of an individual foreign person, such individual is not present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year.

Foreign persons holding interests in notes should consult their tax advisors regarding the procedures whereby they may establish an exemption from withholding.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

Payments of principal and interest, as well as payments of proceeds from the sale, retirement or disposition of a note, may be subject to “backup withholding” tax under Section 3406 of the Internal Revenue Code if a recipient of such payments fails to furnish to the payor certain identifying information. Any amounts deducted and withheld would be allowed as a credit against such recipient’s United States federal income tax, provided appropriate proof is provided under rules established by the Internal Revenue Service. Furthermore, certain penalties may be imposed by the Internal Revenue Service on a recipient of payments that is required to supply information but that does not do so in the proper manner. Backup withholding will not apply for payments made to certain exempt recipients. Information may also be required to be provided to the Internal Revenue Service concerning payments, unless an exemption applies. Holders of the notes should consult their tax advisors regarding the rates for backup withholding, their qualification for exemption from backup withholding and information reporting and the procedure for obtaining such an exemption.

Recent Legislation

Recently enacted health care reform legislation imposes a medicare related surtax of 3.8% on the “net investment income” of certain individuals, trusts and estates. Among other items, net investment income generally includes interest on debt obligations like the notes and on net gain attributable to the disposition of certain property, less certain deductions.

In addition, withholding taxes may be imposed under the recently enacted Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (“FATCA”) on certain types of payments made to “foreign financial institutions” and certain other non-U.S. entities. Failure to comply with additional certification, information reporting and other specified requirements imposed pursuant to FATCA could result in the imposition of a 30% withholding tax on payments of interest (including original issue discount) and gross sales proceeds to holders of notes who are U.S. persons who own their notes through foreign accounts or foreign intermediaries and to certain holders of notes who are non-U.S. persons. FATCA may result in changes to some of the general rules discussed above relating to certification requirements, information reporting and withholding. The foregoing rules generally apply to payments of interest (including original issue

147

discount) on the notes made on or after January 1, 2014 and to payments of gross proceeds from a sale or other disposition of the notes on or after January 1, 2017 (other than payments on, or proceeds in respect of, notes outstanding as of January 1, 2014). Prospective investors should consult their own tax advisors regarding FATCA and any effect on them.

The United States federal income tax discussion set forth above may not be applicable depending upon a holder’s particular tax situation, and does not purport to address the issues described with the degree of specificity that would be provided by a taxpayer’s own tax advisor. Accordingly, it is suggested that prospective investors should consult their own tax advisors with respect to the tax consequences to them of the purchase, ownership and disposition of the notes and the possible effects of changes in federal tax laws.

State and Local Tax Consequences

The discussion above does not address the taxation of the issuing entity or the tax consequences of the purchase, ownership or disposition of an interest in the notes under any state or local tax law. It is suggested that each investor should consult its own tax advisor regarding state and local tax consequences.

Benefit Plan Investors

Benefit plans are required to comply with restrictions under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, known as ERISA, and/or Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code, if they are subject to either or both sets of restrictions. The ERISA restrictions include rules concerning prudence and diversification of the investment of assets of a benefit plan—referred to as “plan assets.” A benefit plan fiduciary should consider whether an investment by the benefit plan in notes complies with these requirements.

In general, a benefit plan for these purposes includes:

·	a plan or arrangement which provides deferred compensation or certain health or other welfare benefits to employees;

·	an employee benefit plan that is tax-qualified under the Internal Revenue Code and provides deferred compensation to employees—such as a pension, profit-sharing, Section 401(k) or Keogh plan; and

·	a collective investment fund or other entity if (a) the fund or entity has one or more benefit plan investors and (b) certain “look-through” rules apply and treat the assets of the fund or entity as constituting plan assets of the benefit plan investor.

However, a plan maintained by a governmental employer is not a benefit plan for these purposes. Most plans maintained by religious organizations and plans maintained by foreign employers for the benefit of employees employed outside the United States are also not benefit plans for these purposes. A fund or other entity—including an insurance company general account—considering an investment in notes should consult its tax advisors concerning whether its assets might be considered plan assets of benefit plan investors under these rules.

148

Prohibited Transactions

ERISA and Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code also prohibit transactions of a specified type between a benefit plan and a party in interest who is related in a specified manner to the benefit plan. Individual retirement accounts and tax-qualified plans that provide deferred compensation to employees are also subject to these prohibited transaction rules unless they are maintained by a governmental employer or (in most cases) a religious organization. Violation of these prohibited transaction rules may result in significant penalties. There are statutory exemptions from the prohibited transaction rules, and the U.S. Department of Labor has granted administrative exemptions for specified transactions.

Potential Prohibited Transactions from Investment in Notes

There are two categories of prohibited transactions that might arise from a benefit plan’s investment in notes. Fiduciaries of benefit plans contemplating an investment in notes should carefully consider whether the investment would violate these rules.

Prohibited Transactions between the Benefit Plan and a Party in Interest

The first category of prohibited transaction could arise on the grounds that the benefit plan, by purchasing notes, was engaged in a prohibited transaction with a party in interest. A prohibited transaction could arise, for example, if the notes were viewed as debt of FIA and FIA is a party in interest as to the benefit plan. A prohibited transaction could also arise if FIA, the transferor, the master trust II trustee, the indenture trustee, the servicer or another party with an economic relationship to the issuing entity or master trust II either:

·	is involved in the investment decision for the benefit plan to purchase notes or

·	is otherwise a party in interest as to the benefit plan.

If a prohibited transaction might result from the benefit plan’s purchase of notes, a statutory or an administrative exemption from the prohibited transaction rules might be available to permit an investment in notes. The statutory exemption that is potentially available is set forth in Section 408(b)(17) of ERISA and is available to a “service provider” to a benefit plan that is not a fiduciary with respect to the benefit plan’s assets being used to purchase the notes or an affiliate of such a fiduciary. The administrative exemptions that are potentially available include the following prohibited transaction class exemptions:

·	96-23, available to certain “in-house asset managers”;

·	95-60, available to insurance company general accounts;

·	91-38, available to bank collective investment funds;

·	90-1, available to insurance company pooled separate accounts; and

·	84-14, available to “qualified professional asset managers.”

However, even if the benefit plan is eligible for one of these exemptions, the exemption may not cover every aspect of the investment by the benefit plan that might be a prohibited transaction.

149

Prohibited Transactions between the Issuing Entity or Master Trust II and a Party in Interest

The second category of prohibited transactions could arise if:

·	a benefit plan acquires notes, and

·	under the “look-through” rules of Section 3(42) of ERISA and the U.S. Department of Labor plan asset regulation, collectively referred to herein as the “plan asset regulation,” assets of the issuing entity are treated as if they were plan assets of the benefit plan.

In this case, every transaction by the issuing entity would be treated as a transaction by the benefit plan using its plan assets.

If assets of the issuing entity are treated as plan assets of a benefit plan investor, a prohibited transaction could result if the issuing entity itself engages in a transaction with a party in interest as to the benefit plan. For example, if the issuing entity’s assets are treated as assets of the benefit plan and master trust II holds a credit card receivable that is an obligation of a participant in that same benefit plan, then there would be a prohibited extension of credit between the benefit plan and a party in interest, the plan participant.

As a result, if assets of the issuing entity are treated as plan assets, there would be a significant risk of a prohibited transaction. Moreover, the prohibited transaction exemptions referred to above could not be relied on to exempt all the transactions of the issuing entity or master trust II from the prohibited transaction rules. In addition, because all the assets of the issuing entity or master trust II would be treated as plan assets, managers of those assets might be required to comply with the fiduciary responsibility rules of ERISA.

Under an exemption in the plan asset regulation, assets of the issuing entity would not be considered plan assets, and so this risk of prohibited transactions should not arise, if a benefit plan purchases a note that:

·	is treated as indebtedness under local law, and

·	has no “substantial equity features.”

The issuing entity expects that all notes offered by this prospectus will be indebtedness under local law. Likewise, although there is no authority directly on point, the issuing entity believes that the notes should not be considered to have substantial equity features. As a result, the plan asset regulation should not apply to cause assets of the issuing entity to be treated as plan assets.

Investment by Benefit Plan Investors

For the reasons described in the preceding sections, and subject to the limitations referred to therein, benefit plans can purchase notes. However, the benefit plan fiduciary must ultimately determine whether the requirements of the plan asset regulation are satisfied. More generally, the fiduciary must determine whether the benefit plan’s investment in notes will result in one or more nonexempt prohibited transactions or otherwise violate the provisions of ERISA or the Internal Revenue Code.

150

Tax Consequences to Benefit Plans

In general, assuming the notes are debt for federal income tax purposes, interest income on notes would not be taxable to benefit plans that are tax-exempt under the Internal Revenue Code, unless the notes were “debt-financed property” because of borrowings by the benefit plan itself. However, if, contrary to the opinion of Special Tax Counsel, for federal income tax purposes, the notes are equity interests in a partnership and the partnership or master trust II is viewed as having other outstanding debt, then all or part of the interest income on the notes would be taxable to the benefit plan as “debt-financed income.” Benefit plans should consult their tax advisors concerning the tax consequences of purchasing notes.

Plan of Distribution

The issuing entity may offer and sell the notes of a series in one or more of the following ways:

·	directly to one or more purchasers;

·	through agents; or

·	through underwriters.

Any underwriter or agent that offers the notes may be an affiliate of the issuing entity, and offers and sales of notes may include secondary market transactions by affiliates of the issuing entity. These affiliates may act as principal or agent in secondary market transactions. Secondary market transactions will be made at prices related to prevailing market prices at the time of sale.

The issuing entity will specify in a prospectus supplement the terms of each offering, which may include:

·	the name or names of any underwriters or agents,

·	the managing underwriters of any underwriting syndicate,

·	the public offering or purchase price,

·	the net proceeds to the issuing entity from the sale,

·	any underwriting discounts and other items constituting underwriters’ compensation,

·	any discounts and commissions allowed or paid to dealers,

·	any commissions allowed or paid to agents, and

·	the securities exchanges, if any, on which the notes will be listed.

Dealer trading may take place in some of the notes, including notes not listed on any securities exchange. Direct sales may be made on a national securities exchange or otherwise. If the issuing entity, directly or through agents, solicits offers to purchase notes, the issuing entity reserves the sole right to accept and, together with its agents, to reject in whole or in part any proposed purchase of notes.

151

The issuing entity may change any initial public offering price and any discounts or concessions allowed or reallowed or paid to dealers. If indicated in a prospectus supplement, the issuing entity will authorize underwriters or agents to solicit offers by certain institutions to purchase securities from the issuing entity pursuant to delayed delivery contracts providing for payment and delivery at a future date.

Any underwriter participating in a distribution of securities, including notes offered by the issuing entity, is, and any agent participating in the distribution of securities, including notes offered by this prospectus, will be deemed to be, an “underwriter” of those securities under the Securities Act of 1933 and any discounts or commissions received by it and any profit realized by it on the sale or resale of the securities may be deemed to be underwriting discounts and commissions.

FIA, the transferor or the issuing entity may agree to indemnify underwriters, agents and their controlling persons against certain civil liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933 in connection with their participation in the distribution of the issuing entity’s notes.

Underwriters and agents participating in the distribution of the issuing entity’s notes, and their controlling persons, may engage in transactions with and perform services for FIA, BACCS, Funding, the issuing entity or their respective affiliates in the ordinary course of business.

Legal Matters

Certain legal matters relating to the issuance of the notes and the collateral certificate will be passed upon for FIA, the transferor and master trust II by Chapman and Cutler LLP, Washington, D.C. Certain legal matters relating to the issuance of the notes and the collateral certificate under the laws of the State of Delaware will be passed upon for FIA, the transferor and master trust II by Richards, Layton & Finger, P.A., Wilmington, Delaware. Certain legal matters relating to the federal tax consequences of the issuance of the notes will be passed upon for the issuing entity by Chapman and Cutler LLP. Certain legal matters relating to the issuance of the notes will be passed upon for the underwriters by Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, New York, New York.

Where You Can Find More Information

We filed a registration statement relating to the notes with the Securities and Exchange Commission. This prospectus is part of the registration statement, but the registration statement includes additional information.

The servicer will file with the SEC all required annual reports on Form 10-K, periodic reports on Form 10-D and current reports on Form 8-K.

You may read and copy any reports, statements or other information we file at the SEC’s public reference room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You can request copies of these documents, upon payment of a duplicating fee, by writing to the SEC. Please call the SEC at (800) SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the public reference rooms. Our SEC filings are also available to the public on the SEC Internet Web site (http://www.sec.gov). Our SEC filings may be located by using the SEC Central Index Key (CIK) for BA Credit Card Trust, 0001128250. At the time we prepared the electronic version of this prospectus, the uniform resource locator, or URL, in this paragraph was included as, and was intended to remain, an inactive textual reference only. Despite our actions and intentions, many standard software programs may automatically convert an inactive URL into an active hyperlink when this document is subsequently accessed.

152

Reports that are filed with the SEC by the servicer pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, will be made available to investors as soon as reasonably practicable after those reports are filed with the SEC. These reports may be accessed by any investor, free of charge, through an Internet Web site at http://ccabs.bankofamerica.com. In the event this Internet Web site is temporarily unavailable, FIA will provide to investors electronic or paper copies of such reports free of charge upon request. For purposes of any electronic version of this prospectus, the URL in this paragraph is an inactive textual reference only. At the time we prepared the electronic version of this prospectus, the URL in this paragraph was included as, and was intended to remain, an inactive textual reference only. Despite our actions and intentions, many standard software programs may automatically convert an inactive URL into an active hyperlink when this document is subsequently accessed.

We “incorporate by reference” information we file with the SEC, which means that we can disclose important information to you by referring you to those documents. The information incorporated by reference is considered to be part of this prospectus. Information that we file later with the SEC will automatically update the information in this prospectus. In all cases, you should rely on the later information over different information included in this prospectus or the accompanying prospectus supplement. We incorporate by reference any distribution reports on Form 10-D and current reports on Form 8-K subsequently filed by or on behalf of master trust II or the issuing entity prior to the termination of the offering of the notes.

As a recipient of this prospectus, you may request a copy of any document we incorporate by reference, except exhibits to the documents (unless the exhibits are specifically incorporated by reference), at no cost, by writing or calling us at: Investor Relations; FIA Card Services, National Association; Wilmington, Delaware 19884-0313; U.S. and Canada (866) 607-1234 and international (212) 449-6795.

153

Glossary of Defined Terms

“Addition Date” means the date of any assignment of receivables in additional accounts to the Master Trust II Portfolio.

“Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount” means, for any series, class or tranche of notes, the outstanding dollar principal amount of such series, class or tranche, less any funds on deposit in the principal funding account or the related subaccount, as applicable, for such series, class or tranche.

“Aggregate Class D Investor Default Amount” means, for any month, the sum of the Class D Investor Default Amounts for such month.

“Aggregate Investor Default Amount” means, for any month, the amount if any by which the Aggregate Class D Investor Default Amount for such month exceeds the Class D Investor Interest.

“Available Funds” means (a) for all series of notes, the collections of finance charge receivables (and certain amounts to be treated as finance charge receivables) allocable to Series 2001-D, plus Series 2001-D’s allocable portion of investment earnings (net of losses and expenses) on amounts on deposit in the master trust II finance charge account, plus, the amount of any collections of principal receivables allocable to the Class D certificate that were reallocated as Available Funds as described in “Master Trust II—The Collateral Certificate,” minus, if FIA or The Bank of New York Mellon is the servicer, any servicer interchange attributable to Series 2001-D as described in “Master Trust II—Servicing Compensation and Payment of Expenses” and (b) for any series, class or tranche of notes, the amount of collections in clause (a) allocated to that series, class or tranche, as applicable, plus any other amounts, or allocable portion thereof, to be treated as Available Funds for that series, class or tranche as described in the applicable supplement to this prospectus.

“Available Funds Allocation Amount” means, on any date during any month for any tranche, class or series of notes (exclusive of (a) any notes within such tranche, class or series which will be paid in full during such month and (b) any notes which will have a nominal liquidation amount of zero during such month), an amount equal to the sum of (i) the nominal liquidation amount for such tranche, class or series, as applicable, as of the last day of the preceding month, plus (ii) the aggregate amount of any increases in the nominal liquidation amount of such tranche, class or series, as applicable, as a result of (x) the issuance of a new tranche of notes or the issuance of additional notes in an outstanding tranche of notes, (y) the accretion of principal on discount notes of such tranche, class or series, as applicable or (z) the release of prefunded amounts (other than prefunded amounts deposited during such month) for such tranche, class or series, as applicable, from a principal funding subaccount, in each case during such month.

“Available Principal Amounts” means, (a) for all series of notes, the collections of principal receivables allocated to Series 2001-D, plus the amount of collections of finance charge receivables allocable to the Class D certificate that are applied as Available Principal Amounts as described in “Master Trust II—The Class D Certificate,” and (b) for any series, class or tranche of notes, the amount of collections in clause (a) allocated to that series, class or tranche, as applicable, plus any other amounts, or allocable portion thereof, to be treated as Available Principal Amounts for that series, class or tranche as described in the applicable supplement to this prospectus.

“Bank Portfolio” means the portfolio of MasterCard, Visa and American Express credit card accounts owned by FIA.

“Base Rate” for a month is the rate equal to:

154

—the weighted average interest rates for the outstanding BAseries notes (based on the outstanding dollar principal amount of the related notes) and the Class D certificate (based on the Class D Investor Interest), plus

—1.25%, or if FIA or The Bank of New York Mellon is not the servicer, 2.00%, plus

—only if FIA or The Bank of New York Mellon is the servicer, the rate (not to exceed 0.75%) at which finance charge receivables allocable to interchange are collected for that month.

“BAseries Available Funds” means, for any month, the amounts to be treated as BAseries Available Funds as described in “Source of Funds to Pay the Notes—Deposit and Application of Funds for the BAseries—BAseries Available Funds.”

“BAseries Available Principal Amounts” means, for any month, the sum of the Available Principal Amounts allocated to the BAseries, dollar payments for principal under any derivative agreements for tranches of notes of the BAseries, and any amounts of BAseries Available Funds available to cover Investor Default Amounts allocable to the BAseries or reimburse any deficits in the nominal liquidation amount of the BAseries notes.

“Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in New York, New York or Newark, Delaware are authorized or obligated by law, executive order or governmental decree to be closed.

“Class A Unused Subordinated Amount of Class B notes” means for any tranche of outstanding Class A notes, for any Transfer Date, an amount equal to the Class A required subordinated amount of Class B notes minus the Class A Usage of Class B Required Subordinated Amount, each as of such Transfer Date.

“Class A Unused Subordinated Amount of Class C notes” means for any tranche of outstanding Class A notes, for any Transfer Date, an amount equal to the Class A required subordinated amount of Class C notes minus the Class A Usage of Class C Required Subordinated Amount, each as of such Transfer Date.

“Class A Usage of Class B Required Subordinated Amount” means, for any tranche of outstanding Class A notes, zero on the date of issuance of such tranche, and on any Transfer Date thereafter, the sum of the Class A Usage of Class B Required Subordinated Amount as of the preceding date of determination plus the sum of the following amounts:

(1)

an amount equal to the product of:

a fraction, the numerator of which is the Class A Unused Subordinated Amount of Class B notes for that tranche of Class A notes (as of the last day of the preceding month) and the denominator of which is the aggregate nominal liquidation amount of all Class B notes (as of the last day of the preceding month), times

·	the amount of charge-offs for uncovered Investor Default Amounts initially allocated to Class B notes which did not result in a Class A Usage of Class C Required Subordinated Amount for such tranche of Class A notes on such Transfer Date; plus

155

(2)

the amount of charge-offs for uncovered Investor Default Amounts initially allocated to that tranche of Class A notes and then reallocated on such Transfer Date to Class B notes; plus

(3)

the amount of BAseries Available Principal Amounts reallocated on such Transfer Date to the interest funding subaccount for that tranche of Class A notes which did not result in a Class A Usage of Class C Required Subordinated Amount for such tranche of Class A notes; plus

(4)

an amount equal to the aggregate amount of BAseries Available Principal Amounts reallocated to pay any amount to the servicer for such tranche of Class A notes which did not result in a Class A Usage of Class C Required Subordinated Amount for such tranche of Class A notes on such Transfer Date; minus

(5)

an amount (which will not exceed the sum of items (1) through (4) above) equal to the sum of:

the product of:

—a fraction, the numerator of which is the Class A Usage of Class B Required Subordinated Amount (prior to giving effect to any reimbursement of a Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficit for any tranche of Class B notes on such Transfer Date) for such tranche of Class A notes and the denominator of which is the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficits for all tranches of Class B notes (prior to giving effect to any reimbursement of a Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficit for any tranche of Class B notes on such Transfer Date), times

—the aggregate amount of the Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficits of any tranche of Class B notes which are reimbursed on such Transfer Date, plus

if the aggregate Class A Usage of Class B Required Subordinated Amount (prior to giving effect to any reimbursement of Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficits for any tranche of Class B notes on such Transfer Date) for all Class A notes exceeds the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficits of all tranches of Class B notes (prior to giving effect to any reimbursement on such Transfer Date), the product of:

—a fraction, the numerator of which is the amount of such excess and the denominator of which is the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficits for all tranches of Class C notes (prior to giving effect to any reimbursement of a Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficit for any tranche of Class C notes on such Transfer Date), times

—the aggregate amount of the Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficits of any tranche of Class C notes which are reimbursed on such Transfer Date, times

—a fraction, the numerator of which is the Class A Usage of Class B Required Subordinated Amount of such tranche of Class A notes and the denominator of which is the Class A Usage of Class B Required Subordinated Amount for all Class A notes in the BAseries.

“Class A Usage of Class C Required Subordinated Amount” means, for any tranche of outstanding Class A notes, zero on the date of issuance of such tranche of Class A notes, and on any

156

Transfer Date thereafter, the sum of the Class A Usage of Class C Required Subordinated Amount as of the preceding date of determination plus the sum of the following amounts:

(1) an amount equal to the product of:

a fraction, the numerator of which is the Class A Unused Subordinated Amount of Class C notes for that tranche of Class A notes (as of the last day of the preceding month) and the denominator of which is the aggregate nominal liquidation amount of all Class C notes (as of the last day of the preceding month), times

the amount of charge-offs for uncovered Investor Default Amounts initially allocated on such Transfer Date to Class C notes; plus

(2)

the amount of charge-offs for uncovered Investor Default Amounts initially allocated to that tranche of Class A notes and then reallocated on such Transfer Date to Class C notes; plus

(3)

an amount equal to the product of:

the amount of charge-offs for uncovered Investor Default Amounts initially allocated on such Transfer Date to Class B notes; plus

(4)

the amount of BAseries Available Principal Amounts reallocated on such Transfer Date to the interest funding subaccount for that tranche of Class A notes; plus

(5)

an amount equal to the product of:

a fraction, the numerator of which is the Class A Unused Subordinated Amount of Class B notes for such tranche of Class A notes (as of the last day of the preceding month) and the denominator of which is the aggregate nominal liquidation amount of all Class B notes (as of the last day of the preceding month), times

the amount of BAseries Available Principal Amounts reallocated on such Transfer Date to the interest funding subaccount for any tranche of Class B notes; plus

(6)

the amount of BAseries Available Principal Amounts reallocated on such Transfer Date to pay any amount to the servicer for such tranche of Class A notes; plus

(7)

an amount equal to the product of:

157

the amount of BAseries Available Principal Amounts reallocated on such Transfer Date to pay any amount to the servicer for any tranche of Class B notes; minus

(8)

an amount (which will not exceed the sum of items (1) through (7) above) equal to the product of:

a fraction, the numerator of which is the Class A Usage of Class C Required Subordinated Amount (prior to giving effect to any reimbursement of a Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficit for any tranche of Class C notes on such Transfer Date) for that tranche of Class A notes and the denominator of which is the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficits (prior to giving effect to such reimbursement) of all Class C notes, times

the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficits of all Class C notes which are reimbursed on such Transfer Date.

“Class B Unused Subordinated Amount of Class C notes” means for any tranche of outstanding Class B notes, for any Transfer Date, an amount equal to the Class B required subordinated amount of Class C notes minus the Class B Usage of Class C Required Subordinated Amount, each as of such Transfer Date.

“Class B Usage of Class C Required Subordinated Amount” means, for any tranche of outstanding Class B notes, zero on the date of issuance of such tranche, and on any Transfer Date thereafter, the sum of the Class B Usage of Class C Required Subordinated Amount as of the preceding date of determination plus the sum of the following amounts:

(1)

an amount equal to the product of:

a fraction, the numerator of which is the Class B Unused Subordinated Amount of Class C notes for that tranche of Class B notes (as of the last day of the preceding month) and the denominator of which is the aggregate nominal liquidation amount of all Class C notes (as of the last day of the preceding month), times

the amount of charge-offs for uncovered Investor Default Amounts initially allocated on such Transfer Date to Class C notes; plus

(2)

an amount equal to the product of:

a fraction, the numerator of which is the nominal liquidation amount for that tranche of Class B notes (as of the last day of the preceding month) and the denominator of which is the aggregate nominal liquidation amount of all Class B notes (as of the last day of the preceding month), times

the sum of (i) the amount of charge-offs for uncovered Investor Default Amounts initially allocated to any tranche of Class A notes that has a Class A Unused Subordinated Amount of Class B notes that was included in Class A Usage of Class C Required Subordinated Amount and (ii) the amount of charge-offs for uncovered Investor Default Amounts initially allocated to any tranche of Class A notes that has a Class A Unused Subordinated Amount of Class B notes that was included in Class A Usage of Class B Required Subordinated Amount; plus

158

(3)

the amount of charge-offs for uncovered Investor Default Amounts initially allocated to that tranche of Class B notes, and then reallocated on such date to the Class C notes; plus

(4)

an amount equal to the product of:

the amount of BAseries Available Principal Amounts reallocated on such Transfer Date to the interest funding subaccount for any tranche of Class A notes that has a Class A Unused Subordinated Amount of Class B notes; plus

(5)

the amount of BAseries Available Principal Amounts reallocated on such Transfer Date to the interest funding subaccount for that tranche of Class B notes; plus

(6)

an amount equal to the product of:

a fraction, the numerator of which is the nominal liquidation amount for such tranche of Class B notes (as of the last day of the preceding month) and the denominator of which is the aggregate nominal liquidation amount of all Class B notes (as of the last day of the preceding month), times

the amount of BAseries Available Principal Amounts reallocated on such Transfer Date to pay any amount to the servicer for any tranche of Class A notes that has a Class A Unused Subordinated Amount of Class B notes; plus

(7)

the amount of BAseries Available Principal Amounts reallocated on such Transfer Date to pay any amount to the servicer for such tranche of Class B notes; minus

(8)

an amount (which will not exceed the sum of items (1) through (7) above) equal to the product of:

a fraction, the numerator of which is the Class B Usage of Class C Required Subordinated Amount (prior to giving effect to any reimbursement of a Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficit for any tranche of Class C notes on such Transfer Date) for that tranche of Class B notes and the denominator of which is the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficits (prior to giving effect to such reimbursement) of all Class C notes, times

the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficits of all Class C notes which are reimbursed on such Transfer Date.

“Class D Investor Charge-Off” has the meaning described in “Master Trust II—The Class D Certificate” in this prospectus.

“Class D Investor Default Amount” means, for any receivable, the product of:

·	the Floating Investor Percentage on the day the applicable account became a Defaulted Account; and

159

·	the Default Amount.

“Class D Investor Interest” means an amount equal to the required Class D Investor Interest as of March 31, 2010 (determined as described in “The Notes—Required Subordinated Amount—The Class D Certificate”), plus the amount of any increase in the required Class D Investor Interest following March 31, 2010, minus the aggregate amount of principal payments made to the Class D Certificateholder on or prior to such date, minus the aggregate amount of Class D Investor Charge-Offs, minus the aggregate amount of collections of principal receivables allocable to the Class D certificate that are reallocated to pay interest on the notes or the portion of the master trust II servicing fee allocated to the BAseries notes, plus the amount of collections of finance charge receivables allocable to the Class D certificate that are applied as Available Principal Amounts as described in “Master Trust II—The Class D Certificate” in this prospectus.

“Cut-Off Date” means June 22, 1994.

“Daily Available Funds Amount” means, for any day during any month, an amount equal to the product of (a) the amount of collections of finance charge receivables (together with certain amounts to be treated as finance charge receivables) processed for any series, class or tranche of notes, minus, if FIA or The Bank of New York Mellon is the servicer, the amount of interchange paid to the servicer for each month, and (b) the percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is the Available Funds Allocation Amount for the related series, class or tranche of notes for such day and the denominator of which is the Available Funds Allocation Amount for all series of notes for such day.

“Daily Principal Amount” means, for any day during any month on which collections of principal receivables are processed for any series, class or tranche of notes, an amount equal to the product of (a) the aggregate amount of collections of principal receivables allocated to the issuing entity on such day and (b) the percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is the Principal Allocation Amount for the related series, class or tranche of notes for such day and the denominator of which is the Principal Allocation Amount for all series of notes for such day.

“Default Amount” means the aggregate amount of principal receivables (other than ineligible receivables) in a Defaulted Account on the day such account became a Defaulted Account.

“Defaulted Accounts” means certain accounts in the Master Trust II Portfolio, the receivables of which have been charged off as uncollectible by the servicer.

“Definitive Notes” means notes in definitive, fully registered form.

“Determination Date” means the fourth Business Day preceding each Transfer Date.

“Distribution Date” means the 15th day of each month (or, if such 15th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day).

“Eligible Account” means any Visa, MasterCard, or American Express credit card account for which each of the following requirements is satisfied as of the date of its designation for inclusion in the Master Trust II Portfolio:

·	it exists and is maintained by FIA;

·	its receivables are payable in United States dollars;

160

·	the related obligor’s most recent billing address is located in the United States or its territories or possessions;

·	it is not classified by FIA as cancelled, counterfeit, fraudulent, stolen, or lost; and

·	all of its receivables have not been charged-off under FIA’s customary and usual procedures for servicing credit card accounts;

provided, however, the definition of Eligible Account may be changed by amendment to the master trust II agreement without the consent of the certificateholders if:

·	the transferor delivers to the trustee a certificate of an authorized officer to the effect that, in the reasonable belief of the transferor, such amendment will not as of the date of such amendment adversely affect in any material respect the interest of such certificateholders; and

·	such amendment will not result in a withdrawal or reduction of the rating of any outstanding series under master trust II by any rating agency.

“Eligible Receivable” means any receivable for which each of the following requirements is satisfied as of the applicable time:

·	it arises in an Eligible Account;

·	it is created, in all material respects, in compliance with all requirements of law applicable to FIA, and it is created under a credit card agreement that complies in all material respects with all requirements of law applicable to FIA;

·	all consents, licenses, authorizations of, or registrations with, any governmental authority that are required for its creation or the execution, delivery, or performance of the related credit card agreement have been duly obtained or made by FIA and are fully effective;

·	immediately prior to being transferred to the master trust II trustee, the transferor has good and marketable title to it free and clear of all liens arising under or through the transferor (other than certain tax liens for taxes not then due or which FIA, BACCS or the transferor is contesting);

·	it is the legal, valid, and binding payment obligation of the related obligor and is enforceable against that obligor in accordance with its terms (with certain bankruptcy-related exceptions); and

·	it is an “account” under Article 9 of the UCC.

“Excess Available Funds” means, for the BAseries for any month, the Available Funds allocable to the BAseries remaining after application to cover targeted deposits to the interest funding account, payment of the portion of the master trust II servicing fee allocable to the BAseries, and application to cover any Investor Default Amounts allocable to the BAseries or any deficits in the nominal liquidation amount of the BAseries notes.

“Excess Available Funds Percentage” for a month is determined by subtracting the Base Rate from the Portfolio Yield for that month.

161

“Floating Investor Percentage” means, for any date of determination, a percentage based on a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of (i) the aggregate Available Funds Allocation Amounts for all series of notes for such date plus (ii) an amount equal to the sum of the Class D Investor Interest as of the last day of the preceding month plus the aggregate amount of any subsequent increases in the Class D Investor Interest as a result of an increase in the required Class D Investor Interest, and the denominator of which is the greater of (a) the aggregate amount of principal receivables in master trust II at the end of the prior month and (b) the sum of the Investor Interests for all outstanding master trust II series of investor certificates on such date of determination. However, for any month in which there is a new issuance of notes, an accretion of principal on discount notes, a release of prefunded amounts from a principal funding subaccount, an addition of accounts, or a removal of accounts where the receivables in such removed accounts approximately equal the initial Investor Interest of a series of master trust II investor certificates that has been paid in full, the denominator described in clause (a) of the previous sentence will be, on and after such date, the aggregate amount of principal receivables in master trust II as of the beginning of the day on the most recently occurring event described above (after adjusting for the aggregate amount of principal receivables, if any, added to or removed from master trust II on such date).

“Investor Default Amount” means, with respect to any day in a month, zero; provided, however, that if the Aggregate Investor Amount Default Amount on any Transfer Date is greater than zero, the Investor Default Amount with respect to each day in the immediately preceding month will be an amount equal to the Aggregate Investor Default Amount as of such Transfer Date divided by the number of days in such month.

“Investor Interest” means, for any date of determination:

·	for Series 2001-D, the sum of the nominal liquidation amounts for each series of notes outstanding plus the Class D Investor Interest, in each case as of such date; and

for all other series of master trust II investor certificates, the initial outstanding principal amount of the investor certificates of that series, less the amount of principal paid to the related investor certificateholders and the amount of unreimbursed charge-offs for uncovered defaults and reallocations of principal collections.

“Investor Servicing Fee” has the meaning described in “Master Trust II—Servicing Compensation and Payment of Expenses” in this prospectus.

“Master Trust II Portfolio” means the credit card accounts selected from the Bank Portfolio and included in master trust II as of the Cut-Off Date and, for additional accounts, as of the related date of their designation, based on the eligibility criteria set forth in the master trust II agreement and which accounts have not been removed from master trust II.

“Master Trust II Termination Date” means, unless the servicer and the holder of the Transferor Interest instruct otherwise, the earliest of:

·	the first Business Day after the Distribution Date on which the outstanding amount of the interests in master trust II (excluding the Transferor Interest), if any, for each series outstanding is zero;

·	December 31, 2024 or such later date as the servicer and the transferor may determine (which will not be later than August 31, 2034); or

162

·	if the receivables are sold, disposed of or liquidated following the occurrence of an event of insolvency or receivership of Funding, immediately following such sale, disposition or liquidation.

“Maximum Addition Amount” means, for any Addition Date, the number of accounts originated by FIA and designated as additional accounts without prior rating agency confirmation of its then existing rating of any series of certificates outstanding which would either:

·	for any three consecutive months be equal to the product of (i) 15% and (ii) the number of accounts designated to master trust II as of the first day of the calendar year during which such months commence; or

·	for any twelve-month period be equal to the product of (i) 20% and (ii) the number of accounts designated to master trust II as of the first day of such twelve-month period.

However, if the aggregate principal balance in the additional accounts specified above, as the case may be, exceeds either (y) the product of (i) 15% and (ii) the aggregate amount of principal receivables determined as of the first day of the third preceding month minus the aggregate amount of principal receivables as of the date each such additional account was designated to master trust II in all of the accounts owned by the transferor that have been designated as additional accounts since the first day of the third preceding month, or (z) the product of (i) 20% and (ii) the aggregate amount of principal receivables determined as of the first day of the calendar year in which such Addition Date occurs minus the aggregate amount of principal receivables as of the date each such additional account was designated to master trust II in all of the accounts owned by FIA that have been designated as additional accounts since the first day of such calendar year, the Maximum Addition Amount will be an amount equal to the lesser of the aggregate amount of principal receivables specified in either clause (y) or (z).

“Minimum Aggregate Principal Receivables” for any date means an amount equal to the sum of the numerators used in the calculation of the Principal Investor Percentages for all outstanding series on that date. For any series with an Investor Interest as of such date equal to the amount of funds on deposit in its principal funding account, the numerator used in the calculation of the investor percentage for such series will, solely for the purpose of this definition, be deemed to equal zero.

“Minimum Transferor Interest” for any period means 4% of the average principal receivables for such period. The transferor may reduce the Minimum Transferor Interest to not less than 2% of the average principal receivables for such period upon notification that such reduction will not cause a reduction or withdrawal of the rating of any outstanding investor certificates issued by master trust II that are rated by the rating agencies rating those investor certificates and certain other conditions as set forth in the master trust II agreement.

“Monthly Interest Accrual Date” means, for any outstanding series, class or tranche of notes:

·	each interest payment date for such series, class or tranche; and

for any month in which no interest payment date occurs, the date in that month corresponding numerically to the next interest payment date for that series, class or tranche of notes, or in the case of a series, class or tranche of zero-coupon discount notes, the expected principal payment date for that series, class or tranche; but

163

—

for the month in which a series, class or tranche of notes is issued, the date of issuance of such series, class or tranche will be the first Monthly Interest Accrual Date for such series, class or tranche of notes;

—

for the month next following the month in which a series, class or tranche of notes is issued, the first day of such month will be the first Monthly Interest Accrual Date in such next following month for such series, class or tranche of notes;

—

any date on which proceeds from a sale of receivables following an event of default and acceleration of any series, class or tranche of notes are deposited into the interest funding account for such series, class or tranche of notes will be a Monthly Interest Accrual Date for such series, class or tranche of notes;

—

if there is no such numerically corresponding date in that month, then the Monthly Interest Accrual Date will be the last Business Day of the month; and

—

if the numerically corresponding date in such month is not a Business Day for that class or tranche, then the Monthly Interest Accrual Date will be the next following Business Day, unless that Business Day would fall in the following month, in which case the Monthly Interest Accrual Date will be the last Business Day of the earlier month.

“Monthly Principal Accrual Date” means for any outstanding series, class or tranche of notes:

·	for any month in which the expected principal payment date occurs for such series, class or tranche, such expected principal payment date, or if that day is not a Business Day, the next following Business Day; and

for any month in which no expected principal payment date occurs for such series, class or tranche, the date in that month corresponding numerically to the expected principal payment date for that series, class or tranche of notes (or for any month following the last expected principal payment date, the date in such month corresponding numerically to the preceding expected principal payment date for such series, class or tranche of notes); but

—

following a Pay Out Event, the second Business Day following such Pay Out Event shall be a Monthly Principal Accrual Date;

—

any date on which prefunded excess amounts are released from any principal funding subaccount and deposited into the principal funding subaccount of any tranche of notes on or after the expected principal payment date for such tranche of notes will be a Monthly Principal Accrual Date for such tranche of notes;

—

any date on which proceeds from a sale of receivables following an event of default and acceleration of any series, class or tranche of notes are deposited into the principal funding account for such series, class or tranche of notes will be a Monthly Principal Accrual Date for such series, class or tranche of notes;

—

if there is no numerically corresponding date in that month, then the Monthly Principal Accrual Date will be the last Business Day of the month; and

—

if the numerically corresponding date in such month is not a Business Day, the Monthly Principal Accrual Date will be the next following Business Day, unless that Business

164

Day would fall in the following month, in which case the Monthly Principal Accrual Date will be the last Business Day of the earlier month.

“Net Servicing Fee” has the meaning described in “Master Trust II—Servicing Compensation and Payment of Expenses” in this prospectus.

“Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficit” means, for any tranche of notes, the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount minus the nominal liquidation amount of that tranche.

“Pay Out Events” means, for a series of investor certificates (including Series 2001-D), the events described in “Master Trust II—Pay Out Events” in this prospectus and any other events described in the related prospectus supplement.

“Performing” means, for any derivative agreement, that no payment default or repudiation by the derivative counterparty has occurred and such derivative agreement has not been terminated.

“Permitted Investments” means:

·	obligations of, or fully guaranteed by, the United States of America;

·	time deposits or certificates of deposit of depository institutions or trust companies, the certificates of deposit of which have the highest rating from Moody’s, Standard & Poor’s and, if rated by Fitch, Fitch;

·	commercial paper having, at the time of master trust II’s or the issuing entity’s investment, a rating in the highest rating category from Moody’s, Standard & Poor’s and, if rated by Fitch, Fitch;

·	bankers’ acceptances issued by any depository institution or trust company described in the second clause above;

·	money market funds which have the highest rating from, or have otherwise been approved in writing by, each rating agency;

·	certain open end diversified investment companies; and

·	any other investment if each rating agency confirms in writing that such investment will not adversely affect its then-current rating or ratings of the certificates or the notes.

“Portfolio Yield” for a month is the annual rate equivalent of:

·	the sum of:

—Available Funds allocated to the BAseries for the related Transfer Date; plus

—Available Funds allocated to cover the Aggregate Class D Investor Default Amount or any Class D Investor Charge-Offs on the related Transfer Date; plus

—the net investment earnings, if any, in the interest funding subaccounts for notes of the BAseries on that Transfer Date; plus

165

—any amounts to be treated as BAseries Available Funds remaining in interest funding subaccounts after a sale of receivables as described in “Sources of Funds to Pay the Notes—Sale of Credit Card Receivables” in this prospectus; plus

—any shared excess available funds from any other series of notes; plus

—the product of the servicer interchange allocated to Series 2001-D (as described in “Master Trust II—Servicing Compensation and Payment of Expenses” in this prospectus) for that month times a fraction, the numerator of which is the Weighted Average Available Funds Allocation Amount for the BAseries for that month and the denominator of which is the Weighted Average Available Funds Allocation Amount for all series of notes for that month; minus

—the excess, if any, of the shortfalls in the investment earnings on amounts in any principal funding accounts for notes of the BAseries over the sum of (i) any withdrawals of amounts from the accumulation reserve subaccount and (ii) any additional finance charge collections allocable to the BAseries, in each case, to cover the shortfalls as described under “Sources of Funds to Pay the Notes—Deposit and Application of Funds for the BAseries—BAseries Available Funds” in this prospectus; minus

—the sum, for each day during that month, of the product of the Investor Default Amounts for that day times the percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is the Available Funds Allocation Amount for the BAseries for that day and the denominator of which is the Available Funds Allocation Amount for all series of notes for that day; minus

—the Aggregate Class D Investor Default Amount for the related Transfer Date; divided by

·	the Weighted Average Floating Allocation Investor Interest for that month.

“Principal Allocation Amount” means, on any date during any month for any tranche, class or series of notes (exclusive of (x) any notes within such tranche, class or series which will be paid in full during such month and (y) any notes which will have a nominal liquidation amount of zero during such month), an amount equal to the sum of (a) for any notes within such tranche, class or series of notes in a note accumulation period, the sum of the nominal liquidation amounts for such notes as of the close of business on the day prior to the commencement of the most recent note accumulation period for such notes, and (b) for all other notes outstanding within such tranche, class or series of notes, (i) the sum of the nominal liquidation amounts for such notes, each as of the close of business on the last day of the immediately preceding month (or, for the first month for any such tranche of notes, the initial dollar principal amount of such notes), plus (ii) the aggregate amount of any increases in the nominal liquidation amount of such notes as a result of (x) the issuance of additional notes in an outstanding series, class or tranche of notes, (y) the accretion of principal on discount notes of such series, class or tranche, as applicable, or (z) the release of prefunded amounts (other than prefunded amounts deposited during such month) for such series, class or tranche, as applicable, from a principal funding subaccount, in each case during such month on or prior to such date.

“Principal Investor Percentage” means, for any date of determination, a percentage based on a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of (i) the aggregate Principal Allocation Amounts for such date plus (ii) an amount equal to the sum of the Class D Investor Interest as of the last day of the preceding month plus the aggregate amount of any subsequent increases in the Class D Investor Interest as a result of an increase in the required Class D Investor Interest, and the denominator of which is the

166

greater of (a) the total principal receivables in master trust II at the end of the prior month and (b) the sum of the Investor Interests at the end of the prior month for all outstanding master trust II series of investor certificates on such date of determination. However, this Principal Investor Percentage will be adjusted for certain Investor Interest increases, as well as additions and certain removals of accounts, during the related month. In calculating the Principal Investor Percentage, the Investor Interest is the sum of (i) for each tranche of notes which is not accumulating or paying principal, the Investor Interest at the end of the prior month and (ii) for each tranche of notes which is accumulating or paying principal, the Investor Interest prior to any reductions for accumulations or payments of principal.

“Qualified Institution” means either:

a depository institution, which may include the indenture trustee or the owner trustee (so long as it is a paying agent), organized under the laws of the United States of America or any one of the states thereof or the District of Columbia, the deposits of which are insured by the FDIC and which at all times has a short-term unsecured debt rating in the applicable investment category of each rating agency; or

·	a depository institution acceptable to each rating agency.

“Rapid Amortization Period” means for Series 2001-D the period beginning on and including the pay out commencement date and ending on the earlier of the Series 2001-D termination date and the Master Trust II Termination Date.

“Removal Date” means the date of any removal of receivables in accounts removed from the Master Trust II Portfolio.

“Required Excess Available Funds” means, for any month, zero; provided, however, that this amount may be changed if the issuing entity (i) receives the consent of the rating agencies and (ii) reasonably believes that the change will not have a material adverse effect on the notes.

“Servicer Default” means any of the following events:

(a)

failure by the servicer to make any payment, transfer or deposit, or to give instructions to the master trust II trustee to make certain payments, transfers or deposits, on the date the servicer is required to do so under the master trust II agreement or any series supplement (or within the applicable grace period, which will not exceed 10 Business Days);

(b)

failure on the part of the servicer duly to observe or perform in any respect any other covenants or agreements of the servicer which has a material adverse effect on the certificateholders of any series issued and outstanding under master trust II and which continues unremedied for a period of 60 days after written notice and continues to have a material adverse effect on such certificateholders; or the delegation by the servicer of its duties under the master trust II agreement, except as specifically permitted thereunder;

(c)

any representation, warranty or certification made by the servicer in the master trust II agreement, or in any certificate delivered pursuant to the master trust II agreement, proves to have been incorrect when made which has a material adverse effect on the certificateholders of any series issued and outstanding under master trust II, and which continues to be incorrect in any material respect for a period of 60 days after written notice and continues to have a material adverse effect on such certificateholders;

167

(d)

the occurrence of certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency, conservatorship or receivership of the servicer; or

(e)

such other event specified in the accompanying prospectus supplement.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a delay in or failure of performance referred to in clause (a) above for a period of 10 Business Days, or referred to under clause (b) or (c) for a period of 60 Business Days, will not constitute a Servicer Default if such delay or failure could not be prevented by the exercise of reasonable diligence by the servicer and such delay or failure was caused by an act of God or other similar occurrence.

“Substitution Date” means October 20, 2006.

“Transfer Date” means the Business Day immediately prior to the Distribution Date in each month.

“Transferor Interest” means the interest in master trust II not represented by the investor certificates issued and outstanding under master trust II or the rights, if any, of any credit enhancement providers to receive payments from master trust II.

“Transferor Percentage” means a percentage equal to 100% minus the aggregate investor percentages and, if applicable, the percentage interest of credit enhancement providers, for all series issued by master trust II that are then outstanding.

“Unallocated Principal Collections” means any amounts collected in respect of principal receivables that are allocable to, but not paid to, Funding because the Transferor Interest is less than the Minimum Transferor Interest.

“Weighted Average Available Funds Allocation Amount” means, for any month for any tranche, class or series of notes, the sum of the Available Funds Allocation Amount for such tranche, class or series, as applicable, as of the close of business on each day during such month divided by the actual number of days in such month.

“Weighted Average Floating Allocation Investor Interest” means, for any month, the sum of the aggregate Available Funds Allocation Amounts for all series of notes as of the close of business on each day during such month divided by the actual number of days in such month.

“Weighted Average Principal Allocation Amount” means, for any period for any tranche, class or series of notes, the sum of the Principal Allocation Amount for such series, class or tranche, as applicable, as of the close of business on each day during such period divided by the actual number of days in such period.

168

Annex I

The Master Trust II Portfolio

The information provided in this Annex I is an integral part of this prospectus, and is incorporated by reference into this prospectus.

General

The receivables conveyed to master trust II arise in accounts selected from the Bank Portfolio on the basis of criteria set forth in the master trust II agreement as applied on the Cut-Off Date or, for additional accounts, as of the date of their designation. The transferor has the right, subject to certain limitations and conditions set forth therein, to designate from time to time additional accounts and to transfer to master trust II all receivables of those additional accounts. Any additional accounts designated must be Eligible Accounts as of the date the transferor designates those accounts as additional accounts. See “Receivables Transfer Agreements Generally” and “Master Trust II—The Receivables” in this prospectus.

As owner of the credit card accounts, FIA retains the right to change various credit card account terms (including finance charges and other fees it charges and the required minimum monthly payment). FIA has no restrictions on its ability to change the terms of the credit card accounts except as described in the accompanying prospectus supplement or in this prospectus. See “Risk Factors—FIA may change the terms of the credit card accounts in a way that reduces or slows collections. These changes may result in reduced, accelerated or delayed payments to you” in this prospectus. Changes in relevant law, changes in the marketplace or prudent business practices could cause FIA to change credit card account terms. See “FIA’s Credit Card Activities—Origination, Account Acquisition, Credit Lines and Use of Credit Card Accounts” in this prospectus for a description of how credit card account terms can be changed.

Economic conditions affect the performance of the receivables in master trust II. If economic conditions were to deteriorate, the performance of the receivables in master trust II may be adversely affected.

Delinquency and Principal Charge-Off Experience

FIA’s procedures for determining whether an account is contractually delinquent, including a description of its collection efforts with regard to delinquent accounts, are described under “FIA’s Credit Card Portfolio—Delinquencies and Collection Efforts” in this prospectus. Similarly, FIA’s procedures for charging-off and writing-off accounts is described under “FIA’s Credit Card Portfolio—Charge-Off Policy” in this prospectus.

The following table sets forth the delinquency experience for cardholder payments on the credit card accounts comprising the Master Trust II Portfolio for each of the dates shown. The receivables outstanding on the accounts consist of all amounts due from cardholders as posted to the accounts as of the date shown. We cannot provide any assurance that the delinquency experience for the receivables in the future will be similar to the historical experience set forth below.

A-I-1

Delinquency Experience

Master Trust II Portfolio

(Dollars in Thousands)

	Year Ended December 31,
	2012				2011				2010
	Receivables		Percentage of Total Receivables		Receivables		Percentage of Total Receivables		Receivables		Percentage of Total Receivables
Receivables Outstanding	$	62,301,672			$	69,858,995			$	79,809,447
Receivables Delinquent:
30-59 Days	$	490,037	0.79	%	$	678,391	0.97	%	$	988,544	1.23	%
60-89 Days		392,906	0.63			537,209	0.77			846,532	1.06
90-119 Days		340,913	0.55			482,923	0.69			774,342	0.97
120-149 Days		307,162	0.49			465,091	0.67			771,958	0.97
150-179 Days		326,966	0.52			501,380	0.72			802,296	1.01
180 or More Days		383	0.00			175	0.00			533	0.00
Total	$	1,858,367	2.98	%	$	2,665,169	3.82	%	$	4,184,205	5.24	%

	Year Ended December 31,
	2009				2008				2007
	Receivables		Percentage of Total Receivables		Receivables		Percentage of Total Receivables		Receivables		Percentage of Total Receivables
Receivables Outstanding	$	90,360,657			$	100,713,524			$	95,877,453
Receivables Delinquent:
30-59 Days	$	1,619,359	1.80	%	$	2,168,647	2.16	%	$	1,612,761	1.69	%
60-89 Days		1,440,035	1.59			1,543,458	1.53			1,140,602	1.19
90-119 Days		1,251,060	1.38			1,153,246	1.15			912,803	0.95
120-149 Days		1,206,627	1.34			1,027,513	1.02			796,894	0.83
150-179 Days		1,204,352	1.33			991,545	0.98			865,652	0.90
180 or More Days		1,279	0.00			1,659	0.00			2,302	0.00
Total	$	6,722,712	7.44	%	$	6,886,068	6.84	%	$	5,331,014	5.56	%

The following table sets forth the principal charge-off experience for cardholder payments on the credit card accounts comprising the Master Trust II Portfolio for each of the periods shown. Charge-offs consist of write-offs of principal receivables. If accrued finance charge receivables that have been written off were included in total charge-offs, total charge-offs would be higher as an absolute number and as a percentage of the average of principal receivables outstanding during the periods indicated. Average principal receivables outstanding is the average of the daily principal receivables balance during the periods indicated. We cannot provide any assurance that the charge-off experience for the receivables in the future will be similar to the historical experience set forth below.

A-I-2

Principal Charge-Off Experience

Master Trust II Portfolio

(Dollars in Thousands)

	Year Ended December 31,
	2012			2011			2010
Average Principal Receivables Outstanding	$	62,879,051		$	69,736,979		$	78,091,516
Total Charge-Offs		$3,719,967		$	5,733,738		$	9,727,907
Total Charge-Offs as a percentage of Average Principal Receivables Outstanding		5.92	%		8.22	%		12.46	%
Recoveries	$	505,273		$	591,914		$	558,054
Recoveries as a percentage of Average Principal Receivables Outstanding		0.81	%		0.85	%		0.72	%
Net Charge-Offs	$	3,214,694		$	5,141,824		$	9,169,853
Net Charge-Offs as a percentage of Average Principal Receivables Outstanding		5.11	%		7.37	%		11.74	%

	Year Ended December 31,
	2009			2008			2007
Average Principal Receivables Outstanding	$	93,461,176		$	99,277,928		$	88,530,981
Total Charge-Offs	$	11,677,488		$	7,161,380		$	4,688,291
Total Charge-Offs as a percentage of Average Principal Receivables Outstanding		12.49	%		7.21	%		5.30	%
Recoveries	$	341,905		$	491,213		$	532,006
Recoveries as a percentage of Average Principal Receivables Outstanding		0.36	%		0.49	%		0.61	%
Net Charge-Offs	$	11,335,583		$	6,670,167		$	4,156,285
Net Charge-Offs as a percentage of Average Principal Receivables Outstanding		12.13	%		6.72	%		4.69	%

Total charge-offs are total principal charge-offs before recoveries and do not include any charge-offs of finance charge receivables or the amount of any reductions in average daily principal receivables outstanding due to fraud, returned goods, customer disputes or other miscellaneous adjustments.

Net charge-offs are total charge-offs less recoveries on receivables in Defaulted Accounts, determined as described below. Each month, FIA allocates amounts recovered (net of expenses) between its U.S. credit card and consumer loan portfolios pro rata based on each portfolio’s charge-offs during the prior month relative to the combined charge-offs for both portfolios during the prior month. Once recoveries have been so allocated to the U.S. credit card portfolio, the total amount of those recoveries that are allocated to the Master Trust II Portfolio is determined by dividing the average total principal receivables for the Master Trust II Portfolio for the related calendar month by the average total principal receivables for the U.S. credit card portfolio for the same calendar month. Under the master trust II agreement, recoveries allocated to the Master Trust II Portfolio and transferred to Funding under the receivables purchase agreement are treated as collections of finance charge receivables.

A-I-3

Revenue Experience

The following table sets forth the revenue experience for the credit card accounts from finance charges, fees paid and interchange in the Master Trust II Portfolio for each of the periods shown.

The revenue experience in the following table is calculated on a cash basis. Yield from finance charges and fees is the result of dividing finance charges and fees by average daily principal receivables outstanding during the periods indicated. Finance charges and fees are comprised of monthly cash collections of periodic finance charges and other credit card fees including interchange.

Revenue Experience

Master Trust II Portfolio

(Dollars in Thousands)

		Year Ended December 31,
		2012			2011			2010
Finance Charges and Fees	$	10,730,905		$	15,861,703		$	20,608,671
Yield from Finance Charges and Fees		17.07	%		22.75	%		26.39	%


		Year Ended December 31,
		2009			2008			2007
Finance Charges and Fees	$	19,456,903		$	17,488,217		$	16,928,285
Yield from Finance Charges and Fees		20.82	%		17.62	%		19.12	%

The yield on a cash basis will be affected by numerous factors, including the monthly periodic finance charges on the receivables, the amount of fees, changes in the delinquency rate on the receivables, the percentage of cardholders who pay their balances in full each month and do not incur monthly periodic finance charges, and the percentage of credit card accounts bearing finance charges at promotional rates. See “Risk Factors” in this prospectus.

The revenue from periodic finance charges and fees—other than annual fees—depends in part upon the collective preference of cardholders to use their credit cards as revolving debt instruments for purchases and cash advances and to pay account balances over several months—as opposed to convenience use, where cardholders pay off their entire balance each month, thereby avoiding periodic finance charges on their purchases—and upon other credit card related services for which the cardholder pays a fee. Revenues from periodic finance charges and fees also depend on the types of charges and fees assessed on the credit card accounts. Accordingly, revenue will be affected by future changes in the types of charges and fees assessed on the accounts and on the types of additional accounts added from time to time. These revenues could be adversely affected by future changes in fees and charges assessed by FIA and other factors. See “FIA’s Credit Card Activities” in this prospectus.

Interchange

A percentage of the interchange for the Bank Portfolio attributed to cardholder charges for goods and services in the accounts of master trust II will be transferred from FIA, through BACCS and Funding, to master trust II. This interchange will be allocated to each series of master trust II investor certificates based on its pro rata portion as measured by its Investor Interest of cardholder charges for goods and services in the accounts of master trust II relative to the total amount of cardholder charges for goods and services in the MasterCard, Visa and American Express credit card accounts owned by FIA, as reasonably estimated by FIA.

A-I-4

MasterCard, Visa and American Express may from time to time change the amount of interchange reimbursed to banks issuing their credit cards. Interchange will be treated as collections of finance charge receivables. Under the circumstances described herein, interchange will be used to pay a portion of the Investor Servicing Fee required to be paid on each Transfer Date. See “Master Trust II—Servicing Compensation and Payment of Expenses” and “FIA’s Credit Card Activities—Interchange” in this prospectus.

Principal Payment Rates

The following table sets forth the highest and lowest cardholder monthly principal payment rates for the Master Trust II Portfolio during any month in the periods shown and the average cardholder monthly principal payment rates for all months during the periods shown, in each case calculated as a percentage of total beginning monthly account principal balances during the periods shown. Principal payment rates shown in the table are based on amounts which are deemed payments of principal receivables with respect to the accounts.

Cardholder Monthly Principal Payment Rates

Master Trust II Portfolio

	Year Ended December 31,
	2012	2011	2010	2009	2008	2007
Lowest Month	14.56%	13.52%	12.27%	11.71%	11.98%	15.39%
Highest Month	16.01%	15.60%	14.56%	13.86%	17.11%	17.84%
Monthly Average	15.35%	14.65%	13.58%	12.67%	14.54%	16.60%

FIA’s billing and payment procedures are described under “FIA’s Credit Card Portfolio—Billing and Payments” in this prospectus. We cannot provide any assurance that the cardholder monthly principal payment rates in the future will be similar to the historical experience set forth above. In addition, the amount of collections of receivables may vary from month to month due to seasonal variations, general economic conditions and payment habits of individual cardholders.

Funding, as transferor, has the right, subject to certain limitations and conditions, to designate certain removed credit card accounts and to require the master trust II trustee to reconvey all receivables in those removed credit card accounts to the transferor. Once an account is removed, receivables existing or arising under that credit card account are not transferred to master trust II.

Renegotiated Loans and Re-Aged Accounts

The Receivables

As of the beginning of the day on January 1, 2013:

A-I-5

·	the Master Trust II Portfolio included $61,607,050,866 of principal receivables and $694,620,979 of finance charge receivables;

·	the credit card accounts had an average principal receivable balance of $1,947 and an average credit limit of $13,142;

·	the percentage of the aggregate total receivable balance to the aggregate total credit limit was 15.0%;

·	the average age of the credit card accounts was approximately 148 months; and

·	cardholders whose accounts are included in the Master Trust II Portfolio had billing addresses in all 50 States, the District of Columbia and Puerto Rico.

Additionally, as of January 1, 2013:

·	with regard to statements prepared for cardholders during December 2012 only, 4.51% of accounts had cardholders that made the minimum payment under the terms of the related credit card agreement; and

·	with regard to statements prepared for cardholders during December 2012 only, 11.21% of accounts had cardholders that paid their full balance under the terms of the related credit card agreement.

Funding removed approximately 103,217 accounts consisting of approximately $147,810,124.47 of principal receivables and approximately $1,414,720.24 of finance charge receivables from master trust II on December 15, 2011. Funding removed approximately 298,757 accounts consisting of approximately $478,000,431.49 of principal receivables and approximately $3,977,899.16 of finance charge receivables from master trust II on December 20, 2011. Funding removed approximately 29,315 accounts consisting of approximately $80,530,806.93 of principal receivables and approximately $625,444.82 of finance charge receivables from master trust II on December 22, 2011. Funding removed approximately 90,613 accounts consisting of approximately $124,131,808.28 of principal receivables and approximately $1,952,556.24 of finance charge receivables from Master Trust II on May 31, 2012. Funding removed approximately 152,078 accounts consisting of approximately $411,974,256.95 of principal receivables and approximately $3,982,756.30 of finance charge receivables from Master Trust II on June 28, 2012. The cumulative removal of these accounts and related receivables from master trust II is not expected to materially impact the performance of master trust II. See “Master Trust II—Removal of Accounts” for a discussion of Funding’s ability to remove accounts from master trust II.

Prior to April 2007, FIA removed zero balance accounts from master trust II as an aspect of regular trust maintenance. In April 2007, FIA suspended these zero balance account removals due to a computer system limitation. As a result of that suspension, over time, the number of zero balance accounts in master trust II increased from approximately 29.5 million zero balance accounts in March 2007 to approximately 44.8 million zero balance accounts in August 2011. In August 2011, FIA resumed removing zero balance accounts from master trust II as an aspect of routine trust maintenance and currently expects to continue doing so going forward. Since August 2011, FIA has removed approximately 29.0 million zero balance accounts from master trust II.

The following tables summarize the Master Trust II Portfolio by various criteria as of the beginning of the day on January 1, 2013. Because the future composition of the Master Trust II Portfolio may change over time, neither these tables nor the information above describe the composition of the

A-I-6

Master Trust II Portfolio at any future time. If the composition of the Master Trust II Portfolio changes over time, noteholders will not be notified of such change. See “Risk Factors—FIA may change the terms of the credit card accounts in a way that reduces or slows collections. These changes may result in reduced, accelerated or delayed payments to you” in this prospectus. However, monthly reports containing information on the notes and the collateral securing the notes will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. See “Where You Can Find More Information” in this prospectus for information as to how these reports may be accessed.

Composition by Account Balance

Master Trust II Portfolio

Account Balance Range	Number of Accounts	Percentage of Total Number of Accounts			Receivables	Percentage of Total Receivables
Credit Balance	495,677	1.6	%	$	(69,548,571)	(0.1)	%
No Balance	16,947,286	53.5			0	0.0
$ .01-$ 5,000.00	10,087,153	31.9			14,933,692,931	24.0
$ 5,000.01-$10,000.00	2,284,795	7.2			16,312,632,709	26.2
$10,000.01-$15,000.00	934,202	3.0			11,389,343,331	18.3
$15,000.01-$20,000.00	466,346	1.5			8,053,843,767	12.9
$20,000.01-$25,000.00	222,769	0.7			4,947,302,678	7.9
$25,000.01 or More	198,756	0.6			6,734,405,000	10.8
Total	31,636,984	100.0	%	$	62,301,671,845	100.0	%

Composition by Credit Limit

Master Trust II Portfolio

Credit Limit Range	Number of Accounts	Percentage of Total Number of Accounts		Receivables		Percentage of Total Receivables
Less than or equal to $ 5,000.00	7,762,086	24.4	%	$	4,485,024,395	7.2	%
$ 5,000.01 - $ 10,000.00	6,883,114	21.8			10,247,838,782	16.4
$ 10,000.01 - $ 15,000.00	5,969,555	18.9			11,183,750,621	18.0
$ 15,000.01 - $ 20,000.00	4,800,191	15.2			11,577,604,977	18.6
$ 20,000.01 - $ 25,000.00	3,053,330	9.7			10,178,630,479	16.3
$ 25,000.01 or More	3,168,708	10.0			14,628,822,591	23.5
Total	31,636,984	100.0	%	$	62,301,671,845	100.0	%

A-I-7

Composition by Period of Delinquency

Master Trust II Portfolio

Period of Delinquency (Days Contractually Delinquent)	Number of Accounts	Percentage of Total Number of Accounts		Receivables		Percentage of Total Receivables
Not Delinquent	31,001,971	98.0	%	$	58,818,727,368	94.5	%
Up to 29 Days	328,230	1.0			1,624,577,454	2.6
30 to 59 Days	91,680	0.3			490,038,068	0.8
60 to 89 Days	65,882	0.2			392,906,066	0.6
90 to 119 Days	53,985	0.2			340,912,943	0.5
120 to 149 Days	47,008	0.1			307,161,719	0.5
150 to 179 Days	48,176	0.2			326,965,516	0.5
180+ Days	52	0.0			382,711	0.0
Total	31,636,984	100.0	%	$	62,301,671,845	100.0	%

Composition by Account Age

Master Trust II Portfolio

Account Age	Number of Accounts	Percentage of Total Number of Accounts		Receivables		Percentage of Total Receivables
Not More than 6 Months	0	0.0	%	$	0	0.0	%
Over 6 Months to 12 Months	0	0.0			0	0.0
Over 12 Months to 24 Months	0	0.0			0	0.0
Over 24 Months to 36 Months	0	0.0			0	0.0
Over 36 Months to 48 Months	194,331	0.6			313,118,467	0.5
Over 48 Months to 60 Months	1,204,315	3.8			1,779,602,605	2.9
Over 60 Months to 72 Months	1,965,406	6.2			2,947,879,156	4.7
Over 72 Months	28,272,932	89.4			57,261,071,617	91.9
Total	31,636,984	100.0	%	$	62,301,671,845	100.0	%

Geographic Distribution of Accounts

Master Trust II Portfolio

State	Number of Accounts	Percentage of Total Number of Accounts		Receivables		Percentage of Total Receivables
California	4,663,402	14.7	%	$	8,625,828,984	13.8	%
Florida	2,621,167	8.3			4,848,042,764	7.8
Texas	2,071,981	6.5			4,227,952,420	6.8
New York	1,990,529	6.3			3,742,557,482	6.0
Pennsylvania	1,476,723	4.7			2,656,725,225	4.3
New Jersey	1,342,540	4.2			2,636,301,606	4.2
Virginia	1,062,403	3.4			2,155,322,171	3.5
Massachusetts	1,061,977	3.4			1,938,895,175	3.1
Georgia	1,026,086	3.2			2,277,533,920	3.7
Illinois	1,008,843	3.2			2,054,892,098	3.3
Other	13,311,333	42.1			27,137,620,000	43.5
Total	31,636,984	100.0	%	$	62,301,671,845	100.0	%

A-I-8

Since the largest number of cardholders (based on billing address) whose accounts were included in master trust II as of the beginning of the day on January 1, 2013 were in California, Florida, Texas and New York, adverse changes in the economic conditions in these areas could have a direct impact on the timing and amount of payments on the notes.

FICO. The following table sets forth the FICO®1 scores on the accounts in the Master Trust II Portfolio, to the extent available, as refreshed during the six-month period ended on January 1, 2013. Receivables, as presented in the following table, are determined as of January 1, 2013. A FICO score is a measurement determined by Fair, Isaac & Company using information collected by the major credit bureaus to assess credit risk. FICO scores may change over time, depending on the conduct of the debtor and changes in credit score technology. Because the future composition and product mix of the Master Trust II Portfolio may change over time, this table is not necessarily indicative of the composition of the Master Trust II Portfolio at any specific time in the future.

Data from an independent credit reporting agency, such as FICO score, is one of several factors that, if available, will be used by FIA in its credit scoring system to assess the credit risk associated with each applicant. See “FIA’s Credit Card Activities—Origination, Account Acquisition, Credit Lines and Use of Credit Card Accounts” in this prospectus. At the time of account origination, FIA will request information, including a FICO score, from one or more independent credit bureaus. FICO scores may be different from one bureau to another. For some cardholders, FICO scores may be unavailable. FICO scores are based on independent third party information, the accuracy of which cannot be verified.

The table below sets forth refreshed FICO scores from a single credit bureau as of the beginning of the day on January 1, 2013.

Composition by FICO Score

Master Trust II Portfolio

FICO Score		Receivables	Percentage of Total Receivables
Over 720	$	33,364,976,348	53.4	%
661-720		19,974,522,912	32.1
601-660		5,960,632,094	9.6
Less than or equal to 600		2,591,030,789	4.2
Unscored		410,509,702	0.7
TOTAL	$	62,301,671,845	100.0	%

FICO scores for the portfolio are refreshed, a portion of the portfolio at a time, on a rolling, periodic basis. Prior to refreshing FICO scores for the portion of the portfolio due to be refreshed in September 2011, FIA used the TransUnion FICO Risk Score Classic 04 model to determine FICO scores. When refreshing FICO scores for the accounts in the portion of the portfolio due to have their FICO scores refreshed in September 2011, FIA began using the TransUnion FICO Risk Score Classic 08 model to determine FICO scores in place of the TransUnion FICO Risk Score Classic 04 model. FIA currently intends to continue using the TransUnion FICO Risk Score Classic 08 model to refresh FICO scores going forward. As of the beginning of the day on January 1, 2013, approximately 100% of the receivables shown in the Composition of FICO Score Master Trust II Portfolio chart above have had their FICO score refreshed using the TransUnion FICO Risk Score Classic 08 model.

1 FICO® is a federally registered servicemark of Fair, Isaac & Company.

A-I-9

A “refreshed” FICO score means the FICO score determined by TransUnion during the six-month period ended January 1, 2013.

A credit card account that is “unscored” means that a FICO score was not obtained for such account during the six-month period ended January 1, 2013.

A-I-10

Annex II

Master Trust II Static Pool Information

The information provided in this Annex II is an integral part of this prospectus, and is incorporated by reference into this prospectus. Static pool information regarding the performance of the receivables in master trust II was not organized or stored within FIA’s computer systems for periods prior to January 1, 2006 and cannot be obtained without unreasonable expense or effort. Since January 1, 2006, FIA has stored static pool information relating to delinquency, charge-off, yield and payment rate performance for the receivables in master trust II, with quarterly updates on an ongoing basis. FIA presents this information for the five most recent calendar years of account originations.

Delinquency Percentage: 30+ Days

By vintage segment as of December 31, 2012

Vintage Performance Year
	Year 1	Year 2	Year 3	Year 4	Year 5
2012 Originations	N/A
2011 Originations	N/A	N/A
2010 Originations	N/A	N/A	N/A
2009 Originations	4.01%	3.75%	3.01%	2.49%
2008 Originations	5.29%	7.70%	5.67%	4.26%	3.36%

The delinquency percentage for any vintage segment is calculated by dividing delinquent receivables for such vintage segment by total credit card outstanding receivables for such vintage segment.

Delinquent receivables for any vintage segment are the total amount of receivables which are 30 or more days past due as of the end of such vintage segment.

Total credit card outstanding receivables for any vintage segment is all amounts due from cardholders, as posted to their accounts as of the end of such vintage segment.

A-II-1

Gross Charge-Off Percentage

By vintage segment as of December 31, 2012

Vintage Performance Year
	Year 1	Year 2	Year 3	Year 4	Year 5
2012 Originations	N/A
2011 Originations	N/A	N/A
2010 Originations	N/A	N/A	N/A
2009 Originations	2.41%	8.04%	7.08%	5.86%
2008 Originations	2.90%	8.99%	15.58%	9.88%	7.52%

Gross charge-off percentage for any vintage segment is calculated by dividing the total credit losses (charge-offs) for such vintage segment by the average credit card outstanding receivables for such vintage segment.

Total credit losses (charge-offs) for any vintage segment consist of total principal charge-offs before recoveries1 and also include charge-offs of finance charge and fee receivables during such vintage segment. By way of comparison, total charge-offs as generally reported, including with respect to the Master Trust II Portfolio and FIA reported performance more generally, do not include finance charge and fee receivables. Uncollected finance charges and fees are generally treated as revenue reductions, not credit losses. As a result, for any designated period, total credit losses (charge-offs) as presented above will be higher as compared with total charge-offs with respect to the Master Trust II Portfolio and FIA reported performance more generally.

Average credit card outstanding receivables is the average of the monthly outstanding receivables for such vintage segment for the given vintage performance year.

Historical data for charge-offs with respect to the Master Trust II Portfolio in the prospectus relating to an offering of the issuing entity’s securities (i) unlike the calculation of total credit losses (charge-offs) above, does not include charge-offs of finance charges or fees and (ii) is calculated using the average daily principal receivables outstanding instead of the average credit card outstanding receivables as defined above. As a result, there are limitations to any comparison of the historical data presented in such prospectus and the static pool data presented in the table above.

1 Total credit losses (charge-offs) do not include the amount of any reductions in principal receivables outstanding due to fraud, returned goods, customer disputes or other miscellaneous adjustments.

A-II-2

Billed Finance Charge and Fee Yield Percentage

By vintage segment as of December 31, 2012

Vintage Performance Year
	Year 1	Year 2	Year 3	Year 4	Year 5
2012 Originations	N/A
2011 Originations	N/A	N/A
2010 Originations	N/A	N/A	N/A
2009 Originations	6.61%	10.07%	10.88%	10.58%
2008 Originations	8.30%	12.23%	14.30%	12.68%	12.09%

Billed finance charge and fee yield percentage for any vintage segment is calculated by dividing the total amount of billed finance charges and fees for such vintage segment by the average credit card outstanding receivables for such vintage segment.

Total amount of billed finance charges and fees for any vintage segment is the periodic finance charges and other credit card fees posted to cardholders' accounts during such vintage segment.

Average credit card outstanding receivables is the average of the monthly outstanding receivables for such vintage segment for the given vintage performance year.

When calculating the billed finance charge and fee yield percentages for each vintage segment prior to the 2010 vintage segments, a particular fee type that was charged to the accounts during those prior vintage segments was inadvertently excluded from the calculations of total amount of billed finance charges and fees for each of those prior vintage segments. The inadvertent exclusion of those billed fees resulted in an understatement of billed finance charge and fee yield percentages for each of those prior vintage segments. Beginning with the 2010 vintage segments, those fees have been properly included in the total amount of billed finance charges and fees used to calculate the billed finance charge and fee yield percentages for each of the 2010 vintage segments and for subsequent vintage segments. For comparison purposes, if those fees had been excluded from the total amount of billed finance charges and fees for the 2010 vintage segments and subsequent vintage segments, as was the case with each of the prior vintage segments, the resulting billed finance charge and fee yield percentages for the 2010 vintage segments and subsequent vintage segments would have been lower by an amount between 50 and 64 basis points, or by 4.7 to 5.8 percent of the stated yield.

Historical data for revenue experience with respect to the Master Trust II Portfolio in the prospectus relating to an offering of the issuing entity’s securities (i) unlike the calculation of total amount of billed finance charges and fees above which is based on the related amounts posted to accounts, is calculated based on the related amounts collected on the accounts, (ii) unlike the static pool data presented in the table above, includes recoveries and interchange, and (iii) is calculated using the average daily principal receivables outstanding instead of average credit card outstanding receivables as defined above. As a result, there are limitations to any comparison of the historical data presented in such prospectus and the static pool data presented in the table above.

A-II-3

Payment Rate Percentage

By vintage segment as of December 31, 2012

Vintage Performance Year
	Year 1	Year 2	Year 3	Year 4	Year 5
2012 Originations	N/A
2011 Originations	N/A	N/A
2010 Originations	N/A	N/A	N/A
2009 Originations	20.35%	24.58%	25.05%	23.92%
2008 Originations	15.06%	17.58%	16.84%	17.59%	17.83%

Payment rate percentage for any vintage segment is the percentage equivalent of a fraction equal to the average monthly account payments divided by the average beginning monthly account balances for the given vintage performance year. Average monthly account payments is the average of the aggregate monthly account payments for such vintage segment for the given vintage performance year. Average beginning monthly account balances is the average of the aggregate account balances at the beginning of each month for such vintage segment for the given vintage performance year. Payment rates shown in the table are based on amounts which are deemed payments of total receivables with respect to the accounts.

Cardholders are generally required to make a monthly minimum payment at least equal to (i) interest and late fees assessed that month plus 1% of the current principal balance or (ii) $15 or $30, depending on the account, whichever is greater. We cannot assure you that the cardholder monthly payment rates in the future will be similar to the historical experience set forth above. In addition, the amount of collections of receivables may vary from month to month due to seasonal variations, general economic conditions and payment habits of individual cardholders.

Historical data for the average of the monthly payment rate percentages with respect to the Master Trust II Portfolio in the prospectus relating to an offering of the issuing entity’s securities is calculated using the total beginning monthly account principal balances for the related month instead of the total beginning monthly account balances as described above. As a result, there are limitations to any comparison of the historical data presented in such prospectus and the static pool data presented in the table above.

A-II-4

BA Credit Card Trust 424B3Prospectus supplement